Se deaireg Hf it BISTRRITAEE DUM GLH pats ff LATE iy Gala at eae I tt Cag Ne WaT bere by i PIN OT Wheat de Mohan i y the tated ’ uae aT | Hd. 1s in Hue S \itoe ait rer hy Coy ’ atts rt hy) MH ria | . H i lever arae ey i WUT Eeed aheubtNON oA ea HERE Ar arent ru, Mi iif inate iy Nal }LRovondde He H Ky i Sia an cS cee cane . a ‘ H | Vir yeu Lah wat t ch aide pen mavantit er ApH satis _, weet a eNStE Woe unis f) i ate ea 8 | Pasha as ( ; fh Votslty ite its) i | Hee piiyiie ty Sriebrepites by nae Rt ates At ear AE innit at VL Pea HBH a ele ’ Hat iidedas siieet put pAb Cie ' mf ahah eestor bi} PL he eat pet sd alee i Mia AT aG eet Held \, . ve by fyi! fie fs { Beni hy i } ' yt a ii HH tt , aS ae na nuns ia mri iss ie Hat ih nt sti i ae i ' i ta EEA Hat i i 4 ; Har ah tle i : het oo d | ; tt Hasta NESS if ‘ Hy Alike " wil dnd te i % BOs HT oe SRIMAE Dash han Ht uit ia wh 3 pera uta aetna a i] tial eh spony | “ 40 ‘ bidy ereweee) f f 5 t | a Ws it H td fi ; ike i! 3 yee ye! i ay ey Ht Rae A E seytty SOL aa ran he ‘ — tie ai i a oH { es Hl 1 rule ik Winasiyh 1, ef] : Hue { iN A ii ay an} ; unt Bs M . : i Bie Andi aN i i : ae Ries ais Hay Haga ee a j , ‘ + lth Mi abe ‘ Hd i ; Hake "ik wath hs rth! i ie nah : it hy all isisei ta t | Ry ; eae a F ' Hit ’ aftkes ads ' : le { f 7 mtr ria \ Wits d i Vahesel slay He) aa ) ia ‘ ' ' \ ‘ “At . ' rs Mi : ; # Oi stheen oan i ati : "t Vi | alee tlpeatieag i ' aed 1 bayeial Abt " v 1 : vat i; Wy Ny Lint 7 ‘ \! Pea aE ey ey o a PALTRY RTH “ i] : | ; tue ‘al i a ! ay hd) Pan viNre ey) deme ay Al. Wee j 7 ; Ma H "4 et few we be. te Hew en re maaitie 442 4) AA sue Wave I H Ailieaetatunee’s Mas 2 At . i ‘ dad , Ay past 11) vil { : it . Wi wth | ayy ti ; rtf i i ) i aj aes vote ay ’ ay hi iit Weigh Maat pin nal s ligase Ha Perm ese Tee Veet ee iedel Webigtla Med Pete d ey HD Piet yee b pada rege Dennis MT Tt bavi ACR etd UV PEL MHD aPy 9 Nis is PARE haar bt abagidaret tbat» steals ues fe Mato op Liga eae Rad at if ‘ Wi prdedia egy * Lita eh Pijte parhiiay hig ioe} ell ro) Bia ; iyi i} a | Pat ekiah CaLaRac Rane *t Hi i ta 4 ee i HetAN TH © ie val YH Mis tie 1a fai - a! fi a ee ff Hd i ee taal APE RHEE dtalel iil ata , te shinetiy 8 ; ned POM dey Liane EL i} PO (ay ra oy inet Har] ist Ne biatatt it Hue saa ais Lhbe taal te bene ag: Shell We Peyabe potip 4} VW alts tot tad ut vite ie “tH Wp ties un Chen ey Ger tcet Vole hel LAAs ea xy = TORREYA A QUARTERLY JOURNAL OF Botantcat NotEes anp News John Torrey, 1796-1873 EDITED FOR Isle, WOMEN IKOIVAINICAIS CLUB BY SLeMROILID) ISG (CIOL VOLUME 44 New York 1944 Volume 44 ( April 1944 Number ae TORREYA EDITED FOR THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB BY HAROLD H. CLUM John Torrey, 1796-1873 CONTENTS Growing Cinchona under American Control....... Coronet Artuur F. Fiscuer, G.S.C. 1 @n the, Goncept of Type: tc. .i6 08 boca ece cece dete cos seme nee A.rrep REHDER 6 Improved Rooting of Cryptostegia Cuttings Callused on the Plant. so ee wake Cane a tere ere niet ote astra natehe ole H. F. Loomis anp J. H. Hever 8 Proceedings of the Club... 00.20. o elec cee ese s dhe ae sejsniececeneenns PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB By THE Free Press Printing ComPANY 187 Cottece STREET, BURLINGTON, VERMONT Entered as second class matter at the post office at Burlington, Vermont, October 14, 1939, under the Act of March 3, 1879 THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB OFFICERS FOR 1944 President: MicHAEL LEVINE 1st Vice-President: FRED J. SEAVER Recording Secretary: Honor M. Hotr- 2nd. Vice-President: HENRY K. SvENSON LINGHURST Corresponding Secretary: Epwin B. Matzke Treasurer: PAGE J. KARLING Editor: Harotp W. RICKETT Associate Editors: IrvinG W. BAILEY ADRIANCE S. FOSTER Epwarp W. BERRY Henry A. GLEASON STANLEY A. CAIN ARTHUR H. GRAVES M. A. CHRYSLER JoHN W. SHIVE Harotp H. CLum R. P. WopdEHOUSE MicHAEL LEVINE Business Manager: Harotp H. CLum Bibliographer: Mrs. LazELLA SCHWARTEN Delegate to the Council, N. Y. Acadmy of Sciences: BERNARD O. DopGE Representatives on the Council of the American Association for the Advancement of Science Joun H. BARNHARDT ALBERT F. BLAKESLEE Representative on the Board of Managers of the N. Y. Botanical Garden: Henry A. GLEASON MEMBERSHIP IN THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB All persons interested in botany are invited to join the Club. There are four classes of membership: Annual, at $5.00 a year; Associate, at $2.00 a year; Sustaining, at $15.00 a year; and Life, at $100.00. The privileges of all except Associate members are to attend all meetings of the Club, to take part in its business, and to receive all current publications, except the Memoirs which are sold to members at cost. Associate members have the privilege of attending all meetings and field trips. They also receive the S chedule of Field Trips and the Bulletin of the New York Academy of Sciences. Applications for membership should be addressed to the Treasurer. TORREYA TorREYA was established in 1901 as a monthly publication of the Torrey Botanical Club for shorter papers and interesting notes on the local flora range of the Club. It also contains the proceedings of the Club, reports of field trips, and some book reviews and news notes. Volume 43, published last year in two numbers, contained the papers pre- sented at the 75th Anniversary Celebration of the Club in June 1942, and an account of the Activities of the Club during 1943. For the year 1944 Torreya will resume its former function, but will be published in only four numbers. The editor invites contributions for future numbers of TorrEyA. These should be typed with double spacing on one side of standard paper. [Illustrations should be mounted on stiff cardboard, with the desired reductions plainly indicated, and so designed as to fill the full width of the page (454 inches) and any portion of the height (7% inches). Legends ae mania ity should be typed and included with the manuscript (not affixed to the gures). The subscription price of TorREYA in the United States and Canada is $1.00 a year, for subscribers elsewhere, 25c extra; single copies, 40c. Of the annual membership dues of the Torrey Botanical Club, $0.50 is for a year’s subscription to TORREYA. Claims for missing numbers should be made within sixty days from the date of mailing. Subscriptions and requests for back numbers should be addressed to the Treasurer, Page J. Karling, Department of Botany, Columbia University, New York 27, N. Y. Manuscripts for publication, books for review, reports of field trips, and news items should be addressed to: Harotp H. CLum HuNTER CoLiecE, 695 Park AVENUE New York 21, N. Y. TORREYA ae VoL. 44 APRIL 1944 No. 1 Growing Cinchona under American Control* CoLoNnEL ARTHUR F. FISCHER, G.S.C. In talking with Dr. Bonisteel, your former editor of Torreya, I asked him what he thought I should stress before the Club and he replied, “Go after the dependence of our country on tropical economic plants for the sinews of our industry.” Cinchona is, of course, an outstanding example. In World War I, we were dependent on the Dutch, and Mr. Herbert Hoover, then food administrator, cabled to the Philippines to raise quinine. The Forestry Bureau had a few trees of C. succirubra of rather low alkaloid content growing, and efforts were made to obtain seed from Java and India. The seed from India was good seed, but not of the high yielding variety, Ledgeriana, and the seed from Java did not grow. However, we did learn a little about the idiosyncrasies of the genus and when General Leonard Wood was appointed Governor General, he made funds available to purchase seed from Java which were obtained for us by Consul General Hoover in Batavia, and from this seed a definite start was made in the plantation industry. It may be of interest to you to hear how we proceeded. The first criterion laid down was that we had to bring costs down to a competitive level with Java with much higher labor costs in the Philippines. We had therefore to devise and develop field methods which reduced labor to a minimum and increased alkaloid content to a maximum. Terracing was too costly except for nursery beds, and therefore out in plantations. Drainage and soil, and particularly aeration of soil, became the primary basis for the plantation site selections in regions of sufficient rainfall and elevation. Plantings were therefore made on contours. Forests with good forest soil and thick humus were desired for plantations. They were opened up sufficiently around planting holes to admit one-fourth to one-third light, and as the plants took hold and grew, brushing out every month or two took place admitting more light gradually. Then, in order not to injure quinine trees, felling of timber was not practiced, but girdling and letting trees die standing until a cover was developed by the quinine. We learned this from sad experience of a three-month drought. The practice also prevented erosion from taking place during the rains in the early stages. Whenever we found forest cover inadequate or insufficient, we used Crotalaria spp., Teph- * Presented at the annual meeting of the Torrey Botanical Club, Columbia University, New York, January 4, 1944. TorreyA for April (Vol. 44, 1-16) was issued April 14, 1944. 1 Zs T OVRGR EYP. rosia caudida, Calopogonium and Centrosema, not only to hold soil and prevent erosion but we used it as green manure as well. In Java, the practice is to terrace, and every meter or two dig a sump hole on the back end of the terrace about three to four feet long, two feet wide and three feet deep, for aeration and to catch the eroded soil and water, then dig these holes out when filled and pile the soil on the terrace behind. This is good practice where labor is plentiful and cheap. We then began to check on the alkaloid content of the bark, beginning with two-year old transplants, and set an average content for the area planted, and all plants which by occular survey looked weak or diseased we eliminated, and with this eliminated material the chemists of the Bureau of Science experi- mented with various methods of extraction. If trees of high alkaloid content were spotted, they were used for bud and seed stock and new areas were planted when seed was produced, and the same procedure of elimination and testing gone through until we had an average alkaloid yield of 9.6% throughout the commercial plantation which today averages better than 10% and some running 14 to 16%. The trees were pulled as soon as they showed evidence of disease or weak- ness from two years upward and the average age of final pulling was around six years. Two men could pull a tree by its roots when four to five years old and the bark collected from the roots and stems. Root bark ran higher in con- tent than trunk and stem bark. This method of eliminating by pulling and testing was found the most economical method we could devise. Our goal was the maximum of alkaloid content for the minimum of cost. Some good yielding trees were barked and left growing for bark renewals and seed production, but we found that considerable cross-breeding took place and the seed did not run true to type, so to insure pure type seed we isolated areas with virgin timber as separators. We noticed that whenever we found early flowering it was an indication that the trees were not growing in their proper environment and that disease, especially cankers, became prevalent. At Impalutao in Bukidnon, at an elevation of 3,800 feet and with a definite dry season, trees flowered at 2% years, while at Kaatoan, elevation 4,500 feet and no definite dry season, the trees of the same stock flowered at about five years, and disease incidence was greatly reduced and the alkaloid content increased. Cinchona flowers about April, May or early June after the dry spells. Flower buds open in 40 to 50 days and ma- ture in 25 to 35 days thereafter. The average height growth per year at Kaatoan was 1.12 meters, the best 1.42 meters. Our first quantity production of bark took place in about 1927 and some of it sold to European manufacturers. Our analyses in the Bureau of Science at Manila ran between 8.5 and 9.6%, but the Kina Bureau in Holland, which does all the analyses for manufacturers, gave only 7.6%. There was some loss in FISCHER: GROWING CINCHONA 3 shipment and we then began to perfect methods of harvesting and drying, and found that an appreciable saving was made in alkaloid content in quick and proper drying and storage. This is a field where still much can be done. If some method can be worked out for either cheap, quick drying at the point of harvesting, or immediate partial extraction with some portable field grinders and extractors, considerable loss in alkaloid content may be overcome. The average dried bark production at six years of age was .5035 kilos per tree and the harvest was around 3,000 trees per hectare, although 6,000 were planted per hectare. With the quinine surveys taking place in various regions in Central and South America quite a few new species or varieties will be discovered. The nomenclature today is still nebulous to an average forester, and a good mono- graph on Cinchona, straightening out of the species and varieties, would be most welcome. This monograph should include the alkaloid contents of the bark, because species and varieties vary greatly in their total alkaloid content as well as in the proportion of their main alkaloids—Quinine, Cinchonine, Cin- chonidine and Quinidine ; and the relation of the individual percentages of these alkaloids is indicative of species and varieties. A great deal of field work is necessary in the study of the species and hy- brids of Cinchona, and a detailed study of herbarium material is also essential. Some effort along this line is taking place in the various survey parties spotting Cinchona in South America, particularly in Ecuador by Dr. Steyermark. I have been informed that species have been found at 300 to 400 feet eleva- tion in Colombia and Ecuador, and others as high as 10,500 feet in Ecuador and Bolivia. There is no doubt that some of these species can stand some de- grees of frost, drying winds and drought, and grow in a variety of soil condi- tions. When these factors become known, it will then be quite within the range of possibility to develop by cross-breeding a variety which can grow in acid soils along our Gulf Coast under our own flag, with an alkaloid content of four to five per cent. Another possibility is to breed for specific alkaloid content. This may de- velop as a result of research by the medical profession on the use of these specific alkaloids. Today, the Office of Experiment stations, U. S. Department of Agriculture, is carrying on work on cross-breeding in Puerto Rico and Hawaii, and all support possible should be given by the public for this work. The Division of Plant Introduction and Exploration deserves great credit for the work they have done in handling the Philippine Ledgeriana seed and the hybrids. They have developed techniques completely eliminating damping off, developed controls of light, temperature and moisture, and developed methods of packing and shipping seeds and seedlings. It may also be of interest that the percentage of germination of the Ledgeriana seed I brought from the Philip- pines was around 96% and after two years of seed storage by the Dutch method 4 TORE REE YEA. it now runs around 90%. From published reports, Dr. Morrison’s office has grown to date 225,000 seedlings which were shipped to the American tropics as follows: Costa Rica 90,000; Peru 50,000; Ecuador 50,000; Mexico 14,000; Brazil 8,500; Salvador 5,000; Puerto Rico 5,000; Nicaragua 2,000; Colombia 1,000. The results of the development of quinine in the Philippines have led to the development of virgin areas through lumbering, mining and agriculture, by keeping the incidence of malaria down, and have made labor available for jungle work. We were able to produce totaquina at 14 cents per 250-grain treatment, and made a minimum of ten days additional labor per man per year available at an infinitesimal cost in malarial districts. This also led to a greater interest in the development of drug plants as well as useful jungle produce. South and Centra America have hardly been tapped for useful plants for the sinews of our industry. We have a large field in the development and production of repellents, such as derris and pyrethrum which now appear to be equal in category with quinine in malaria control. The botanist has a wide virgin field in the American tropics in gathering information and knowledge; and the application of this knowledge to the development of plantation crops, to make this hemisphere as self-sufficient as possible, is a challenge which must be met. Our greatest failing as Americans, as I said at Rutgers University, is “Let George do it.”” As long as ease of procurement through brokers or import firms has been prevalent our individual manufacturers and industries have not both- ered themselves very much with lack of supply, and this is one of the reasons for the rise of syndicates and cartels in primary products. With much waste arid land in the south and west idle, why haven’t we developed a tannin and firewood industry with Australian Black Whattle? We are now dependent on foreign sources for our vegetable tannins, our rubbers, guttas, gums, oils, resins, fibres, and medicinal plants, listing just a few of the plants furnishing the sources of many industries. Looking into the future, I predict that a great portion of our edible oils, starches, fibres, tannins and cellulose will be pro- duced in plantation industries in the tropics where a long growing season pre- vails. Why not prepare for it now? Another point which deserves consideration is the apparent reluctance of our country to invest government funds in lands or developments in foreign nations. This policy prevents the United States from owning plantations where continued experimentation and research work can be carried on for our own good, as well as for the good of the country where such work is being con- ducted. Could not some formula be developed whereby non-profit institutions such as universities and foundations could acquire tropical lands either perma- nently or for extended periods? This proposition might also apply to profes- sional associations, either in combination, or acting as separate entities. This FISCHER: GROWING CINCHONA 5 would encourage a continuity of research, and would permit commercial appli- cation of findings under a continuing policy in conjunction with similar insti- tutions in countries best suited for some particular research, study, and devel- opment. A reorientation of thinking and of concept is bound to grow out of this war. Agricultural scientists will be called upon to play an all-important role in the future for the joint benefit of our neighbors and ourselves in this Western Hemisphere. WASHINGTON, D. C. Vor. 44 TORREYA Aprit 1944 On the Concept of Type ALFRED REHDER In a footnote appended to an article on “Polypetalous Forms of Vaccinium,” (Torreya 42: 173. 1942) Camp and Gilly write: “One wonders how the apparent basic, normal material can be considered a variation of an obviously derived and abnormal, vegetatively propagated clone (and therefore, biologi- cally an individual) except where nomenclature is an end in itself rather than a means by which information can be better organized. The writers of this note bow to the accusation that they hold to the principle that nomenclature, as such, should be a tool in the science of systematics, rather than the view that system- atics is a mental diversion appended to the science of nomenclature.” Camp and Gilly are certainly right in asserting that nomenclature should be a tool in the science of systematics ; that is what nomenclature should be and is. Its aim is to make it possible to designate by certain names certain groups of plants and to assure the greatest possible stability of these names. To attain this aim it is necessary to provide rules to be followed in applying names to groups of plants. As the two basic principles to attain the greatest possible stability, the principle of priority of the names proposed and the type concept have been generally. accepted. In regard to the type concept Camp and Gilly seem to be confused in so far as they are apparently not aware that there are two kinds of types in taxonomy, namely the nomenclatural type and the biological or phylo- genetic type. The nomenclatural type of a species or subdivision of a species is the plant or specimen (or in some cases a description or figure) upon which the name is based, therefore the term “typicus’ used as a name for a subdivision of a species refers to the nomenclatural and not to the biological type. The type of a genus is the species, and the type of a family is the genus, upon which the name is based. If a name is based on several species or on several genera simul- taneously without the author indicating a certain group as type, the group which best represents the concept of the author is to be selected as lectotype. In most cases the nomenclatural type and the biological type are identical, but there are cases when the nomenclatural type is clearly a derivative of the group representing the biological type, as in Rhododendron linearifolium of which Camp and Gilly say: “One wonders how the apparently basic normal material can be considered a variation of an obviously derived vegetatively propagated clone. . .” but the fact is that no one considers R. macrosepalum Maxim. a variation or derivative of R. linearifolium, and even Makino who proposed in 1908 the combination R. macrosepalum var. linearifolium changed it in 1913 to R. linearifolium a. linearifolium and called the biological type R. linearifolium B. macrosepalum, because R. linearifolium Sieb. & Zucc. of 6 REDE R CONCEP OR MNYEE 7 1846 has priority over R. macrosepalum Maxim. of 1870 and represents the nomenclatural type of the group including Rk. macrosepalum. There are many cases, particularly in double-flowered forms, as Spiraea prunifolia Sieb. & Zucc., Rosa Roxburghu Tratt., R. xanthina Lindl. and some other species of Rosa, in which the double-flowered form is the nomenclatural type, while the bio- logical type was described later and, if distinguished by a name, must be treated as a variety or form. In such cases, it is clear which form represents the nomen- clatural and which the biological type, but in species with geographical or ecological variations opinions may differ as to which is to be considered the phylogenetic type, and if each author were allowed to express his opinion by proposing changes in nomenclature, confusion and instability of names would follow. An author is always.free to express his opinion but has no right to change names or combinations of names which are in accordance with the rules of nomenclature. ARNOLD ARBORETUM, HARVARD UNIVERSITY JAMAICA PLAIN, MASSACHUSETTS Vout. 44 TORREYA AprIL 1944 Improved Rooting of Cryptostegia Cuttings Callused on the Plant H. F. Loomis! anp J. H. HEUER? Vegetative propagation of plants of the first generation hybrid between Cryptostegia grandiflora and C. madagascariensis, having superior rubber con- tent of leaves or high latex yield, is essential for increasing stocks of selected plants. Standard types of stem cuttings collected in various ways, subjected to different treatments, including the use of many growth promoting substances of various strengths, have been tried. The results indicate that with almost any type of material or treatment rooting takes place more rapidly and extensively where bottom heat can be applied in the propagating box and maintained at temperatures of 85° to 90° F., with the tops of the cuttings exposed to mate- rially lower temperatures. During the summer such conditions cannot be main- tained and rooting results generally have been much less satisfactory. Under - the best conditions root production has been slow and, only in cuttings treated with Rootone or talc dust containing 1000 p.p.m. of naphthalene acetic acid or naphthyl acetamide, has the percentage with strong roots and satisfactory leaf development been fairly high. Air-layering or marcottage of branches directly on the plants has been found a fairly satisfactory means of propagation. A relatively high proportion of the treated branches take root and the roots are stronger and more vigorous than are developed by most types of cuttings under the best treatments. Chief objection to the marcottage method is its cost in labor, material, and time. In marcottage of Cryptostegia stems, the first step is the removal of a com- plete ring of bark one to two centimeters in length at the base of the portion to be rooted, being sure that no cambial tissue remains to bridge the girdled area. Such girdling does not kill the stem above it and several weeks after the mar- cotte box is applied a callus forms and roots may be expected to appear some- what later. The success of this girdling method with marcottes suggested that girdling of stems from one to ten days before making cuttings might cause better and more prompt formation of roots on the cuttings, but extensive trials showed no advantage of such treatment over cuttings not previously girdled. In harvesting these girdled stems for cuttings, or in the girdling of stems for marcotting, some were overlooked and remained on the plants without further attention. Several months later it was observed that these girdled stems were still alive and that a large callus had formed on each at the upper edge of the girdled area at what would have been the bottom of the cutting. Five 1 Senior agronomist, Division of Plant Exploration and Introduction. 2 Principal scientific aid, Rubber Plant Investigations, Bureau of Plant Industry, Soils and Agricultural Engineering, Agricultural Research Administration. 8 LOOMIS AND HEUER: ROOTING OF CRYTOSTEGIA 2) 50 45 40 35 35 30 30 25 25) 20 20 15 15 10 10 in SSS A B Cc D A B Cc Dracram 1 DIAGRAM 2 Diacram 1. Total number of cuttings that rooted and time required for the roots to develop in 100 “old girdled” cuttings and 100 ungirdled cuttings, half of each lot being treated with Rootone and half left untreated. Columns A and B are “old girdled” cuttings ; C and D are ungirdled cuttings. Cuttings in columns A and C treated with Rootone. Solid black portion of columns represents the cuttings that rooted in 10 days; vertically-hatched portion, the additional cuttings that rooted in 17 days; obliquely-hatched portion, the additional cuttings that rooted in 22 days; blank portion, the cuttings that failed to root in 22 days. Di1aGRAMm 2. Character of roots produced by the cuttings shown as rooted in diagram 1, with arrangement of columns and treatment of cuttings in them the same. Black portion of columns represents cuttings that produced strong roots; vertically-hatched portion, cut- tings with good roots; obliquely-hatched portion, cuttings with fair roots; blank portion. cuttings that developed only poor roots. 10 DOR REY:A months after the girdling of these stems 84 were found to be heavily callused and cuttings were made of them, half having the callus dusted over with talc containing 4000 p.p.m. of indolebutyric acid and the other half left untreated. The cuttings were placed in the usual coarse sand medium in the propagating box with bottom heat. In seven days roots had begun to form and in twenty days 38 of the treated cuttings had rooted whereas only 23 of the untreated cuttings had roots. This rooting had taken place more quickly than with either marcottes or other cuttings previously tried and the roots were exceedingly sturdy, in most cases the equal of roots produced by marcotted stems. These results led to a more extensive test of rooting what are referred to hereafter as “old girdled” cuttings. In the middle of December 1942, sufficient stems were girdled and left on the plants to provide 100 cuttings. These cut- tings were harvested on July 13, 1943, having developed typical large calluses at the base. Fifty of these cuttings were placed in the propagating box without treatment and 50 were treated with Rootone dust over the callus. At the same time 100 cuttings of the same size were cut from the plant without pre- vious girdling, half being treated with Rootone dust, the remainder being left untreated, and all placed in the propagating box with the “old girdled” cuttings. Inasmuch as this test was conducted in the summer, use of bottom heat to maintain a higher temperature differential at the base of the cuttings than at their top was impracticable. All cuttings were examined for roots in ten days, on July 23, and again seven days later on July 30, with the final inspection five days later on August 4, when the experiment was discontinued. The results of these experiments are presented in the two accompanying diagrams, the first of which shows the number of cuttings that rooted in each treatment and the rapidity with which they rooted. Not only did untreated “old girdled” cuttings root in greater abundance than did untreated check cuttings but their speed of rooting was even more rapid than with check cut- tings treated with Rootone. Total rooting of untreated “old girdled” cuttings was essentially the same as with Rootone treated check cuttings. The most striking effect from the use of Rootone was to increase greatly the rooting of the ungirdled check cuttings. It also increased somewhat the rooting of “old girdled” cuttings. The relative speed of rooting in any of the cuttings appears not to have been materially affected by Rootone treatment. Diagram 2 shows the effects of the different treatments upon the type of roots produced by the cuttings in diagram 1. It will be seen that only poor to fair roots were produced by untreated, ungirdled cuttings whereas the use of Rootone on ungirdled cuttings caused more than a third of them to produce strong roots and a similar number to produce good ones. A much higher pro- portion of untreated “old girdled” cuttings produced strong roots than where Rootone was used on ungirdled cuttings but the use of this substance on “old LOOMIS AND HEUER: ROOTING OF CRYTOSTEGIA 11 girdled” cuttings strikingly increased the number with strong roots as all but one of the 37 cuttings produced roots in this category. Thus it appears that girdling to cause formation of large calluses, with great food storage capacity, not only increases the rooting expectancy of cuttings but their speed of rooting and size of roots as well. These conditions also may be improved still further by use of Rootone on the callus at the time the cutting is made. Another conclusion that may be drawn from these tests is that summer rooting of “old girdled” cuttings may be as good, if not better, than rooting in cooler weather when a temperature differential may be maintained with bottom heat. U. S. PLant INTRODUCTION GARDEN Coconut GROVE, FLORIDA VoL. 44 TORREYA Aprit 1944 PROCEEDINGS OR WE GlUs MINUTES OF THE MEETING OF DECEMBER 7, 1943 The meeting was called to order at 8:15 p.m. by the President, Dr. William J. Robbins, in Room 601 Schermerhorn Hall, Columbia University. There were 150 members and friends present. The minutes of the preceding meeting were accepted as read. The budget for the year 1944 was presented by Dr. Levine, and a motion for its acceptance was passed by the Club. Dr. Robbins announced the Annual Meeting and Dinner to be held at the Men’s Faculty Club, Columbia University, on January 4, 1944. The scientific program consisted of a lecture by Dr. Charles Thom entitled “A Mycologist Looks at Antibiotics, Especially Penicillin.” The speaker’s abstract follows: To a group of botanists, the current literature of antibiotic substances presents a concept not new but expressed in quite different terms from those familiar. It has long been known that a walnut tree discourages some other plants from living near by. Windling first re- garded the attack of Trichoderma upon other molds as parasitism. I reported Penicillium rugulosum as attacking and destroying Aspergillus niger. Others discussed the “staling effect” which kept two molds grown in the same Petri dish from overrunning each other. Miss Morrow found a whole series of molds and bacteria in Texas soil which would inhibit Phymatotrichum, the root rot organism of cotton, in Petri dish cultures. The change of interpretation came when Fleming showed that his strain of Penicillium notatum pro- duces a substance which can be isolated and used to stop the growth of bacteria. Florey and his colleagues followed Fleming and laid a foundation for producing penicillin as a thera- peutic agent. Today we have a large number of laboratories and manufacturing plants putting all their energy into the adjustment of laboratory and industrial procedures to the demands of P. notatum in producing penicillin. Certain features of this fermentation must be discussed. (1) The mold being aerobic can be grown in “still” culture, i.e. on the surface of liquid and solid media without agitation, or in submerged culture in liquids that are thoroughly aerated by some shaking apparatus, by stirring or by blowing air through the mass. Under these conditions the mold grows as pellets of hyphae; short, coarse cells radiating from growth centers to form masses up to 2 mm. in diameter without producing conidia. (2) To produce a satisfactory yield, however, the mycelial mass must all reach the physiologically mature or spore producing stage at one time. Penicillin is produced at this stage whether spores actually appear or not. (3) P. notatwm is unstable under continuous culture. Unless handled carefully a strain breaks down into several, differing in appearance, amount of spore pro- duction, and often producing very little penicillin. (4) New strains have been collected from widely different lands. These vary from producing very little penicillin to strains approxi- mating the best we have. (5) Manufacture procedures proposed vary from 1,000 gallon vats to large flasks on the shaking machine, or in still culture to many types of bottles, flasks, test tubes, or gauze. It is hoped that the needs will be met by a combination of these proposals. 12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB 13 After animated discussion and inspection of the samples and literature which Dr. Thom provided, the meeting adjourned at 9:40 p.m. Respectfully submitted, Epwin B. Matzke CORRESPONDING SECRETARY MINUTES OF THE MEETING OF DECEMBER 15, 1943 The meeting was called to order at 3:30 p.m. by the President, Dr. William J. Robbins, in the Members Room at The New York Botanical Garden. Thirty members and friends were present. The minutes of the preceding meeting were accepted as read. The scientific program of the afternoon was presented by Dr. Harold W. Rickett of The New York Botanical Garden. Dr. Rickett talked about his ex- periences on his recent trip to Mexico. He told of his visits with some of the botanists associated with the educational institutions of Mexico. He had on dis- play some very interesting photographs and drawings made during his trip. The meeting adjourned at 4:30 p.m. Tea was served by members at the Garden. Respectfully submitted, Honor H. HoLtincHurst RECORDING SECRETARY MINUTES OF THE ANNUAL MEETING, JANUARY 4, 1944 The annual dinner meeting was held on the evening of January 4, 1944 at the Men’s Faculty Club of Columbia University. Seventy-eight members and friends were present. The meeting was called to order by the retiring President, Dr. William J. Robbins. The minutes of the preceding meeting were accepted as read. Dr. Robbins announced that the presentation of the annual reports by the officers of the Club would be deferred until the next meeting. Dr. Matzke, Chairman of the Ballot Committee, reported that the following people had been elected to office for the year 1944: President: Michael Levine Ist Vice-President: Fred J. Seaver 2nd Vice-President: H. K. Svenson Corresponding Secretary: Edwin B. Matzke Recording Secretary: Honor M. Hollinghurst Treasurer: Page J. Karling Editor: Harold W. Rickett Bibliographer: Lazella Schwarten Business Manager: Harold H. Clum 14 TORRE YA Members of the Council: J. S. Karling, E. H. Fulling, Rutherford Platt, Lela V. Barton Delegate to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences: Bernard O. Dodge Representative on the Board of Managers of The New York Botanical Garden: Henry A. Gleason Representatives on the Council of the American Association for the Advancement of Science: John H. Barnhart, Albert F. Blakeslee Dr. Robbins then introduced the newly elected President, Dr. Levine, who spoke a few words of greeting to the Club. The guest speaker of the evening, Colonel Arthur F. Fischer, G.S.C., was introduced by Dr. Robbins. Colonel Fischer discussed the problem of quinine and its production. His speech, in its entirety, is published in this number of Torreya, pp. 1-5. The meeting was adjourned at 8:30 p.m. to permit informal discussion and meeting with friends. Respectfully submitted, Honor H. HoLtincHurst RECORDING SECRETARY MINUTES OF THE MEETING OF JANUARY 19, 1944 The meeting was called to order at The New York Botanical Garden by the President, Dr. Levine. There were 22 members and guests present. The min- utes of the annual meeting of January 4, 1944, were accepted as read. Dr. Le- vine appointed an auditing committee consisting of Dr. Dodge, Chairman, Dr. Seaver, and Mr. Montagne. Mrs. Karling, the new Treasurer, was invited to attend the meetings of the committee. It was moved by Dr. Robbins and voted by the Club that the following communication sent by Dr. Graves concerning Dr. Herbert M. Denslow be spread upon the minutes: Dr. Herbert M. Denslow, the oldest living member of the Club, who will be 92 years old this coming August, a former President of the Club and Editor of the BULLETIN, sends his greetings to the Club and regrets that he cannot be present at the Annual Dinner. He wishes the Club members a Happy New Year and assures them that he is comfortable and being well cared for. The scientific program consisted of an illustrated lecture by Dr. Robert Bloch of Yale University on “New Experiments on Cellular Differentiation and Histological Pattern.” The speaker’s abstract follows: Various types of regeneration of histological pattern were studied in Monstera deliciosa, Coleus hybridus, and Taraxacum kok-saghys. The study of cellular differentiation and his- tological pattern in plants by means of regeneration experiments in more or less mature, differentiated zones has various advantages. Compared with the fully embryonic apical growing points, cells are here large, vacuolate and more thick-walled, and thus the changes both in cytoplasm and membranes can be much better observed. PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB 15 One frequent pattern in plants, which forms a common feature of generally more complex tissue patterns, is formed by successive layers of suberized cells, lignified, sclerotic elements and parenchymatous cells, arranged in concentric fashion. This pattern is often developed as a dermal pattern, adjacent to a great variety of external and internal, normal and pathological surfaces, cellular centers, and lacunae (e.g., hypodermis, exodermis, sec- retory ducts, necrotic centers). In Monstera deliciosa, this pattern could be induced or re- generated in various positions, but always in conjunction with an outer or inner surface. The developmental potency of forming this pattern is not reached before the cells and tissues have attained a certain age, but is still present in comparatively old, differentiated parenchyma and collenchyma cells. External conditions, such as oxygen supply and hu- midity, influence the character of the pattern; and intracellular changes also suggest that metabolic processes, at or near surfaces, are instrumental in the induction of this pattern. Another example of regeneration of histological pattern is the differentiation of xylem strands in vacuolate parenchyma cells in the wounded internode of Coleus. The plane of cell division and wall differentiation do not show here as immediate a relation to the wound surface as in Monstera. However, the bands of lignified thickening in successive groups of differentiating xylem cells show an orderly arrangement, both in relation to each other and to a visible configuration in the cytoplasm (granules and streaming) which precedes them. This suggests the presence of a cytoplasmic pattern which, corresponding to the phragmosome in cell division, is here the basis of differentiation in the cell wall. In both Coleus and Taraxacum older xylem elements are gradually dissolved in the wound tissue; this process is initiated by the formation of tyloses in the vessels. The formal meeting adjourned at 4:40 p.m., but an informal discussion of Dr. Bloch’s paper continued over the refreshments generously provided by the ladies of The New York Botanical Garden. Respectfully submitted, Epwin B. Matzke CORRESPONDING SECRETARY MINUTES OF THE MEETING oF FEBRUARY 1, 1944 The meeting was called to order at 8:20 p.m. by President Levine in Scher- merhorn Hall, Columbia University. Forty-four members and friends were present. The minutes of the preceding meeting were approved as read. Twelve persons were unanimously elected to annual membership, and two to associate membership. One transfer from associate to annual membership was approved. Dr. Roland Harper was unanimously elected to honorary life membership. The resignations of 25 annual members and of 31 associate mem- bers were accepted with regret. 16 MORE EN The Treasurer’s Annual Report for 1943 was read by Dr. Whaley, as fol- lows: Ralancesas olwdamuany, lopl 945). ae seule aati ie cries $ 2,301.12 Cash received, January 1-December 31, 1943 (Transactions include infennalmitemsHores20.000)) weer aan eee Cee ec eeeatrn: $ 25,911.62 Wak Dee terete Ome ie Peo Ee Pe Perneie eee Slate in eh BOS is $ 28,212.74 Gashudisbursedss)antanyl—Decemberrsiley 1949 eect eee eee $ 27,224.04 Balance M9 a dacc, fat Eee ae OR Oe ae ie iGiot ee Eee $ 988.70 {Less endowment monies in cash account .....................-.--- $ 43.57 Nctual icashsinucheckmesaccountee eee ra eee tie eee ee $ 945.13 GashpinkcunnentlexpenseEacco untae ree eeee nee eee sae $ 1,033.32 Gashvonvhandasantiatayzel pl O44 eee elk cern ieeior $ 1,978.45 The smaller balance at the end of 1943 than at the end of 1942 is largely the result of late mailing of dues bills bringing most of the payments after the end of the year, and expenditure of $1,000.00 during 1943 for a MeMmorr ac- tually published in 1942. The balance reported at the end of 1942 did not in- clude money set aside in a cash reserve fund. The net balance at the end of 1943 is approximately the same as the actual unobligated balance at the end of the previous year. The Club lived within its income during 1943, something which had not been done in the several preceding years. In general the financial status of the Club at the present time is excellent despite many factors imposed by war conditions. It was moved by Dr. Small that the Club accept the report of Dr. Whaley with an expression of thanks for his services as Treasurer. The motion was seconded and passed. The scientific program for the evening was presented by Dr. W. Gordon Whaley who discussed “Rubber Bearing Plants in the Present Emergency.” His talk was well illustrated with Kodachrome slides. Dr. Whaley’s paper will be published in Torreya in the near future. Following discussion of the subject, the meeting was adjourned at 9:55 p.m. Respectfully submitted, Honor M. HoLLtiIncHURST RECORDING SECRETARY THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB Council for 1944 Ex officio Members Michael Levine Bawin\B: Matzke Harold: H. Clum William J. Robbins Honor M. Hollinghurst John A. Small Fred J. Seaver Page J. Karling Bernard O. Dodge Henry K. Svenson Harold W. Rickett Elected Members 1942-1944 1943-1945 1944-1946 J. M. Arthur Charles A. Berger Lela V. Barton W. J. Bonisteel Clyde Chandler E. H. Fulling Arthur H. Graves Albert E. Hitchcock J. S. Karling Sam F. Trelease Roger P. Wodehouse Rutherford Platt Committees for 1944 Procram COMMITTEE Edwin B. Matzke, Chatman (ex officio) William J. Robbins Charles A. Berger George H. Shull Arthur H. Graves A. B. Stout Honor M. Hollinghurst P. W. Zimmerman Fietp CoMMITTEE John A. Small, Chairman Edward J. Alexander Robert Hagelstein Rutherford Platt Vernon L. Frazee Louis E. Hand Daniel Smiley, Jr. Eleanor Friend Fred R. Lewis Henry K. Swenson Alfred Gundersen James Murphy Farida A. Wiley G. G. Nearing Locat Frora CoMMITTEE j Edward J. Alexander Robert L. Hulbary Hester M. Rusk H. Allan Gleason James Murphy Ora B. Smith Arthur H. Graves G. G. Nearing P, W. Zimmerman William J. Robbins Cryptogams Ferns and Fern Allies: R. C. Benedict, W. Herbert Dole, N. E. Pfeiffer Mosses: E. B. Bartram Liverworts: A. W. Evans, E. M. Matzke Freshwater Algae: H. C. Bold, J. J. Metzner Fungi: A. H. Graves, J. S. Karling, Fred R. Lewis Lichens: J. W. Thomas, Jr. Myszomycetes: R. Hagelstein PUBLICATIONS EXCHANGE COMMITTEE Edwin B. Matzke, Chairman (ex officio) ' Amy L. Hepburn Lazella Schwarten ENDOWMENT COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP COMMITTEE ENTERTAINMENT COMMITTEE Clarence Lewis, Chairman Michael Levine, Chairman John S. Karling, Chairman J. Ashton Allis Lela V. Barton R. H. Cheney Caroline C. Haynes Harold H. Clum Mrs. B. O. Dodge Henry de la Montagne Page J. Karling Mrs. L. Hervey Sam F. Trelease Harold W. Rickett J. J. Metzner Roger P. Wodehouse Mrs. W. J. Robbins Mrs. Fred J. Seaver OTHER PUBLICATIONS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB (1) BULLETIN A journal devoted to general botany, established in 1870 and pub- lished bi-monthly at present. Vol. 70, published in 1943, contained 676 pages and 5 plates. Price $6.00 per annum. For Europe, $6.25. In addition to papers giving the results of research, each issue con- tains the INDEX To AMERICAN BoTANICAL LITERATURE—a very compre-— hensive bibliography of current publications in American botany. Many workers find this an extremely valuable feature of the BULLETIN. Of former volumes, 24-70 can be supplied separately at $6.00 each; certain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire stock of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets. Single copies ($1.00) will be furnished only when not breaking complete volumes. (2) MEMOIRS Tue Memoirs, established 1889, are published at irregular intervals. Volumes 1-19 are now completed. Volume 17, containing Proceedings of the Semi-Centennial Anniversary of the Club, 490 pages, was issued in 1918, price $5.00. Volume 19, no. 1, 92 pages, 1937, price $1.50. Volume 19, no. 2, 178 pages, 1938, price $2.00. Volume 19, no. 3, 76 pages, 1940, price $1.25. Volume 19, no. 4, 58 pages, 1941. Volume 19 complete, price $5.00. Volume 20, no. 1, 172 pages, 1943, price $2.00. (3) INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Reprinted monthly on cards, and furnished to subscribers at three cents a card. ‘ Correspondence relating to the above publications should be ad- dressed to Pace J. KARLING Department of Botany Columbia University New York 27, N. Y. E Volume 44 July 1944 Number 2,,5, TORREYA EDITED FOR _ THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB BY HAROLD H. CLUM John Torrey, 1796-1873 CONTENTS Western Hemisphere Natural Rubber......................-0-- W. Gorpon WHatey 17 Three New Saprophytic Chytrids...............0020ceceecccseees ANNE M. Hanson 30 Cuscuta japonica Choisy, an Asiatic Species New to America........ T. G. YUNCKER 34 Reviews The Vegetation and Floristics of Bull Run Mountain, Virginia.......... S. FE. BLAKE 36 Field Trips of the Club.............. SEN ba ams Mea Pca) 37 Broceedin’s of the @lubie cose Gavi Noes sass coc vae wecheiands over ale loon joiatab sialon sia eins (eispulisiatese\eceiete 39 PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB By tHe Free Press Printinc Company 187 CorLecrE STREET, BURLINGTON, VERMONT Entered as second class matter at the post office at Burlington, Vermont, October 14, 1939, under the Act of March 3, 1879 THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB OFFICERS FOR 1944 President: MIicHAEL LEVINE Ist Vice-President: FRED J. SEAVER Recording Secretary: Honor M. Hot- 2nd Vice-President: HENRY K. SvENSON LINGHURST Corresponding Secretary: Epwin B. Matzke Treasurer: Pace J. KaRLine Editor: Harotp W. RICKETT Associate Editors: Irvinc W. BAILEY ADRIANCE S. FOSTER Epwarp W. BERRY Henry A. GLEASON Sranitey A. CAIN ARTHUR H. GRAVES M. A. CHRYSLER JoHn W. SHIVE Harotp H. Crum R. P. WoDEHOUSE MicHArEL LEVINE Business Manager: Harotp H. CLum Bibliographer: Mrs. LAzELLA SCHWARTEN Delegate to the Council, N. Y. Acadmy of Sciences: BERNARD O. DoDGE Representatives on the Council of the American Association for the Advancement of Science Joun H. BARNHARDT ALBERT F, BLAKESLEE Representative on the Board of Managers of the N. Y. Botanical Garden: Henry A. GLEASON MEMBERSHIP IN THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB All persons interested in botany are invited to join the Club. There are four classes of membership: Annual, at $5.00 a year; Associate, at $2.00 a year; Sustaining, at $15.00 a year; and Life, at $100.00. The privileges of all except Associate members are to attend all meetings of the Club, to take part in its business, and to receive all current publications, except the Memoirs which are sold to members at cost. Associate members have the privilege of attending all meetings and field trips. They also receive the Schedule of Field Trips and the Bulletin of the New York Academy of Sciences. Applications for membership should be addressed to the Treasurer. TORREYA TorREYA was established in 1901 as a monthly publication of the Torrey Botanical Club for shorter papers and interesting notes on the local flora range of the Club. It also contains the proceedings of the Club, reports of field trips, and some book reviews and news notes. Volume 43, published last year in two numbers, contained the papers pre- sented, at the 75th Anniversary Celebration of the Club in June 1942, and an account of the Activities of the Club during 1943. For the year 1944 Torreya will resume its former function, but will be published in only four numbers. The editor invites contributions for future numbers of TorrEyA. These should be typed with double spacing on one side of standard paper. Illustrations should be mounted on stiff cardboard, with the desired reductions plainly indicated, and so designed as to fill the full width of the page (454 inches) and any portion of the height (7% inches). Legends a ae should be typed and included with the manuscript (not affixed to the gures). The subscription price of TorREYA in the United States and Canada is $1.00 a year, for subscribers elsewhere, 25c extra; single copies, 40c. Of the annual membership dues of the Torrey Botanical Club, $0.50 is for a year’s subscription to TORREYA. Claims for missing numbers should be made within sixty days from the date of mailing. Subscriptions and requests for back numbers should be addressed to the Treasurer, Page J. Karling, Department of Botany, Columbia University, New York 27, N. Y. Manuscripts for publication, books for review, reports of field trips, and news items should be addressed to: Harotp H. CLum HuntTER CoLiece, 695 Park AVENUE New York 21, N. Y. WOR REVA VoL. 44 Juty 1944 No. bo Western Hemisphere Natural Rubber* W. Gorpon WHALEY In 1940 the United States imported some 818,000 long tons of rubber, valued at $318,000,000. Of this amount 650,000 long tons were used within the country. Ninety-seven percent of this rubber came from the Far East. The outbreak of war in the Pacific and the subsequent loss by the Allied Nations of Malaya and the East Indies thus deprived us of the main source of a strategic material, the indispensability of which, already familiar, has loomed larger with each day of war. By the time war came the seriousness of the rubber situation had begun to be realized and certain steps were taken to meet the crisis. These steps were along two different approaches—the building of a synthetic rubber industry, and the development and exploitation of sources of natural rubber within the Western Hemisphere. The construction of four 2500-ton capacity, government-owned synthetic rubber plants was authorized in 1941. Around this nucleus has been built the industry which it is estimated will produce some 800,000 tons of synthetic rubber in 1944. The history of the development of synthetic rubber is almost as long as the period of commercial utilization of rubber. An outline of the early steps is given by H. & R. Wolf (1936). There had been several attempts to analyze rubber in the early 19th century, none of them very revealing. Then in 1860 Greville Williams isolated a low-boiling point fraction which he named isoprene. From this isoprene Williams was able to build up, by polymerization, a substance having some of the properties of rubber. Several other investiga- tors subsequently pointed out the apparent relation between isoprene and rubber and by 1880 the production of isoprene from simple materials was thought to be the only step necessary to make the production of synthetic rubbers practical. Between 1882 and 1884 a process for the manufacture of isoprene from turpentine was perfected. The step from isoprene to a rubber- like compound proved too time-consuming, however, until in 1910 it was found that sodium metal would bring about polymerization. In that year the manufacture of isoprene rubber from methyl isoprene produced from acetone with the aid of sodium was begun in Germany. * Presented at the meeting of the Torrey Botanical Club on February 1, 1944 at Columbia University, New York, N. Y. TorreyA for July (Vol. 44, 17-44) was issued July 21, 1944. 17 18 TNO RAR Nar Between 1910 and 1941 much progress was made on the problems of producing synthetic rubbers. Various sources of isoprene were investigated and chloroprene, butadiene, and other compounds for use instead of isoprene were developed. Facts were learned about the polymerization of these ma- terials and co-polymerization with other hydrocarbons. The point to be understood is that synthetic rubber is no eleventh hour miracle developed in response to the war emergency. The conditions imposed by war have accelerated certain phases of synthetic rubber development, but the underlying facts havé been accumulated over a long period of time. Knowing this, one is more inclined to appreciate the many difficulties that have been involved in the manufacture of satisfactory synthetic rubber. Monumental progress has been made toward overcoming these difficulties, and in constructing and putting into operation plants for the production of synthetic rubbers. The final answer has not yet been obtained. Hundreds of chemists are working on the problems and continued improvement in quality and usefulness may be expected. Up to the present, however, the production of synthetic rubber has not alleviated the critical need for natural rubber. It is perhaps worth mentioning here that actually there is no such thing as synthetic rubber. If there were there would probably be no need for natural rubber. So-called synthetic rubbers are substances having some of the essential physical properties of rubber, but none of the synthetics has the chemical structure of rubber and none has all of its physical properties. There are many types of synthetic elastomers or plastomers. A synthetic elastomer, to be designated as synthetic rubber, must be a substance capable of vulcaniza- tion and after vulcanization must stretch to at least four times its normal length and then resume its original length forcibly and rapidly when the pressure is released. GR-S, or the Buna type, synthetic has this property, but in going through the procedure generates vastly more heat than natural rubber. It is this factor which limits its use in tires where there is rapid flexing. Large amounts of natural rubber are needed for combining with the synthetics in the manufacture of larger size truck and bus tires. Many uses still demand pure natural rubber. When these facts are considered in the light of the daily growing demands for both military and civilian products made of rubber, the necessity of increasing our supplies of natural rubber is highlighted. Attempts to increase and assure our supply of natural rubber have been three-fold and all were initiated in 1940. Agreements were made with several of the Tropical American countries whereby the United States government undertook, through an official agency, to guarantee the price of crude rubber over a fairly long period—in most cases extending to 1946. This move was aimed at stimulating the collection of rubber from wild trees in Central and WHALEY: RUBBER 19 South America. A correct estimate of the number of such trees and the amount of rubber that could be obtained from them would be very difficult to make. Published guesses have indicated as many as 300,000,000 trees, a probably fantastic figure, with an attainable yield of 50,000 tons of rubber annually, but there are many serious complications involved in the collection of this wild rubber in large quantities. Cooperative arrangements have been made with 14 of the Latin American countries for the development of rubber plantations. These plantations have the double aim of increasing the available supply of rubber during the present emergency if it is prolonged and assuring a dependable Western Hemisphere supply of rubber in the future. A summary of the plan for establishing a self- sustaining rubber-growing industry has been published by Brandes (1941). In addition all plants holding any promise of being useful in providing a domestic source of rubber are being thoroughly investigated. Hevea brasiliensis. The most important source of rubber is Heveu brasiliensis, the Para rubber tree. This tree, apparently long known to the South and Central American Indians, made its first appearance in white man’s records in the early 18th century. In 1770 Priestley discovered that rubber, in this case from India, would erase pencil marks, hence the name rubber and the persistence of the term India rubber even after the majority of our rubber came from a South Ameri- can tree. In 1823 Charles McIntosh found that rubber is soluble in benzene. This discovery broadened the uses for waterproofing as previously only freshly collected latex could be used for coating cloth. In 1839 Goodyear came accidentally upon the knowledge that rubber could be vulcanized by mixing with sulphur and heating. This resulted in an elastic material which did not become sticky in hot weather and could stand much lower temperatures than crude rubber without becoming brittle. An amazing number of uses were immediately found for the vulcanized product. The demand rose so rapidly that whereas in 1849 rubber was collected from Hevea brasiliensis only in the vicinity of the city of Para, in 1850 some 25,000 people were concerned in its collection in the State of Para alone, and collectors had ascended far up the tributaries of the Amazon. As the uses of rubber in- creased it was collected in varying amounts from many different plants but the Para rubber tree remained the most important, except perhaps for a brief period just after the turn of the century when guayule became a very large producer. In 1876 Henry Wickham, later knighted in consideration of his contribu- tions to the British Colonial interests, took seeds of Hevea brasiliensis from the Amazon region to Kew. He then introduced the tree, using Kew-grown material, into India, Ceylon, the Straits Settlements, and the Dutch East 20 TOURER ay A: Indies. There followed an amazing development of the rubber plantations in the East, paralleled by the nearly complete abandonment of the rubber pro- duction industry in the Western Hemisphere. The latent danger in the complete dependence of the United States on eastern rubber supplies gave rise to governmental action in 1940 when a bill was passed by Congress authorizing expenditure of a half million dollars for investigations directed toward the development of rubber production in the Western Hemisphere. The Bureau of Plant Industry was charged with the conduct, in cooperation with other agencies, of these investigations. The first step was a survey of the Western Hemisphere areas falling within the range to which Hevea is adapted, or in other words between the equator and about 20° of latitude. Simultaneously plans were laid for the development of rubber plantings within suitable areas. The general plan is for the development of small one-man or one-family plantations in regions having the proper soil and being otherwise climatically and economically adapted. It is thought that small-farm rubber cultivation has a far greater chance of success in the Western Hemisphere than would large plantation enterprises, although an interspersion of large and small units is probably most desirable. The most serious problem relating to the cultivation of Hevea in Latin America is the widespread presence of the South American leaf blight, caused by Dothidella ulet. This disease is spread through the whole native range of Hevea in the Amazon Valley and its further spread to other Latin American areas where Hevea can be grown successfully is quite likely. It has been the cause of the abandonment of numerous former attempts to establish rubber plantations in the west. However, in the last ten years or so several disease resistant clones have been developed, mostly in the plantings of the Ford Motor Company begun in 1927 in Brazil, and in those of the Goodyear Tire and Rubber Company begun in 1935 in Panama, and in 1936 in Costa Rica. Further selection of resistant strains for building of clones is one of the goals of the present cooperative program. A discussion of the disease problems and the methods used for overcoming them is given by Rands (1942) in an article regarding the various aspects of Hevea culture in Latin America. The other aim of the selection and breeding work under way is the development of high-yielding strains. Many of the eastern clones of Hevea selected and bred during the last few years have exceedingly high rubber yields. The combination of these high rubber yields with high leaf blight resistance is counted upon to provide superior strains for the new western plantings. Castilla elastica deserves mention in any roster of the rubber bearing plants, not because it plays any appreciable part at present in’ the cultivation WHALEY: RUBBER 21 of rubber but because of the part which it plays as a wild rubber source. It was at one time as important as Hevea in the production of natural rubber, and in the late nineteenth century and early twentieth century large numbers of Castilla trees were planted in Latin America. Castilla, also called, though erroneously, Castilloa, is a member of the mulberry family and extends from Mexico southward into Bolivia, Brazil and Peru (Loomis 1942). Rubber is gathered from Castilla by tapping, but ‘it differs from Hevea by giving a relatively large amount of latex at each tapping, but can be tapped only a few times a year without serious injury. It has been a common procedure to cut large Castilla trees for their rubber yield which may be as much as 50 pounds from one felled tree. Castilla has played a large part in the supplying of so-called “‘wild” rubber during the present emergency. Guayule, Parthenium argentatum, was “discovered” by Dr. J. W. Bige- low of the Mexican Boundary Survey in 1852 “near Escondido Creek, Texas.” It was described and named by Asa Gray in 1859. Guayule is native to the North Central plateau region of Mexico extending into the Big Bend region of Texas. Within the area it is confined rather strictly to limestone soils and is generally restricted to altitudes between 3000 and 7000 feet, where rainfall averages from 10-15 inches a year. A detailed description of Guayule and its characteristics has been published by Lloyd (1911, 1932). Guayule is a member of the Compositae, a low-grow- ing, much branched, woody shrub with small silver-gray leaves. Wild plants are generally about two feet in height, and have a dry weight of one or two pounds after several years growth. Hardy perennials in habit, undisturbed plants probably live some 30 to 40 years. There is occasionally some vegetative reproduction but most of the reproduction is by seed. Under favorable con- ditions large numbers of seeds are produced, but in very dry periods partic- ularly, seed production is limited. In semi-arid regions to which the plant is native it has great capacity to withstand long continued droughts. However, under drought conditions very little growth takes place. The rubber in guayule occurs in latex, but in contrast to the situation in Hevea and the other so-called latex-bearing plants the latex is not found in vessels or tubes but is a component of the individual parenchymatous cells. Rubber is stored in all parts of the plant except perhaps the leaves. In wild plants the rubber content usually averages around 7% of dry weight for mature plants. Cultivated selected strains run as high as 22% rubber at maturity. The Germans began experimenting with the extraction of guayule rubber before 1900 but the product remained unimportant until in 1904, a factory, using a pebble-mill extraction process, was set up in Torreon, Mexico. Other factories followed and small-scale production of rubber from guayule has been almost continuous since, except during one period of very low rubber prices. 22 AM OeRARS Eee The supply of wild guayule is strictly limited, however, and, except for the imposition of conservation measures, would have been exhausted some time ago. It is estimated that a constant production rate of 7,000 to 10,000 tons a year would be possible in Mexico without depleting the natural supply. Any increase in the production of guayule depends upon cultivation of the shrub. Two projects for the furtherance of guayule cultivation were begun in the early days of the war. One of these has been directed toward intensive cultivation of the plant in the United States, largely in California, the other toward a considerably less intensive cultivation in areas of Mexico presenting adapted lands but a vastly different economic picture (Brandes 1942a). The procedures of maintenance, and to some extent those of planting and harvest- ing, are unlike in the two areas, but fundamentally the problems of domestica- tion are the same. To begin with germination of guayule seed when and where desired is a difficult accomplishment. In the wild, germination hinges on the presence of large amounts of moisture for the elimination of the inhibitors. Nursery prac- tice consists of chemical treatment of the seed followed by preplanting germination in chambers. The seeds are then mixed with sawdust or sand, and kept very moist until the seedlings are established. Naturally this proce- dure presents serious problems in disease control. The use of rigid sanitary measures, strict water regulations, and use of resistant strains is dictated. Seedlings are grown in nursery beds usually from March or April until January of the following year. The length of time allowed between transplant- ing and harvesting depends a great deal upon conditions. At least two years’ growth is necessary and maximum rubber content is not reached for many years. The plan for cultivation in California originally called for harvesting the major portion of the plants in the fourth year. Because of the urgency for early production it is planned to harvest much of the area after only two years. Most interesting of the problems connected with the growth of guayule in the field are those arising from the relation of growth to rubber formation. It was early observed that if conditions for growth are very favorable plants of guayule would grow to a very large size but would contain practically no rubber. On the other hand small, but mature plants often contained large percentages of rubber. Study has revealed that little rubber is formed during periods of active growth, and that if growth has been very good little rubber is formed in a subsequent less active growth period. In guayule the cortical tissue is the main rubber-bearing region. This tissue is laid down, or at least differentiated mostly during periods of slow growth, and only following a general growth phase. A seasonal rhythm of growth and rubber formation has been found and cultivation practices are now directed toward following this rhythm. Attempts are made to produce fairly vigorous growth early in the season and then permit a gradual drying to limit growth by mid-summer. WHALEY: RUBBER 23 Rubber is then produced freely during the late part of the season. The proce- dure calls either for some irrigation during the early part of the season in semi-arid regions, or in California by fitting the time of planting to utilization of winter rains to the greatest advantage. In the California plantings the small first-year plants grow fairly vigor- ously all summer by drawing on the winter rainfall. As the plants become larger in succeeding years they exhaust the available moisture, and thus growth is slowed progressively earlier each year, leaving a longer period for rubber formation. A very marked increase in rubber yield has been secured by selection of high-yielding varieties of guayule. The plants first brought under cultivation ranged, after five years growth, from less than one to over fifteen pounds in weight. All of the large plants were found to be low in rubber content. It is probable that most of the very large plants were progeny from crosses be- tween guayule and Mariola, a related and associated plant with a 1 to 2% rubber content. Selection, mostly of medium-sized plants, and the building up of varieties in isolation has now established strains which consistently yield 20% rubber at the end of five years—an acreage yield of something just over a ton of rubber. Guayule rubber, as extracted from the plant, is a highly resinous product. When deresinated, however, it is a good quality rubber. Cryptostegia. Rubber from this genus was displayed at the Exposition of Madras in 1856. By crude native methods rubber was produced from Cryptostegia growing wild in both India and Madagascar during the nine- teenth century. Cryptostegia grandiflora, the palay rubber vine, was introduced into Mexico as an ornamental by a German sea captain. It spread rapidly in Mexico and then to Florida and the West Indies. Cryptostegia madagascariensis, the Madagascar rubber vine, was intro- duced into Florida as an ornamental in the present century. In 1927 a natural hybrid between these two species was discovered in Florida. Detailed descrip- tions of these two species and the hybrid have been given by Polhamus, Hill and Elder (1934). Cryptostegia is a much branched shrub or vine which under good condi- tions, particularly as to soil and moisture relations, makes rapid growth. The latex in Cryptostegia is in a latex tube system. It can be obtained by tipping the stems, or by chemical or mechanical extraction from the leaves and stems, though the latter has been done only in experimental studies and is not com- mercially practical. The rubber secured from stem tipping is superior to that extracted by other means but the yield per stem is extremely small and the amount of labor involved is tremendous. 24 OSI ine BOE Cryptostegia for rubber production has been planted over a large acreage in Haiti. The project, originally intended to contain 100,000 acres, is variously estimated as 40,000 to 43,000 acres at expiration of the planting deadline on March 31, 1944. Goldenrod. The suggestion for the use of goldenrod as a source of rub- ber goes back to the work of the late Thomas A. Edison (Polhamus 1933). Edison directed a survey of some 17,000 samples of plant material from several different species native to this country. From this survey he decided that certain species of goldenrod represented the most promising plants for a possible development of domestic source of rubber which could be used during an emergency which cut off other rubber sources. At Mr. Edison’s death his selected goldenrod material was turned over to the United States Department of Agriculture. Four species, Solidago altissma, S. gigantea, S. leavenworthu, and S. sempervirens were selected as the most promising. In cultivation Solidago leavenworthii, native to Florida and extending North only to Georgia and South Carolina, has proved most satisfactory as to rubber yields. Selected strains of this species have given indicated yields of from 50 to 75 pounds of rubber per acre in the first year. These selected strains are propagated by stolon cuttings, a method which permits a very large annual expansion. Limited to certain areas in the South, goldenrod has an advantage in that its soil requirements are not exacting. Average quality sandy loam “cotton land” is quite satisfactory. At one time in the developmental program the goldenrod scab, caused by Elsinoe solidaginsis, presented a serious problem, but the better selected strains are almost completely immune. Goldenrod is harvested in the fall of the year by mowing and the leaves or the leaves and the stems are utilized for extraction of rubber. Extraction has been generally successful only by solvent processes. There is a possibility that the ligno-cellulose leaf residues, some carbohydrates and some proteins may provide by-products. Taraxacum kok-saghyz, better known simply by its descriptive species ‘ name, which means “chew-root” in the Kazak language of its native habitat, is a comparatively new addition to the roster of potentially important rubber- bearing plants (Brandes 1942b). It was discovered in 1931 by a Russian expedition sent out to collect native Russian plants with a view to cultivating them as a nucleus of a domestic rubber supply. The plant was found at an altitude of 5,500 to 6,500 feet in soil designated as somewhat saline. Stands of about 5,000 acres were reported. The temperature of the region ranges, according to reports, from —2° F. to +59° F. When grown under favorable conditions, kok-saghyz looks much like our WHALEY: RUBBER 25 native dandelions. It is distinguished by the character of its involucral bracts and by the shape and size of the leaves. The Russians began to cultivate kok-saghyz shortly after its discovery by the Ketman expedition. They achieved some considerable measure of success although its domestication in Russia, as in this country, has involved many problems. A shipment of kok-saghyz seed arrived in this country in May 1942 and was distributed to various cooperating agencies and stations of the Bureau of Plant Industry for planting. Work of the last two years has indicated that kok-saghyz can be grown successfully in certain areas within this country and that with the solution of certain fundamental problems the plant would represent a valuable source of rubber. As to its distribution it is now apparent that good growth of the plant in cultivation can be secured during the summer only in regions far enough north so that they do not have continued periods of exceedingly high tem- peratures. The best growth is of course in regions having relatively, not excessively, high day temperatures alternating with low night temperatures. Within this country the areas around Lake Champlain, in Northern Vermont, the Saginaw Bay area of Michigan, and the Red River Valley of Minnesota have been found to give very good results as to root growth. Best seed yields have been obtained at high elevations in intermountain Rocky Mountain valleys in Montana. The Russians have reported 27 to 30 pounds per acre of seed as represent- ing excellent yield. Montana yields are in excess of 150 pounds per acre. Some of the plants in that region have shown as many as 500 flowers during a season with as many as 100 in bloom at one time. The problems incident to cultivating kok-saghyz include many of funda- mental biological interest. Plantings grown from the seed which was im- ported from Russia contained plants ranging in rubber content from tenths of a percent to 16 or 18 percent, and in the case of some Canadian grown material up to 29 percent in the second year. Such a situation offers a tre- mendous opportunity for improvement by selection. Improvement by selec- tion alone necessitates the building up of clones of the selected material by vegetative propagation. s Vegetative propagation of kok-saghyz has presented numerous problems for solution. Early experiments with root cuttings in the greenhouse tended to indicate that the matter of making root cuttings and growing plants from them was fairly simple. Attempts to repeat the procedures in the fields were very unsuccessful. Several factors now seem to be concerned. In the first place the amount of available stored nutrient material is a controlling factor. There is a wide variation in the amount of this material in different parts of the seasonal cycle. It now looks as though root cuttings would either have to 26 TOR REE YOR be made at certain specific times in the plants’ growth cycle, or that roots would have to be stored at temperatures low enough to control the utilization of nutrient materials until the cuttings are made. Kok-saghyz root segments are very strongly polarized with reference to the initiation of root primordia. As a result it seemed at first to be necessary to plant all the cuttings in their normal vertical positions. More recent work indicates that if the cuttings are placed horizontally, there occurs an apparent displacement of growth substances which induce the formation of many ad- ventitious roots on the lower side of the cutting, and rapid rooting results. Many other problems, including that of disease control are involved in vege- tative propagation. Breeding work with kok-saghyz is complicated by the same factor which makes for the tremendous amount of heterogeneity in the populations. The plant is almost, if not completely, self-sterile. One would expect, of course, that a thorough study of populations would reveal the presence of a group of sterility factors operating in such a way as to isolate given genetic blocks of plants. There is some indication that this condition prevails. There is also a suggestion that there is a certain amount of self-fertility during particular periods of the blooming cycle. At any rate the populations are extremely heterozygous. Two courses suggest themselves for obtaining more homozygous material. A search may reveal, as it has in many plants, certain individuals with a genetic factor for self-fertility. There is a possibility that such a factor could be combined with otherwise desirable characters. Another approach is to make crosses of such a nature as to put into the progeny a factor for apomixis which is common in other species of Taraxacum. Incidentally attempts at crossing T. kok-saghyz with other species of Taraxacum have brought out the fact that it is diploid while certain other species are tetraploid with respect to the basic chromosome number. The chromosome number of T. kok-saghyz has been doubled by colchicine treatment and some apparently successful crosses between it and Tarara- cum megalorrhizon, a species with a very high rubber content and some other desirable features, have been made. Field cultivation of kok-saghyz presents another whole series of problems. First there is, at least in seed more than a few months old, a seed dormancy which must be overcome to secure uniform germination. Not surprisingly, in view of the heterogeneity of the seed stocks, germination of some seed takes place immediately, while that of others may be delayed for weeks or even months. Planting of the seed in the field must be done with great care, particularly with reference to depth of planting in relation to the soil type. The young seedlings are extremely weak and will not emerge if any soil crusting takes WHALEY: RUBBER we) Ni place. Once planted a serious problem arises from the fact that growth of the seedlings is so slow that weeding must ordinarily be done at least once before the seedlings are large enough to distinguish from weeds, or even up so as to permit detection of the rows. Attempts have been made to overcome this difficulty by using transplants and root cuttings. However, the solution prob- ably lies in careful cultivation practices and the selection of more vigorous, more uniformly germinating stock. Kok-saghyz is harvested by digging the roots after removal of the tops. The roots are then dried and the rubber is extracted by milling the dried roots. The extraction process is simple and inexpensive and the rubber ob- tained, according to all tests made to date, is of excellent quality, comparing favorably with good grade Hevea sheet. The utilization of two by-products is possible. The roots contain at harvest time upwards of 8% inulin. The extraction and utilization of this carbohydrate will, according to Russian work, pay for the processing cost of the rubber. In addition 7 or 8% pectin is contained in the roots and its utilization has been suggested. Other Plants. Many other plants yield rubber, some of them in appre- ciable amounts, but the ones mentioned seem to offer the only possibilities as rubber sources in the Western Hemisphere. Mention ought to be made, per- haps, of the fact that Russians have actually grown small plantings of certain species of Scorzonera for rubber production. The Canadian Department of Agriculture is experimenting quite exten- sively with one of the milkweeds, Asclepias syrica. A suggested procedure here, however, is not to attempt to extract rubber itself, but to extract the rubber and resin compound from the leaves and utilize it as a combining agent with various synthetics. Conclusions. It is perhaps of interest to attempt to gain as comprehen- sive a picture as possible of the parts played by this work on rubber plants in the present emergency and in the economic and social picture of the future. We were, at the end of 1941, cut off abruptly and almost completely from our source of a material which has come to play a very large part in our lives, both in war and in peace. We had on hand a rather limited supply of that material. The Rubber Conservation Program and the rapid and success- ful development of the synthetic rubber industry has turned the trick to the extent of preventing a complete breakdown in essential military and civilian transportation and in other processes so dependent upon rubber. In 1941 it was imperative that we investigate all possible sources of natural rubber even though it was readily recognized that many of them could con- tribute very small amounts of rubber at a very high cost per pound. This was insurance against the possibility that for one reason or another the syn- 28 TW OMRIRe Ves thetic rubber program might not be developed as rapidly and as well as it has. In 1944 continued research on the minor rubber yielding crops is of im- portance—first, because some of them hold real potentialities for development as natural rubber sources, and because studies of all of them yield data which are of value in work on the more important ones. There is a considerable amount of controversy with reference to the performance of synthetics in automobile tires. There seems to be ready admission of the fact that in large bus and truck tires and those for military vehicles which must travel over very rough terrain, synthetic rubber is unsatisfactory unless it is combined with a large proportion of natural rubber and even then the product is not as good as a pure natural rubber tire. We have been using natural rubber from a stock pile which was none too large at the beginning of the war and which has been diminishing very rapidly. In his last report the Rubber Director estimated that our imports of natural rubber during 1943 would total 60,000 tons. Recent directives have been issued from the Office of the Rubber Director and the War Production Board further curtailing the use of natural rubber. The manufacture of synthetics from petroleum products is based on the use of materials of which, even now, there are predictions of exhaustion of supplies. The manufacture of synthetics from alcohols involves growing plants for the production of carbohydrates, fermenting the carbohydrates, and then by complex processes producing a rubber substitute. Even if the synthetics prove to be as good as natural rubber this procedure must compete economi- cally with a product formed directly by the plant. Add to all of this the fact that consumption of rubber is undoubtedly go- ing to increase very markedly after the war, when a tremendous deficiency of tires and other rubber articles will have to be filled, and there would seem every justification for very strong continued emphasis on the development of sources of natural rubber in the Western Hemisphere. Of these sources Hevea brasiliensis 1s most important and guayule has good possibilities. Kok-saghyz holds a potential rubber yield of perhaps 400 pounds per acre, the attainment of which presupposes the solution of several biological and production prob- lems. It has the added feature of being the only crop from which good rubber can be obtained in a very short period. Continued research on all of these crops is yielding valuable information, not only for rubber production, but for the production of other crops as well. In addition the development of the Hevea project is laying the basis for a more complementary trade with our Latin American neighbors after the war. BUREAU OF PLANT INDUSTRY, SOILS AND AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING AGRICULTURAL RESEARCH ADMINISTRATION Unitep STATES DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE BELTSVILLE, MARYLAND WHALEY: RUBBER 29 Literature Cited Branves, FE. W. 1941. Rubber on the rebound—East to West. Agric. in the Americas. 1: 1-11. ——, 1942a. Go Ahead, Guayule! Agric. in the Americas. 2: 83-86. , 1942b. Rubber from the Russian dandelion. Agric. in the Americas. 2: 127-131. Lioyp, Francis Ernest. 1911. Guayule (Partheniwm argentatum Gray) a rubber-plant of the Chihuahuan Desert. Carnegie Institution of Washington. Pub. 139: viii+213. Illus. , 1932. Mode of occurrence of caoutchouc in the guayule, Parthenium argentatum Gray, and its function. Plant Physiology 7: 131-138, 1932. Loomis, Harotp E, 1942. Castilla rubber’s comeback. Agric. in the Americas. 2: 171-176. PoLHAMUS, LoreN G. 1933. Rubber contents of various species of goldenrod. Jour. of Agric. Res. 47: 149-152. , H. H. Hirr ann J. A. Exper. 1934. The rubber content of two species of Crypto- stegia and of an interspecific hybrid in Florida. USDA Tech. Bull. 457: 1-23. Ranops, R. D. 1942. Hevea rubber culture in Latin America. India Rubber World. 106: 239-243, 350-356, 461-465. Worr, H. ann R. 1936. Rubber. xii +533 p. New York. Vow. 44 DOR RE YAN Jury 1944 Three New Saprophytic Chytrids ANNE M. Hanson During a routine survey of fungi present in soil and water samples col- lected at Sharon, Connecticut, three new chytridiaceous species were discov- ered and isolated. The largest of these is eucarpic and polycentric, and resembles species of Catenaria in several characters, but differs fundamentally by the possession of operculate sporangia. Present studies indicate that it represents a new genus of operculate polycentric chytrids for which the name Catenomyces is hereby proposed. Catenomyces gen. nov.—Thallo semper fere polycentrico, raro mono- centrico, intramatricali atque extramatricali: parte intramatricali ramosa. vel singula, septata ; septis rudimenta sporangiorum vel isthmorum sterilium disi- ungentibus ; parte extramatricali ramosa, non septata atque sterili. Sporangtis cum uno vel pluribus tubulis dimissionis, operculis sub obturamenta muci- laginosa evolventibus, Zoosporis a posteriore uniflagellatis. Sporis perduranti- bus incompertis aut dubiis. CATENOMYCES nov. gen.—Thallus usually polycentric, rarely monocentric, intra-and extramatrical ; intramatrical portion branched or unbranched, septate ; septa delimiting the rudiments of the sporangia or sterile isthmuses; extra- matrical portion branched, aseptate and sterile. Sporangia with one to several exit tubes in which opercula develop beneath mucilaginous plugs. Zoospores posteriorly uniflagellate. Resting spores unknown or doubtful. Catenomyces persicinus sp. nov.—Protoplasmate hypharum extrama- tricalium globulos aureos refractivos evolvente, protoplasmate hypharum extra- matricalium hyalino manente. Zoosporangiis levibus, sporae plasmate maturitate persicino colorato, forma variabilibus, uteriformibus, 21-71 x 25-82 p, pyri- formibus, 12-45 x 19-82 p, ovatis, 17-63 x 28-97 yn, cylindricis, 6-15 x 19-75 p, sphaericis, 17-57 yp, ellipticis, 21-62 x 37-159 p, orthogoniis, 43-55 x 59-83 un, triangulis, 35-59 x 44-65 yp, vel irregularibus, 26-67 x 35-193 p, cum 1-9 canalibus exeuntibus, 3.7-16 x 7.5-112 y, aliquando ramosis, uno solo de- hiscente. Apicibus papillarum vel canalium exeuntium maturitate mollescenti- bus, obturamento materiae mucilaginosae completis; protoplasmate deorsum recedente atque operculum sub obturamentum formante. Operculis maxime tenuibus, forma patellae similibus, rotundis vel ovatis, 2.2-2.9 , diametro. Zoosporis sphaericis, 3.7-4.5 », cum multis globulis aureis refractivis, flagello circiter 30 » longitudine, singillatim emergentibus et cumulum ad tempus prope orificium formantibus, interdum amoeboideis. Sporis perdurantibus dubiis. CATENOMYCES PERSICINUS nov. sp.—Protoplasm of intramatrical hyphae developing golden refractive globules, while the protoplasm of the extramatrical hyphae remains hyaline. Zoosporangia smooth, with peach-colored spore plasm at maturity, variable in shape, uteriform, 21-71 x 25-82 p, pyriform, 12-45 x 19- 30 HANSON: NEW CHYTRIDS 31 82 p, ovoid, 17-63 x 28-97 y, cylindrical, 6-15 x 19-75 yp, spherical, 17-57 y, elliptical, 21-62 x 37-159 p, rectangular, 43-55 x 59-83 y, triangular, 35-59 x 44- 65, or irregular, 26-67 x 35-193 mw, with 1-9 exit canals, 3.7-16 x 7.5-112 p, frequently branched, and of which only one functions. Tips of exit papillae or canals softening at maturity and becoming filled with a plug of mucilaginous material; granular protoplasm receding downward and forming an operculum beneath the plug. Opercula extremely thin, shallow saucer-shaped, circular or oval in outline, 2.2-2.9 », in diameter. Zoospores spherical, 3.7-4.5 p, with many golden refractive globules, flagellum approximately 30 » long, emerging singly and forming a temporary group near the orifice, intermittently amoeboid. Resting spores doubtful. Saprophytic on grasses, bleached corn leaves, onion, and cellophane, Sharon, Connecticut. The second species is monocentric and Rhizophydium-like. The sporangia and resting spores are surrounded by one or several hyaline zones or halos which stand out very sharply when stained with ruthenium red or gentian violet. The structure and development of this chytrid are fundamentally similar to those of species of Rhizophydium, and for this reason it is included in this genus under the name FR. coronuwin nov. sp. Rhizophydium coronum sp. nov.—Zoosporangiis hyalinis, sphaericis, 11-49 » diametro, ovatis, 10-48 x 14-54 u, cum muris laminatis, lamina externa saepe prope superior sporangi dirupta; una vel quinque papillis exeuntibus, 3-3.7 x 9-11 ». Uno vel compluribus coronis concentricis sporangia evolventia circumdantibus, uno maturitate reliquo ante sporarum dimissionem plerumque deliquescente. Zoosporis hyalinis, sphaericis, 3.7-4.5 », cum uno magno globulo refractivo, 1.5 » diametro, primis zoosporis cumulo emergentibus, post 6-14 horae sexagesimas partes devidentibus, reliquis in sporangio natantibus et singillatim emergentibus. Rhizoidibus mediocriter rigidis, cum 1.5-4.5 » muris crassis, directis, tortuosis, minime vel maxime ramosis, uno saepe dominante atque maxime extenso usque ad 500 p» longitudine. Spora perdurante sphaerica vel subsphaerica, 22-35 » diametro, cum muro lamellato sporangio simili, 0.7-1.3 » crasso, pallido auro tincta. Spora perdurante unum vel plures magnos globulos medios strato, peripherali globulorum minorum circumdatos con- tinente. Zoosporangio simili uno vel compluribus coronis involuta, atque germi- natione prosporangi modo se gerente, zoosporangio hyalino 29-37 pw diametro oriente, quod deinde corono involvitur. RHIZOPHYDIUM CORONUM nov. sp.—Zoosporangia hyaline, spherical 11-49 in diameter, ovoid 10-48 x 14-54 py, with laminated walls, outer lamina often disintegrating around the upper half of the sporangium ; one to five exit papillae, 3-3.7 x 9-Il ». One to several concentric halos surrounding the developing sporangia, reduced to one at maturity, which generally deliquesces before spore discharge begins. Zoospores hyaline, spherical, 3.7-4.5 p», with one large refractive globule, 1.5 » in diameter, the first zoospores emerging as a coherent mass, separating after 6-14 minutes, the remainder swimming in the sporangium 32 TO RIROE, YON and emerging singly. Rhizoids fairly rigid, with 1.5-4.5 y, thick walls, straight, coiled, sparingly or richly branched, one rhizoid often predominant and very prolonged, up to 500 » in length. Resting spore spherical or sub-spherical, 22-35 » in diameter, with a lamellated wall like that of the sporangium, 0.7- 1.3 p, thick, with a faint golden tint; contents of resting spore consisting of one or more large central globules surrounded by a peripheral layer of smaller globules ; enveloped like the zoosporangium by one or several halos, acting like a prosporangium upon germination, giving rise to a hyaline zoosporangium 29-37 » in diameter, which in turn is enveloped by a halo. Saprophytic on grasses, bleached corn leaves, and cellophane, Sharon, Con- necticut. The third species belongs in the monotypic genus Catenochytridium and differs from the type species, C. carolinianum, by its smaller multiguttulate zoospores, by the asymetrical position of the sporangium and the presence of a predominant primary apophysis. Because of these differences it is regarded as a new species and given the name C. laterale nov. sp. Catenochytrium laterale sp. nov.—Zoosporangiis hyalinis, levibus, ovatis, 16-46 x 21-62 p, sphaericis, 12-44 p, pyriformibus, 12-48 x 18-71 4p, cylindricis, 15-25 x 61-93 p, atque intramatricalibus solis cum lobis, 28-63 x 88- 160; operculo apicali, sub-apicali, laterali, 7.5-15 » diametro, plerumque in sporangio vacuo persistente. Primaria cellula apophysidis semper dominante, sphaerica, ovata vel cum lobis, usque ad 27-30 » diametro. Segmentis catenulatis apophysidis 1-7 numero, seriebus linearibus 1-4, primariae apophysidis cellulae a latere vel ab apice affixis ut inter primariam apophysidis cellulam atque spo- rangium emergant, raro ex radice primariae apophysidis cellulae emergentibus, saepe omnino deficientibus. Rhizoideo systemate (apophyside primaria addita) usque ad 224 pu magnitudine, minutissime ramificato, dichotomo. Zoosporis hyalinis, sphaericis, 2.9-4.5 », cum duobus, tribus, quattuor (raro uno), globulis refractivis ; flagello 26-30 » longitudine. Capsa zoosporae semper in zoospo- rangio persistente, crassa, bulbosa, numquam depressa, sucino vel atro-fusco colorata, raro apicali vel laterali, tuberculo simili in radice sporangi manente. Sporis perdurantibus non observatis. CATENOCHYTRIDIUM LATERALE nov. sp.—Zoosporangia hyaline, smooth, oval, 16-46 x 21-62 », spherical, 12-44 », pyriform, 12-48 x 18-71 y, cylindrical, 15-25 x 61-93 p, and lobed, 28-63 x 88-160 », when developed intramatrically ; operculum apical, sub-apical, or lateral, 7.5-15 » in diameter, generally per- sistent on the empty sporangium. Primary apophysate cell always predominant, spherical, ovoid, or lobed, up to 27-30 » in diameter. Catenulate segments of the apophysis 1-7 in number, arranged in 1-4 linear series attached to the pri- mary apophysate cell laterally or apically, so that they emerge between the primary apophysate cell and the sporangium, rarely emerging from the base of the primary apophysate cell, often completely lacking. Rhizoidal system (includ- ing primary apophysis) up to 224 p in extent, becoming finely branched; HANSON: NEW CHYTRIDS ww Los) branching dichotomous. Zoospores hyaline, spherical, 2.9-4.5 p, with two, three, four (rarely one), refractive globules ; flagellum 26-30 p long. Zoospore case always persistent on the zoosporangium, thickened, bulbous, never flat- tended, amber to dark brown in color, rarely apical or lateral, but remaining like a basal protuberance on the sporangium. Resting spores not observed. Saprophytic on grasses, bleached corn leaves, onion, and cellophane, Sharon, Connecticut. The author wishes to express her gratitude to Professor John S. Karling under whose direction this work is being carried on, and to Miss Elsie Walush for the Latin diagnoses. DEPARTMENT OF BoTaANy, CoLUMBIA UNIVERSITY New York CIty Vor. 44 OMA YAN Jury 1944 -Cuscuta japonica Choisy, an Asiatic Species New to America T. G. YUNCKER The recent discovery of Cuscuta japonica in this country is an interesting instance of the distribution of a species of dodder far beyond its natural range. Only a few of the nearly 200 species of Cuscuta now known attack host plants of sufficient economic importance to make these parasites significant. But the wide range of distribution of such species makes the means of dissemination important. Although it is conceivable for greenhouse and nursery plants to carry dodder infection, this mode of distribution is not probable because the parasite is sufh- ciently conspicuous to guarantee its elimination. Unusual extension of range is often, perhaps always, caused by the admixture of the dodder seeds with those of its host which are distributed for planting. The North American C. campestris Yuncker thrives on leguminous hosts, especially species of Trifolium. Its seeds are often found mixed with those of its host and, consequently, it is found wherever such legumes are cultivated. The South American C. suaveolens Ser., which prefers alfalfa as a host, has been distributed in a like manner. Three European species have been widely disseminated in the same way. C. Epilinum Weihe which rarely occurs on hosts other than Linum, is to be found wherever flax is grown. C. Epithymum Murr. and C. approximata Bab. var. urceolata (Ktze.) Yuncker occur fre- quently on leguminous hosts and are widespread, especially on alfalfa and clovers. Until recently, these latter four species—C. suaveolens from South Amer- ica, and C. Epilinum, C. Epithymum and C. approximata var. urceolata from the Old World—have been the only foreign species of economic significance known to have been introduced into the United States. . In June 1941, R. F. Martin sent me a specimen of dodder, grown on kudzu (Pueraria Thunbergiana Benth.) in a greenhouse in San Antonio, Texas, which proved to be C. japonica. So far as known, this is the first species of Asiatic origin to be found in either of the American continents. Its discovery was reported in Lundell’s Flora of Texas (3: 150. 1943). Finding this spe- cies in an American greenhouse was noteworthy but it was thought to be probably just a temporary introduction. The fact it was using an Asiatic host- plant would indicate that the dodder seeds were introduced with those of its. host, as is usually the case with the species mentioned before. In October, 1943, however, Erdman West of the University of Florida sent me a specimen which had been collected by J. D. Warner on a farm near Quincy, Gadsden County, Florida. This specimen, also growing on kudzu, 34 YUNCKER: CUSCUTA JAPONICA GW Leal was also identified as C. japomica. When Mr. Warner was asked about the extent of the infestation, whether it had been noticed previously, etc., he stated: “Tt attracted attention for the first time this season (1943). However, I have no doubt but that it was there in previous years. The farmer piled brush on the fence where the dodder was found and burned brush, fence, kudzu and dodder. I doubt very seriously, however, if he will be successful in destroying all the seed.” 3 A second letter received from Mr. Warner, May 16, 1944, states: “Recent observations reveal an outbreak of dodder in several new locations. Apparently kudzu is not the only host plant. Pokeweed seems to be a very acceptable host. I failed to find any dodder on kudzu or other native plants during the winter months and, therefore, presume the present outbreak came from seed.” C. japonica is a member of the subgenus Monogyna, which is characterized by having only one style in contrast to the two which are present in all species not belonging in this subgenus. The only American representative of this group is C. exaltata Engelm., a species found occasionally in Texas where it parasitizes ligneous hosts. From Mr. Warner’s observations it is apparent that C. japonica is able to utilize native American host plants and it would seem likely there are some which would prove acceptable to it. There is little doubt but that it would spread if allowed to become established in a favorable environment. Because of the possibility that this Asiatic species may be able to permanently establish itself as an undesirable alien in the American flora, it should be destroyed wherever found. DeEPAuw UNIVERSITY GREENCASTLE, INDIANA Vor. 44 fh OFRIREE VTA: Jury 1944 REVIEWS A Local Flora of Virginia The vegetation and floristics of Bull Run Mountain, Virginia. By H. A. Allard and E. C. Leonard. Castanea 8: 1-64. 7 fig. (fg. 1, map). 1943. The botanical investigation of the present United States began with the work of John Banister in Virginia about the year 1678 and reached its earliest peak in Gronovius’ Flora Virginica (1739-43), which was based on the collec- tions by John Clayton, mainly in Tidewater Virginia, and is the most important single source for the names of North American plants in Linnaeus’ Species Plantarum of 1753. With the publication of Gronovius’ flora systema- tic botanical investigations in Virginia practically ceased until near the end of the nineteenth century. Small and Vail’s report on a summer’s investigation in the mountains of southwestern Virginia appeared in 1893-94, Kearney’s report on the Dismal Swamp region in 1901, Murrill’s alphabetically arranged list of the plants of Staunton in 1919, E. W. Erlanson’s list of the flora of the peninsula of Vir- ginia in 1925, Merriman’s popular flora of Richmond in 1930, and Fosberg and Walker’s list of the plants of Shenandoah National Park in 1941. The Committee on Flora of the Virginia Academy of Sciences was organized in 1926, and has done considerable local work; and in 1933 Fernald began the fruitful series of explorations of the coastal plain of Virginia which have added so many species to the flora of the Gray’s Manual range. Despite this recent activity, Virginia is still one of the half dozen states for which no state list has ever been written, and until the publication of the paper here noticed it did not possess a single local flora based on sufficiently intensive and long-continued field work to justify its being regarded as essentially complete. The area covered by Allard and Leonard’s paper includes about 33 square miles of the Piedmont region in Loudoun, Fauquier, and Prince William Coun- ties in northeastern Virginia, at an elevation of about 600 to 1300 feet, descend- ing at the north and south ends to about 250 ft. It consists for the most part of steep ridges capped with quartzite and sandstones (Cambrian), separated by narrow valleys drained by cold brooks, with conglomerate bluffs along Broad Run and red sandstones, shales, and conglomerates (Triassic) toward the eastern edge of the area. Slightly more than half the territory is wooded, the remainder being devoted to cultivation or pasturage. There are few streams and no ponds. The original (climax) forest of the highlands was composed principally of chestnut oak (Quercus montana) and chestnut, with red oak, sour gum, tulip- 36 REVIEWS w “NI tree, and hickory. The practically extinct chestnut is being largely replaced as a major member of the association by hickory (Carya tomentosa). The most conspicuous trees of the deciduous phase of the successional forest are black locust (Robinia pseudo-acacia) and tulip poplar (Liriodendron), and of the coniferous phase scrub pine (Pinus virginiana) and red cedar (Juniperus vir- gimana var. crebra). The heath flora is dominated by Kalmia latifolia. The shrub understory and ground herbage of the forest vary considerably in differ- ent habitats and with differences in the developmental state of the forest. The annotated list of vascular plants, including 934 species (789 native) and 75 varieties, forms, and hybrids, is based almost entirely on 8 years of field work by the senior author at all seasons of the year. It is followed by statistics and a comparison of the generic coefficient with that of various other areas in the United States. This cofficient is nearly the same as that for the District of Columbia. The largest families are Compositae (124 species in- cluding introductions), Gramineae (97), Cyperaceae (68), Rosaceae (52), and Leguminosae (49), these 5 families comprising 41.7% of the total flora. Altogether the work is a decidedly worth-while addition to the local floras of the United States. S. F. BLAKE PLANT EXPLORATION AND INTRODUCTION Bureau oF PLANT INDUSTRY, SoILs, AND AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING BELTSVILLE, MARYLAND SUSILID WIRES Ole Wise; lL IOs) Apri 8. THE NEw York BoTANIcAL GarvDEN. The first trip of the 1944 sea- son was a visit to the laboratory of Dr. William J. Robbins. Dr. Robbins explained that his was not a teaching laboratory nor a research laboratory in the ordinary sense but a laboratory for the investigation of certain vita- mins and antibiotic substances. In both of these researches the unit of sub- stance is very small, ordinarily the gama or microgram. We were then shown a reproduction of the sort of situation which Dr. Fleming observed and which started the investigation ultimately leading to the discovery of penicillin. A pure culture of Penicillum notatum was shown. The behavior of various bacteria in its presence was pointed out. Other fungi being tested for antibiotic substances were displayed. Dr. Robbins demonstrated the method of titrating the medium for potency after growing an organism in it. Mrs. Annette Hervey demonstrated the use of an automatic pipette in transfering cultures aseptically. Dr. Roberta Ma conducted the group through the cold room where organisms are cultured at the constant tem- 38 TORE YA perature best suited to their metabolism. Dr. Mary Bartley Schmitt then showed the group some of the most recently initiated investigations deal- ing with the response of certain Phycomycetes to modified nutrient media. Dr. Robbins’ assistants were most generous in remaining for a pro- longed question period. Attendance 26. AprIL 16. SOUTHFIELDS, N. Y. No one appeared, presumably due to the heavy rain. Leader, Mr. G. G. Nearing. ApriL 23. “PINE Barrens IsLtanp,’ NEw Brunswick, N. J. This trip was held in the rain. A particular search for lichens failed to produce much of a list. The following plants ordinarily associated wih the pine barrens were seen: Pinus rigida, Quercus marilandica, Q. ilicifolia, Kalnua augustifolia, Salix tristis, Pyxidanthera barbulata, Epigaea repens, and Pteridium latius- culum. The stand of Helonias was not far enough advanced to warrant the walk necessary to reach it. Leader, Dr. John A. Small. Attendance 7. Aprit 30. FRANKLIN TOWNSHIP, SOMERSET Co., N. J. The morning was spent in Mettlar’s woods, where a fine stand of oak-hickory forest was observed. Mature specimens of many of the tree species were found. After lunch the group moved on to the vicinity of Raritan, N. J., to see a stream bank forest along the Raritan river. The alluvial soil of this locality (Bermudian silt loam) supports a great variety of trees, shrubs, and ground plants. The most conspicuous ground plants at the time were Mertensia virginica, Dentaria laciniata, and Claytonia virginica with a host of less abundant species. A list of over 70 species has been prepared from the small area that is an island at high water stages of the river. Leader, Dr. John A. Small. Attendance 12. May 6. Brook_yn Botanic GARDEN. A walk through the Local Flora Section (Wild Flower Garden) was very instructive and pleasant. Some of the problems of establishing and maintaining ecological conditions to reproduce various habitats from within the Torrey Range were described. Everyone pronounced the results most successful. Leader, Dr. H. K. Svenson. At- tendance 10. May 7. WaTcHUNG RESERVATION, Union County, N. J. The Club served as scientific host for the opening of Trailside Museum for the 1944 season. Despite the continuous rain, two walks were held for those interested. Some half-dozen local nature clubs were represented by their officers. The Club was represented through its field committee by the chairman, Mr. G. G. Naring, and Miss Farida Wiley. A considerable display of local flora, fauna, and minerals is maintained during the season. The museum will be open Sundays through October. Our leader, Miss Nellie Louise Condon gave an IMUBILID) ANIMAS) ON ISLS, (CI ONs 39 instructive talk about reptiles, illustrating it with living specimens. Attend- ance was about 60. May 13. BRooKtyn BoTanic GARDEN. A walk to see species and varieties of lilacs was led by Dr. Alfred Gundersen, who repored, “Weather and lilacs perfect. Among those seen in fine condition were Vestale, Lucie Bal- tet, Rochambeau, Mrs. W. E. Marshall, Waldeck-Rousseau, Paul Thirion, Marshal Foch, and Syringa chinensis.” Attendance 7. May 13-14. Camp THENDARA. The joint outing with the New York Sec- tion of the Green Mountain Club at their camp on Lake Tiorati in the Harriman Section of Palisades Interstate Park was delightful, and the weather perfect. An annual bird census, made under the guidance of Professor Julius Johnson, listed 61 birds. Leader, Mrs. Laura Woodward Abbott. Attendance 28. PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB MINUTES OF THE MEETING OF FEBRUARY 16, 1944 The meeting was called to order at 3:30 p.m. by Dr. F. J. Seaver, First Vice-President, at the Brooklyn Botanic Garden. Thirty-six members and guests were present. The minutes of the preceding meeting were accepted as read. Since there was no further business, the meeting was devoted to the scientific program. Mr. Montague Free of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden spoke on plant propa- gation. He discussed in detail such topics as seed germination, rooting from cuttings, and grafting. Each of these subjects was illustrated with plants grow- ing in the conservatories of the Brooklyn Garden. Using various shrubs and trees, Mr. Free deftly demonstrated the common types of grafting. He displayed several intergrafts that had previously been made, such as Christmas cactus on the stock of Pereskiopsis. Mr. Free’s talk was followed by considerable discus- sion of the topics that he had interestingly presented. Dr. Henry K. Svenson of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden gave the next re- port entitled “Through the Flowering Season at the Brooklyn Botanic Gar- den.” The speaker’s abstract follows: A series of Kodachrome pictures showing progress of the seasons from winter time to the displays of snowdrops, crocus, magnolia, and daffodils in the early spring. Next, about the second week in May, comes the extensive display of flowering cherries and crab- apples (the most popular of all), and in the Local Flora area, the trilliums, violets, and other native plants. By June the rose garden and the irises are in full bloom. Later come the various lilacs and the midsummer plants in the herbaceous beds in the Systematic Sec- tion. In the fall the asters and goldenrods of the Local Flora area are especially noteworthy. 40 AO RERGH AY GA: These are followed by the exhibits of variously-colored chrysanthemums, both out-of-doors and in the greenhouses. Informal discussion continued, stimulated by the Epicurean delights gener- ously provided by the Brooklyn Botanic Garden. Respectfully submitted, Epwin B. MaAtTzKeE CORRESPONDING SECRETARY MINUTES OF THE MEETING oF Marcu 7, 1944 The meeting was called to order at 8:15 p.m. by President Levine in Scher- merhorn Hall, Columbia University. Twenty-five members and friends were present. The minutes of the preceding meeting were approved as read. Five persons were unanimously elected to annual membership, and one resignation was ac- cepted with regret. The scientific program of the meeting was presented by Dr. M. A. Chrysler of Rutgers University, his subject being “The Evolution in the Fern Genus, Gleichemia: a Field and Laboratory Study.” The speaker’s abstract follows : The growth habit of the tropical fern genus Gleichenia was illustrated. The apparent dichotomy exhibited by the leaf is now regarded as a sympodium. At least four sub-genera, or probably genera, have been distinguished by external characters. The possibility of distinguishing these groups on the basis of structure of the petiolar bundle was examined. The simplest condition is found in the leaf-trace of certain species of Sticherus, e.g. S. Intermedius. In this group the bundle in cross section has the form of a “C.” Hicriopteris shows adaptation to the large size characteristic of the group, but the bundle is still C-formed. In Dicranopteris the bundle is laterally com- pressed so as to be deltoid in form, and is more specialized in details. The species D. pec- tinata has a stipe bundle much like the preceding, but its stem is unique in having a sole- nostele. Finally the Old World Eugleichenia has the most highly specialized bundle, show- ing a nearly circular outline with accumulations of xylem at two regions. Interesting intermediate forms of bundle occur, probably representing evolutionary stages. The proposed arrangement of genera may be represented in a simple genealogical tree. After discussion of the paper, the meeting was adjourned at 9.30 p.m. Respectfully submitted, Honor HoLtINnGHURST RECORDING SECRETARY MINUTES OF THE MEETING OF Marcu 15, 1944 The Torrey Botanical Club met on March 15 in Larkin hall of Fordham University as guests of the Fordham Botany Department. Before the meeting began, tea and refreshments were served by members of the staff. PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB 41 The meeting was called to order at 4:40 p.m. by President Levine. Forty- five members and friends were present. The minutes of the preceding meeting were approved as read. The scientific talk was presented by Father Berger, who discussed “Ex- perimental Studies on the Cytology of Allium” illustrating his talk with charts and slides. The abstract of the paper follows: Root tips of Alluun cepa were treated with the following chemical agents: colchicine, acenaphthene, veratrine, sulfanilamide, chloral hydrate, benzene, oxygen lack and alpha- naphthalene-acetic acid. The cytological effects of these treatments were noted and com- pared with the well known colchicine effects. The results are summarized in the following chart. Errect on Mitosis 1x ALLIUM Delayed div. Diplo- Inhibition Polyploid Polyploid TREATMENT of SA-region chromosomes of spindle cells mitosis Goleiicinemperern sews. ist ae arp Scag qe oP air ANcenaphathene ssc) eee see Strate arias aint ateete ar Weratrinen ct.) Sent Ath. sans

diploid relation for the tests made entirely failed to produce STOUT: INACTIVATION OF INCOMPATIBILITIES 47 even rudimentary capsules while the reciprocal relation of 2n 4n resulted in large capsules and many seed. But it may now be stated that of several seed plantings involving large numbers of these seeds not one seed has germinated and also that all of these seeds thus far examined have been without embryos. There is therefore not a one-way inter-fertility or “compatibility” but an inter- group sterility barrier between 2n plants and their derived 4n plants that is of a status already well known for 2n populations of certain species, in which there are no self- and cross-incompatibilities, and the derived 4n. That this Ficure 1. Typical plants grown from seeds and of same age from seed planting; in 7 inch pots. At left, self-incompatible diploid plants of Petunia axillaris. At right, 4n P. axillaris of the second generation after induced autotetraploidy. The two large cap- sules shown against the inserted card are such as are obtained to all self- and intra-cross pollinations of the 4n population. 48 TORRE YA barrier extends to all 2n and 4n genotypes of the entire species is, of course, not determined and there is some evidence that it may not do so when dis- tinctly different genotypes are involved. THE STATUS OF SPORE ABORTIONS IN HyBripITy AND AUTOPOLYPLOIDY An adequate review of the several distinctly different types of sterility which operate in amphiploidy and autoploidy is not possible at this time. It should be noted that much attention has been given to the fact that when branches or seedlings of “sterile” Fy hybrids become tetraploid the flowers of such amphi- ploids may be highly “fertile.” But in these cases the sterility involves abortion of spores and pertains to the total potential ability of individuals to function in any relation in seed reproduction. This is entirely distinct from the intra- specific (or intra-group) self- and cross-incompatibilities and also from the inter-specific barriers to hybridizing fertilizations. But abortion of spores and abortion of seeds may be features either (a) of inter-specific barriers which operate after successful fertilization has produced a hybrid progeny, or (b) of the irregularities of sporogenesis in both Fy hybrids and pure autoploids. INTER-SPECIFICITY FOR 2n AND 4n POPULATIONS WHEN THERE ARE NO INTRA-I NCOMPATIBILITIES That there may be the operation of a sterility barrier between closely related 2n and 4n populations in various cases in which there are no self- and cross-in- compatibilities has been well established. Muntzing in 1936 (3) presented an extensive survey of the data on this matter and concluded that a purely quan- titative chromosome doubling often results in structural and physiological changes in specificity and that different chromosome races of a single species, including experimental autoploids, are generally separated from each other by barriers of “incompatibility and sterility.” But Muntzing uses the term “1ncom- patibility” for the inter-relations between entire species or groups of individuals and he does not mention any behavior of intra self- and cross-incompatibili- ties though they are known in some of the 2n species which he surveys. It must be stated and perhaps emphasized that self- and cross-incompatibilities are not necessarily absent or inactive in tetraploid species. Among well estab- lished natural species they may be present or absent either in species of low chromosome number or in species that are evidently polyploid, even in the same genus. DaTA FOR EXPERIMENTAL AUTO-TETRAPLOIDS DERIVED FROM 2n PLANTS WHICH HAVE INCOMPATIBILITY FACTORS There are somewhat meagre data on the behavior of incompatibilities in autotetraploids definitely known to have arisen from diploids in which self- STOUT: INACTIVATION OF INCOMPATIBILITIES 49 and cross-incompatibilities operate: Often the data given are confined to “Self- sterility” and are indefinite, incomplete and to some extent inaccurate in this matter. Especially is this the case for the petunias. Lewis and Modlibowska (8) consider that certain tetraploid “systematic species’ (possibly some are clones) that are “‘self-compatible’”’ may have arisen from 2n “‘self-sterile” plants of Allium, Tulipa, Hyacinthus and Prunus. Of the more reliable data for experimental autotetraploids there is one statement (8) that self-incompatibility continues to operate in derived seed- ling autotetraploids of Oenothera organensis, and a report (10) with data that both self- and cross-incompatibilities operate in a tetraploid seed progeny de- rived experimentally from 2n plants of Oenothera rhombipetala Bridgeport. There is one case reported which corresponds, in part at least, to the rela- tionships here presented for the diploid and the autotetraploid Petunia avillaris. The 2n clone of the cultivated pear, Fertility, has been described as “only slightly self-fertile” (5) and as able to produce a good crop of seedless parthe- nocarpic fruits (7). A 4n clone named “Improved Fertility” that arose as a somatic bud-sport from Fertility was found to be definitely “more self-fertile” than the 2n type (5, 7), able to set a full crop of fruit and seed to its own pollen, and “fully self-compatible” (8). For the inter-relations in reproduction, the 4n clone Improved Fertility < the 2n clone produced no fruits (45 flowers were pollinated) but for the 2n clone < the 4n clone “a full set of fruits and seeds is obtained” (7, 8). The intra-clonal and the inter-clonal relations in fertilization of the 2n pear, Fertility, and its 4n bud-sport seem to be like those of the 2n and 4n branches of each of the 15 original plants of Petunia axillaris which were treated with colchicine. But further similarities are not so evident. In Petuma axillaris the seeds of 2n & 4n are not, it now appears, viable; in the cultivated pears the seeds derived from 2n & 4n (see text—figure 1 and table 3 of 7) are, it seems, highly viable. The 4n Improved Fertility x five diploid clones other than Fertility was highly fertile in terms of fruit and seed production to two clones, much less so as to two other clones, and fruitless to one clone. The clones of pears correspond to individual seedlings of a species which may differ in genotypic constitution. DIVERSITY IN CONSTITUTION Much remains to be learned regarding the diversity in the behavior of self- and cross-incompatibilities in experimentally produced tetraploids. Incom- patibilities both self and cross are extremely diverse in character, expression, and genetical nature (4). Uniform results can not be expected for all the di- verse types especially when the simpler “personate type’ 1s contpared with the complex associate type, and when amphiploidy is involved. It is well es- tablished (4) that some of both the diploid and polyploid hybrid cultivated 50 DORR EVA races of Petunia have complex polygenic and heterogenic heredity of the intra- race self- and cross-incompatibilities. Also in the constitution of both the 2n and the 4n varieties of hybrid origin in Petunias there are both qualitative and quantitative differences in the recombinations of genes, chromosomes, and genomes which determine the specificity in the diverse parental species. No doubt these may determine further inter-relations on other than a purely quan- titative 2n and 4n relation. Tjebbes (1) reports he obtained few seed and only weak seedlings in reciprocal inter-crosses between 2n “P. nyctaginiflora” (P. axillaris) and two 4n cultivated races. Steere (2) made inter-pollinations be- tween a pure race of P. avrillaris and 4n cultivated races. To some he obtained little seed of which none germinated. But one race having strongly colored flowers and blue pollen (characters of the P. violacea) was highly cross-fertile especially when it was the pollen parent. SUMMATION FoR Petunia axillaris For the cultures of Petunia axillaris here reported the quantitative doubling of each of the genomes in diploid plants results in two profound, different, and discontinuous changes in the reactions of reproduction. 1. The two closely related populations, one diploid and the other derived tetraploid, exhibit an inter-group sterility barrier. The 4n 2n gives no cap- sules; the 2n 4n gives capsules with seeds that are empty and not viable. The 4n gains a specificity status similar to that of the 4n and the 2n when there are no incompatibilities and similar to that of certain well-established natural species. 2. Inthe 4n intra-relations there is inactivation of the secondary S factors which operate effectively in the 2n. Thus the 4n population gains 4&n intra- group reproduction that is complete for the self- and intra-cross relations be- tween members. New York BoranicaL GARDEN Literature Cited 1. 1931. Tyeppes, Kas. Orientierende Untersuchungen uber Fertilitat bei Petunia. Botaniska Notiser 1931:174-184. 1932. STEERE, W. C. Chromosome behavior in triploid Petunia hybrids. Am. Jour. Bot. 19:340-356. 3. 1936. Mtntzinc, ARNE. The evolutionary significance of autopolyploidy. Here- ditas 21:263-378. 4. 1938. Strout, A. B. The genetics of incompatibilities in homomorphic flowering plants. The Botanical Review 4:275-369. 5. 1939. Crane, M. B. and Tuomas, P. T. Genetical studies in pears I. Journal of Genetics 37 :287-299. 6. 1941. Stout, A. B., and CHANDLER, CLlype. Change from self-incompatibility to self-compatibility accompanying change from diploidy to tetraploidy. Science 94:118. tN 10. STOUT: INACTIVATION OF INCOM PATIBILITIES 51 1942. Jan. Crane, M. B., and Lewis, D. Genetica! studies in pears III, Journal of Genetics 43:31-43. . 1942. Jan. Lewis, D., and Mopttzowsxa, I. Genetical studies in pears IV. Journal of Genetics 43 :221-222. 1942, Sept. Stout, A. B. and CHANDLER, CLynE. Hereditary transmission of induced tetraploidy and compatibility in fertilization. Science 96:257-258. 1943. HeEcuHt, ApotpH. Induced tetraploids of a self-sterile Ocnothera. Genetics 29: 69-74. VoL. 44 TORREYA January 1945 On the Shoot Apex of the Cycads* Marion A. JOHNSON The structure of the shoot apex has been and is being widely studied be- cause of its bearing on growth and ultimate origin of the organs and tissues of the shoot. The pioneer investigators in this field traced cell lineage from the base of the shoot apex to the summit as a converging cellular network. Un- fortunately both botanists and zoologists thought that the tissues in widely divergent groups could be derived from identically placed apical cells, histogens, or germ layers, as the case might be. Accordingly several theories were pro- posed to account for cellular configuration and growth in the shoot apex of seed plants. The discovery and wide-spread occurrence of an apical cell in bryophytes and pteridophytes, together with the histologic technique of the times, led several investigators to portray apical cells in both gymnosperms and angiosperms. Subsequent studies, particularly those of Hanstein (1868), re- vealed the shoot apex as containing the three familiar histogens: dermatogen, periblem and plerome, each of which was perpetuated by a series of superim- posed initials. The dermatogen, a uniseriate layer, produced the epidermal system, the periblem of one or more layers, the cortex, and the plerome, the procambium and pith. More recently Schmidt (1924) has interpreted the shoot apex in certain dicotyledons (the theory has been extended to include certain grasses, gymnosperms and species of Lycopodium) as comprised of two zones. The outer, tunica, consists of one or more cell layers in which division is peri- clinal and which as a consequence is characterized by surface growth. The inner zone, corpus, is characterized on the other hand by division in all planes and by increase in volume. Still other investigators have considered the shoot apex to be occupied by a primordial meristem characterized by a homogeneous, sim- ple, undifferentiated structure. Further details concerning these theories will be found in two critical surveys by Foster (1939a, 1941a). The shoot apex in the cycads is of particular interest because its structure can not be interpreted by these proposals and, furthermore, comparative stud- ies of the shoot apex must of necessity include the cycads because of their low position among living seed plants. Representatives from seven of the nine genera have been studied recently. Foster (1939b, 1940, 1941b, 1943) has described and illustrated the structure in Cycas, Dioon and Microcycas while Johnson (1939, 1944) has investigated Zamia, Encephalartos, Bowena and Macrozamua. Material of Zamia may be grown easily from seed or obtained from plants growing in the field in southern Florida. Two-year old plants of Cycas revoluta *Presented in greater detail at the meeting of the Torrey Botanical Club on May 17, 1944 at The New York Botanical Garden. BZ JOHNSON: SHOOT APEX 53 or lateral buds which are fairly common on large plants make excellent sub- jects for study. Fortunate indeed is the botanist who can secure the tip of a really old plant which must be sacrificed for want of space or other reason. Greater difficulty will be experienced in obtaining material from the remaining genera. Zanua and Cycas, however, will provide a satisfactory picture of the shoot apex as seen in the cycads. The shoot apex, in mature plants, is deeply sunken and closely invested by a protective armor of leaf bases and cataphylls. These must be removed with considerable care so as not to injure the delicate tip within. The microtechnique outlined by Ball (1941) for the shoot apex will yield excellent preparations. The apex is characteristically mound-like or broadly cone-shaped in out- line and relatively enormous in size. That of Cycas revoluta measures 2018- 3305 p» in diameter, of Microcycas calocoma 500-2000 p, of Dioon edule 1677- 1941 p, of Encephalartos 856-1263 », of Bowenia serrulata 1246 », of Zamia integrifolia 400-860 », and that of an embryo of Macrozamia Moorii 625 p. These dimensions surpass anything reported for other seed plants. Boke (1941) gives 700-900 » for Trichocerus spachianus which appears to be the largest on record among angiosperms. ; Median or near-median longsections show that the shoot apex is divided into three or four zones. This condition is indicated schematically in figure 1 and may be observed in the photomicrographs, figures 2 and 3. The summit is occupied by a region of initiation (zone 1) ; immediately beneath is a core of central mother cells (zone 2) which is underlaid by a rib meristem (zone 4). The three axial zones are surrounded by a series of flanking or peripheral layers (zone 3). Each zone may be distinguished by its contribution to the growth of the shoot as well as by such characteristics as: cell size and arrangement, degree of vacuolation, staining qualities of the nucleus, and thickness of cell walls. Zone of initiation (zone 1). This zone consists of the relatively small, thin- walled, densely protoplasmic cells in the upper part of the shoot apex.’ The actual number of cells involved depends upon the size and shape of the apex. In small conical apices there are about a dozen superficial cells, in larger ones from 50 to 100, while in the large dome-shaped apices of Cycas revoluta the number will be much higher. There is nothing to suggest an apical cell or even a clearly defined group of initials, for the superficial cells at the summit are in- distinguishable from those of zone 3 except possibly by difference in size. Periclinal divisions are sufficiently frequent in both the superficial layer and its derivatives to build somewhat irregular files of daughters which converge toward zone 2 (Fig. 1B). In Microcycas calocoma anticlinal and oblique divi- 1Tn two instances I have found large vacuoles in the superficial cells of Encephalartos. The specimens were in a dormant condition. 54 TORREYA sions at the top “deflect” the files thereby producing a conspicuous fan-like appearance. Central mother cells (zone 2). The central portion of the apex is occupied by a core of tissue roughly spherical, obovoid, cylindrical or fan-like in shape, which is concerned with increase in volume and generation of new cells from its base and sides. Zone 2 originates from the lower part of zone 1, Fig. 1B. Divisions are in all planes but since the daughter cells tend to remain enclosed by the original mother wall a complex arrangement of vertical files and blocks of cells result having the general appearance of a “massiges Meristem.” In Cycas revoluta vertical files may occur at any level in the central tissue thus making it difficult or impossible to distinguish the central mother cells from the rib meristem. The enlarged mother cells contain thin cytoplasm with large vacuoles and faintly staining nuclei. Their walls are considerably thickened, especially where several cells touch, and display prominent primary pit fields. When the majority of the cells enlarge at one time zone 2 becomes the most conspicuous feature in the apex, (Fig. 2). Following enlargement the mother cells may divide sporadically throughout the zone, while at the periphery they give rise to the rib meristem, (Fig. 1A) and most of the peripheral layers. Apices of Zamia which are gorged with starch fail to show a vacuolate central mother cell zone (Fig. 3.) | Peripheral tissue zone (zone 3). The zone of initiation and the central mother cells are flanked by this tissue. It is clearly separated into an inner and outer portion. The outer part consists of relatively small, thin-walled, deeply staining, mitotically active cells which owe their origin to divisions in the edge of the initiation zone and to periclinal divisions in the surface layer. The deriva- tives from the latter may divide in any plane, thereby producing a complex cellular pattern in which cell lineage can not be traced. However, periclinal divi- sions may predominate and build short files at right angles to the surface (Fig. 1c). Leaf primordia originate from the base of the outer peripheral tissue. The inner layers of the peripheral tissue radiate from and have their origin in the edge of the core of central mother cells. The cells here are larger, more vacuolate and appear to divide less frequently than those in the outer layer. Growth in the peripheral tissue zone is centrifugal. Epidermis, leaf primor- dia, cortex, pro-vascular tissue, and generally some of the pith are differen- tiated from peripheral tissue. Rib meristem (zone 4). The rejuvenated cells at the base of the central mother cell zone build files of daughters which through progressive enlarge- ment ultimately mature as pith. The thickened walls of zone 2 prove to be temporary and do not persist in the rib meristem. The rib meristem is a con- spicuous feature in all the cycads examined except in Cycas revoluta where a distinction between central mother cells and rib meristem cannot be observed. JOHNSON: SHOOT APEX 55 The facts presented.in this brief survey of the cycad shoot apex, together with the more complete accounts given by Foster and Johnson, suggest the fol- lowing considerations which are of general morphological interest and possibly may have phylogenetic significance. None of the seven genera examined show an apical cell in plants old enough to have a well-developed terminal meristem. One-year old seedlings of Micro- cycas calocoma and two-year seedlings of Cycas revoluta have already estab- lished the growth pattern which is more fully developed in adults (Foster, 1939b, 1943). In Zama the zonal structure was discovered in an embryo prior Fig. 1. Zamia silvicola. Shoot apex showing zonation: 1, initiation zone, B, detail of same; 2, central mother cell zone, cells containing cytoplasm in B and A are from edge of this zone; 3, peripheral tissue zone, outer portion is derived from zone 1 and the super- ficial layer as seen in C, inner part is from zones 1 and 2; 4, rib meristem, which originates from zone 2 as seen in A. A, B, and C taken from A’, B’, C’ respectively, < 400. to emergence from the seed coat. A large cell, in longisection resembling an apical cell, is often seen at the tip of the shoot apex in embryos and seedlings No recent observer, however, has been able to demonstrate that segments are produced from such a cell in the definite sequence required by the apical cell theory. The superficial cells at the exact geometric center of the apex do not differ from their neighbors in either structure or planes of division. Further studies, however, are necessary in the embryology and early growth of the seedling before the possibility of an apical cell can be ruled out. 56 TO RARE YA It is significant that while the apex is divided into zones (Fig. 1), the, zones merge more or less and are not sharply delimited as in stratified apices (Figs. 2 and 3). For instance the limits between the initiation zone and the central mother cells fluctuate. The same is true for the central mother cells and the peripheral tissue zone and rib meristem which surround them. The ex- treme is reached in Cycas revoluta where it is impossible to separate the cen- tral mother cells, rib meristem and maturing pith. Obviously a histogen theory demanding discrete layers can not be applied to the cycads studied to date. The surface layer continues periclinal divisions throughout the life of the shoot and, therefore, can not be considered as a dermatogen. The concept of a tunica and corpus is likewise untenable. Furthermore the marked zonation definitely precludes considering the apex as a primordial meristem lacking in cellular “differentiation.” Conclusions concerning the similarity of zonation throughout the cycads must remain premature until Ceratozamia and Stangeria have been investi- gated. There is, however, a pronounced uniformity in the seven genera studied, if the preliminary account of Johnson (1944) on Encephalartos, Bowenia and Macrozamia is supported when additional material can be examined. In all, the tissues of the shoot are ultimately derived from the initiation zone. Likewise there is a marked similarity in the central mother cell zones with their large, highly vacuolate, irregularly arranged cells which often have much thickened walls. Upon rejuvenation these cells, with the exceptions noted for Cycas revoluta, contribute to the peripheral zone and rib meristem. The cycad shoot apex furnishes an excellent study in the coordination of growth. Each of the zones increases in size but does not disrupt the general plan or shape of the apex. Growth converges from the initiation zone to the core of central mother cells (a particularly striking feature in Dioon and Microcycas). The production of new cells accounts for the increase in size in this case. Growth from the central mother cell zone, on the contrary, is divergent with increase in size through cell division and enlargement in the peripheral tissue and young pith cells. A series of actively meristemmatic centers, arranged in the form of a spiral at the base of the apex in Zama, Dioon, Cycas and Micro- cycas, become the leaf primordia. These centers encroach upon the sides of the Explanation of Figures 2 and 3 Fig. 2. Zamia latifoliata. Note: conspicuously vacuolate central mother cells, irregular files of cells in zone of initiation capping the summit, outer part of peripheral zone with files of cells from periclinal divisions and inner part radiating from central mother cells, also rib meristem at the base of central mother cells. X 230. Fig. 3. Z. wmbrosa. Shows apex gorged with starch. Note: absence of vacuoles in central mother cells also planes in which division has occurred, and vertical alignment of cells in zone of initiation. * 230. JOHNSON: SHOOT APEX 57 shoot apex but, again, growth is nicely coordinated and the summit continues to be elevated above the maturing regions. It is tempting to speculate on the mechanism which permits the maintenance of growth zones. What factors control the enlargement of the central mother cells while they are surrounded by actively dividing neighbors? What agents are responsible for rejuvenation at the periphery of the central mother cell zone ? Why should the sides of the apex contain the simplest and least differen- tiated part of the apex? Undoubtedly the answers to these and other similar questions are to be found in cellular physiology. The location of the various zones with relation to each other and the readiness with which metabolic sup- plies and products can be obtained and removed are factors of first importance and deserve serious cooperative study by morphologists and physiologists. Future studies on the shoot apex should not only include problems in cell line- age, the cytohistological features of zones and strata, and coordinated patterns of growth, but also an experimental approach which may reveal something concerning the chemical web underlying growth systems. Zoned apices are by no means confined to the cycads. Foster (1938) has shown that the shoot apex in Ginkgo biloba is composed of apical initial, cen- tral mother cell, rib meristem and peripheral zones. These zones are compar- able in many respects to those in cycads. Among the Coniferales superficial initials at the summit of the apex divide periclinally to produce a relatively small zone of irregularly arranged cells, which in turn give rise to peripheral and central tissue zones (Foster 1939a, 1941a, Cross 1943). Certain angio- sperms likewise display a condition approaching that in cycads, (Foster, 1939a). Several investigators have described the corpus as consisting of peripheral and central tissue zones arising from a subterminal apical zone composed of irreg- ularly placed, enlarged and much vacuolate cells, (Boke, 1941, in Cactaceae and Hsu, 1944, in bamboo). The nature of the initiation zone, and extensive devel- opment of the central mother cells and peripheral zone in the cycads tend to isolate them from other seed plants. Great caution must be exercised in the construction of phylogenetic schemes illustrating possible evolutionary lines for the shoot apex. The smaller apices of the advanced seed plants with their greater degree of cellular stratification and simpler zonation, may well be ad- mitted as evidence for considering the cycad apex as primitive. Indeed I am strongly inclined to follow the lead of Foster (1940) who has provisionally suggested that the large apex of Cycas revoluta with its “wide range of varia- tion in sequence and plane of divisions, especially in the zone of initiation and central tissue zone” would seem to represent a primitive type. A more positive statement cannot be safely made until more extensive comparative studies have been completed throughout vascular plants. DEPARTMENT OF BoTANY, RUTGERS UNIVERSITY New Brunswick, New JERSEY 58 TORREYA Literature Cited Batt, E. 1941. Microtechnique for the shoot apex. Am. Jour Bot. 28: 233-243. Boxe, N. H. 1941. Zonation in the shoot apices of Trichocereus spachianus and Opuntia cylindrica. Am. Jour. Bot. 28: 656-664. Cross, G. L. 1943. The shoot apices of Arthrotaxis and Taiwania. Bull. Torrey Club. 70: 335-348. Foster, A. S. 1938. Structure and growth of the shoot apex in Ginkgo biloba. Bull. Torrey Club. 65: 531-556. 1939a. Problems of structure, growth and evolution in the shoot apex of seed plants. Bot. Review. 5: 454-470. 1939b. Structure and growth of the shoot apex of Cycas revoluta. Am. Jour. Bot. 26: 372-385. 1940. Further studies on zonal structure and growth of the shoot apex of Cycas revoluta, Thunb. Am. Jour. Bot. 27: 487-501. 194la. Comparative studies on the structure of the shoot apex in seed plants. Bull. Torrey Club. 68: 339-350. 1941b. Zonal structure of the shoot apex of Dioon edule Lindl. Am. Jour. Bot. 28: 557-564. 1943. Zonal structure and growth of the shoot apex in Microcycas calocoma (Miq.) ADC. Am. Jour. Bot. 30: 56-73. HanstTEIN, J. 1868. Die Sheitelzellgruppe im Vegetationpunkt der SaIETO GETS, Fest- schr. Niederrhein Ges. natur. -u. Heilkunde: 109-143. Hsu J. 1944. Structure and growth of the shoot apex of Sinocalamus Beecheyana McClure. Am. Jour. Bot. 31: 404-411. Jounson, M. A. 1939. Structure of the shoot apex in Zamia. Bot. Gaz. 101: 189-203. 1944. Zonal structure of the shoot apex in Encephalartos, Bowenia and Macrozamia. Bot. Gaz. 105: in press. Scumipt, A. 1924. Histologische Studien an phanerogamen Vegetationspunkten. Bot. Arch. 8: 345-404. Vou. 44 TORREYA JANUARY 1945 New Plant Records for the Niagara Frontier Irvine W. Knosiocu This brief list embraces, for the most part, some recently discovered crypto- gams for this area although the flowering plants have not been entirely neg- lected. The catalogue of the non-flowering plants of Buffalo and vicinity pre- pared by David F. Day in 1882 from the researches of Judge Clinton, Mary L. Wilson, Prof. David S. Kellicott and others is the only record we have of these plants except for the work of the scientists at St. Bonaventure college headed by Drs. Hubert Vecchierello and P. Boehner and several small papers by the writer. A complete revision of the cryptogams in this area is desirable and will be undertaken in the near future. BLUE-GREEN ALGAE Plectonema nostocorum Born. was collected for the first time in the Dela- ware Park greenhouse, Buffalo, N. Y. on January 10, 1944 where it was found on wet rocks. All records of the blue-green algae were checked by Dr. Drouett of the Chicago Museum of Natural History. Anacystis Pemocystis (Kutz) Dr. and Daily was gathered in the same place and at the same time as the above species and is listed only for the West Indies by Tilden. It is probably more common than collecting records would indicate. Schizothrix lacustris A Br. was collected on January 1, 1944 in the same situation as the two previous species. Schizothrix calcicola Gom. was also taken in the park greenhouse but on March 12, 1944. Entophysalis Cornuana Sauvag. was taken on January 10, 1944 from the same rocks as the above species. Phormidium tenue (Menegh.) Gom. is common on damp rocks around the fountain in the South Park Conservatory, Buffalo, N. Y. where it was gathered on March 6, 1944. LICHENS Day lists Cladomia fimbriata (L.) Fr. as a component of our flora and determinations by Dr. C. W. Dodge of local specimens indicate that we have the varieties subulata (L.) Vain. and simplex (Weiss.) FW. Both varieties were collected at Wanakah, N. Y., on April 10, 1944. LIVERWORTS Lophocolea heterophylla (Schrad.) Dum. has been reported from Genesee 59 60 AO PRR Yer: county by Day and from Cattaraugus county by P. Boehner. The writer located it on dead wood at Wanakah, N. Y., Erie county, on April 25, 1944. MOSSES Fissidens grandifrons Brid. is listed in Day’s catalogue from Niagara Falls, Niagara county, and from Caledonia Creek, Livingston county. I collected it from wet rocks in the Delaware Park greenhouse, Buffalo, N. Y., Erie county on January 10, 1944. Bryum argenteum (L.) Brid. was reported by Knobloch and Bleekman from Salamanca, N. Y. It is locally common and specimens were gathered from along the creek in Forest Lawn cemetery, Buffalo, N. Y. on October 24, 1943. PTERIDOPHYTES Tsoetes sp. was collected along the shores of Chautauqua Lake, Chautauqua county, near Fluvanna on September 7, 1943 but neither Mr. Weatherby nor myself were able to identify the species because of lack of macrospores. Both Clinton and Day found Braun’s quillwort in the Niagara river above the falls in the last quarter of the nineteenth century but no specimens have been collected since that time. It is important therefore, to record at least the re- discovery of the genus in this area and further collections will be made soon to clear up the question of the specific rank of our specimens. ANGIOSPERMS Streptopus amplexifolius (L.) DC. is not listed in Zenkert’s flora. An atypical specimen was found on W. Kenmore road, Tonawanda, N. Y., on June 25, 1928 by the late Dr. G. C. Hicks which both Dr. Etlar Nielsen and myself think belongs here. Microstylis unifolia (Michx.) BSP. has been recorded for both Erie and Wyoming counties by others but the writer found it in the Allegany State Park, Cattaraugus county, on August 25, 1928. Asarum reflexum Bickn. is rarer locally than A. canadense. It has been found previously at North Evans, Erie county, and at Quaker Run, Cattarau- gus county. I collected it on Buckhorn Island in the Niagara river on May 30, 1943. Amelanchier humilis Wiegand is listed as rare and from Genesee county by Zenkert in his flora of the Niagara Frontier. Dr. Nielsen identified a local specimen as A. humilis Wiegand var. typica Nielsen which had been collected by P. Hoffman along Transit road near Buffalo, N. Y., on April 27, 1938.” All of the above specimens are either in the herbarium of the University of Buffalo or in the writer’s collection. BroLtocy DEPARTMENT UNIVERSITY OF BUFFALO Voi. 44 TORREYA JANuaARY 1945 Observations on the Distribution of some Aquatic Plants in Guatemala W. C. MUENSCHER In the preparation of a flora or catalogue of plants of a region, the aquatic vegetation frequently receives the least consideration. Directly, this incomplete treatment of the distribution and taxonomy of the plants growing in the hydro- phytic habitat is explained by the paucity of herbarium specimens available to taxonomists. Indirectly, two other factors undoubtedly contribute considerably to the neglect of this group: first, the assumption that most aquatic plants being rather cosmopolitan in their distribution, collections of these are, therefore, not likely to yield novelties ; second, the inaccessibility of the aquatic habitat to the botanical collector not provided with special equipment for collecting in the water frequently results in his not attempting to take any specimens. During the spring of 1937, while working in Central America, I had an opportunity to observe the distribution of aquatic plants in a number of ponds and streams in Guatemala. In addition to these incidental observations, a day was spent in a boat on each of the three larger lakes, Izabal, at tidewater, Amatitlan, 4000 ft. elevation, and Atitlan, 5000 ft. elevation above sea-level. Assistance in the determination of plants has been received from the fol- lowing: Dr. Wm. R. Maxon, Pteridophytes; Mrs. Agnes Chase, grasses; Dr. R. T. Clausen, Najas; Dr. H. K. Svensen, Eleocharis; Dr. Paul Standley, miscellaneous specimens. To these taxonomists and also to Mr. George W. Perkins, Mr. E. J. LeGarde and Col. Victor E. Ruehl, who facilitated my travels in Guatemala, | express my sincere thanks. The herbarium specimens cited are deposited in the herbarium of Cornell University. ANNOTATED List or SOME AQUATIC PLANTS OF GUATEMALA (Based upon observations and collections made by W. C. Muenscher, April 8—May 23, 1937) SALVINIACEAE Salvinia rotundifolia Willd. Floating in stagnant backwaters of streams; also in ponds between Puerto Barrios and Quirigua. Rio Dulce, 12180. olla filiculoides Lam. In sloughs, sluggish streams, and shallow bays in lakes. Lake Atitlan, ZL Se i219 Make Aimatitian, 121 A/e near Zacapa- MARSILIACEAE Marsilia sp. Sterile plants in shallow water and on sandy shore of a spring-fed pond at 8000 ft. elevation. Quiché, 12787. i 61 62 AO RARE AYoN EQUISETACEAE Equisetum giganteum L. In shallow water and marshes along streams, at 7000 ft. elevation on Vulcan Santa Maria, 12183; Rio Coban, Tactic, 12182. . TYPHACEAE Typha truxillensis HBK. Locally abundant in shallow water and marshes bordering lakes and streams. Lake Amatitlan, 12617; Lake Izabal; Puerto Barrios; Rio Polo- chic, near Pancajche. NAJADACEAE Najas guadalupensis (Spreng.) Magnus. In the larger lakes, in water to a depth of ten feet. Lake Amatitlan, 7 2001, 12002, 12003; Lake Atitlan, 1200f. Najas guadalupensis Morong. var. curassavica (A. Br.) Magnus and Rendle. In a spring-fed pond at 8000 ft. elevation. Quiché. 12000. POTAMOGETONACEAE Potamogeton fragillimus Hagstr. In shallow bays of Lake Atitlan, 72066, 12068, 12069, 12070, 12077. Potamogeton foliosus Raf. var. genuinus Fernald. In shallow ponds and lakes. San Felipe, Lake Izabal, 12074; Finca Moca, L273. Potamogeton gramineus L. var. graminifolius Fries. Frequent in shallow bays of Lake Izabal, about the islands in the Golfete and in the Rio Dulce. Lake Izabal, 12078, 12081; Golfete, 12083, 12084; Rio Dulce, 12082. Potamogeton nodosus Pott. Local in the Golfete and Rio Dulce. Rio Dulce, 12080, 12085. Potamogeton pusillus L. Shallow lakes and sluggish streams.’ In spring-fed pond, 8000 ft. eleva- tion, Quiché, 12005; Lake Atitlan, 12069, Rio Dulce, 12086, 12079. Ruppia maritima L. Abundant in the Rio Dulce; local in Lake Atitlan. Rio Dulce, 12072a, 12624; Lake Atitlan, 12067, 12071, 12076. ALISMACEAE Echinodorus macrophyllus (Kunth.) Michel. In shallow water, sloughs and marshes along the Rio Motagua and Rio Dulce. Quirigua, 120065. Sagittaria lancifolia L. In shallow water and marshes along the Rio Polochic, Rio Dulce, Rio Motagua and Golfete. Panzos, 120060. MUENSCHER: AQUATIC PLANTS 63 HYDROCHARITACEAE Thalassia testudinum Koenig and Sims. Common in salt water along the coast between Puerto Barrios and Living- ~ ston. Puerto Barrios, 12063. Vallisneria americana Michx. In shallow bays of Lake Izabal, Golfete and Rio Dulce. Estor, Lake Izabal, 12621; Rio Dulce, 12620. GRAMINEAE Panicum paludivagum Hitche. and Chase. In shallow water; the spreading rhizomes sometimes form dense mats in stagnant bays and sluggish streams. Lake Amatitlan, 72214; Panzos, Rio Polochic; Rio Dulce. Paspalum virgatum L. In brackish marshes, Puerto Barrios, 12232. Phragnutes commums L. In shallow water and marshes along the shore of Lake Amatitlan and Golfete. CYPERACEAE Cyperus canus Presl. In swamps along shore of Lake Amatitlan, 12052. Cyperus giganteus Vahl. In sloughs and swamps between Puerto Barrios and Bananero. Cyperus Humboldtianus Steud. Wet shores of streams and ponds. Finca Moca, 12039; Rio Lima, 12032a. Cyperus Lugulae (L.) Retz. In swamps and borders of streams. Panzos, 12570. Eleocharis retroflexa (Poir.) Urban. _In shallow water and wet borders of streams and lakes. Lake Atitlan, 12026 ; springy bank by waterfall, 7000 ft. elevation, Vulcan Santa Maria, 12044. Eleocharis caribaea (Rottb.) Blake. In warm water by edge of hot spring on shore of Lake Amatitlan, 12050. Eleocharis filiculmis Kunth. : In shallow water and marshes bordering streams and lakes. Rio Coban, Tacce, W025 2 snare Wloca, IA0s(. Eleocharis geniculata (L.) R. & S. — Along borders of lakes, ponds and streams. Lake Atitlan, 72056; Finca Moca, 12036; Rio Coban, Tactic, 12026. Eleocharis wnterstincta (Vahl.) R. & S. In shallow water, Lake Amatitlan, 72055. Fimbristylis miliacea (L.) Vahl. In lowland marshes and on wet shores. Rio Lima, 12032; Puerto Barrios, ZOLS 64 AL OPRIRSE AY aN Mariscus jamaicensis (Crantz) Britton. In shallow water along the Golfete and Rio Dulce. Rio Dulce, 12019. Scirpus californicus (Mey.) Britton. Local in shallow bays of lakes and Rio Dulce; abundant about the islands in the Golfete. Lake Amatitlan, 12053, 12054; Rio Dulce, 12018. Scirpus cubensis Pers. In shallow water along shore of Rio Dulce and Golfete. Rio Dulce, 12020. Scleria microcarpa Nees. In marshes along Rio Polochic, Rio Dulce and the Golfete. Panzos, 12023- Scleria latifolia Sw. Along shore of Golfete and in swamps between Puerto Barrios and Tene- dores. Golfete, 12023a. ARACEAE Pistia stratiotes L. The floating rosettes of spongy leaves form dense mats over the surface of quiet water in ponds and streams. San Felipe, Lake Izabal, 12618; Rio Dulce; Rio Lampara; “Section 4” between Puerto Barrios and Tenedores. PONTEDERIACEAE Heteranthera reniformis Ruiz, & Pav. In shallow water and along muddy flats of lakes, ponds and streams. Lake Amatitlan, 12615; Coban, 12613; Puerto Barrios, 126/4. Pontederia cordata L. (P. rotundifolia) In shallow water and marshy shores of lakes and sluggish streams. Rio Polochic, Panzos, 12622; Rio Dulce, 12623; Lake Izabal; Golfete; ponds near Tenedores. JUNCACEAE Juncus effusus L. In shallow pond and bordering marsh, Coban, / 2043. Juncus marginatus Rostk. In swamps, Rio Coban, Tactic, 12024. AMARYLLIDACEAE Hymenocallis littoralis (Jacq.) Salisb. In shallow water along the borders of mangrove swamps along the east end of the Golfete and shores of the Rio Dulce, 12067. CERATOPH YLLACEAE Ceratophyllum demersum L. Widely distributed in shallow water. Lake Atitlan, 12608; San Felipe, Lake Izabal, 12609; Rio Dulce, 12610. NYMPHAEACEAE Cabomba aquatica Aubl. In shallow bays of lakes and streams. Lake Izabal, 12611; Rio Dulce, 12612; Golfete. MUENSCHER: AQUATIC PLANTS 65 Nymphaea ampla (Salisb.) DC. Infrequent in shallow bays and sluggish streams. Rio Dulce, near mouth of Rio Lampara, 12619; pond near northwest corner of Lake Amatitlan. CRUCIFERAE Nasturtium officinale R. Br. In small streams in the mountains at 10,000 ft. elevation. Mount Maria Tecum, 12047. RHIZOPHORACEAE Rhizophora Mangle L. Medium-sized trees with prop-roots in soft mud on tidal flats, Rio Dulce and Golfete. Rio Dulce, 12017. ONAGRACEAE Jussiaea peruviana L. In shallow water and on marshy banks of streams. Rio Siguacan, 12029. Jussiaea repens L. In shallow water in lakes and sluggish streams. Lake Atitlan, 12059. Jussiaea suffruticosa L. In shallow water and marshes bordering on lakes and streams. Lake Atit- lan, 12058; Pancajche, 12558. UMBELLIFERAE Hydrocotyle mexicana Cham. and Schlecht. Wet banks of streams. Coban, 12027; Finca Helvetia, Esquintla, 12045. Hydrocotyle umbellata L. In shallow water and on sandy shores of lakes and ponds. Finca Moca, IZO5ép bake Atitlans i ZOD2 PODOSTEMACEAE Maranthrum foeniculaceum H. & B. On boulders in swift streams on the Pacific slope. Rio Lima, 12034, 12035. Maranthrum Schiedeanum Cham. On boulders in swift streams on the Pacific slope. Rio Siguacan, 12031. Tristicha hypnoides (St. Hil.) Spreng. On boulders in swift streams, usually associated with the two preceding species. Rio Lima, 12033; Rio Siguacan, 12030. LENTIBULARIACEAE Utricularia obtusa Sw. In sluggish backwaters, Rio Dulce, 12616. DEPARTMENT OF BoTANy, CORNELL UNIVERSITY ItHaca, NEw York VoL. 44 “ TORREYA January 1945 Damage to Trees in New York City in the Hurricane of September 14, 1944 ARTHUR HARMOUNT GRAVES Trees, often of large size, uprooted in the parks, botanic gardens, private estates, and woodland areas, or blown over to an angle quite at variance with their natural geotropic or plagiotropic tendencies, are now a familiar sight to anyone who has lately visited one or more of the five boroughs which comprise Greater New York. And, as everyone knows, these are some of the results of the great hurricane’ which struck New York City with devastating force on September 14, 1944. The damage was far more severe than that resulting from the hurricane of September 21, 1938, the main reasons being that in the recent storm the City was more directly in its path; the wind was more violent—81 miles per hour (maximum 99 m.p.h.) as compared with 70 miles per hour in 1938 (maxi- mum 80 m.p.h.) ; the duration of the storm was longer—about 5 hours as - against 4 hours.” It will be recalled that in the 1938 storm one of the most important factors in the overthrow of trees and shrubs was the watersoaked condition of the soil. Because of this, the hold of the roots was weakened. In 1938 the rainfall from September 13 to September 21 (including the hurricane rain) amounted to 8.54 inches—quite a sizable soaking for an eight-day period in these parts. That there was a similar preliminary soaking of the soil in the 1944 storm is borne out by the figures—8.32 inches rainfall from September 1 to and in- cluding September 14. However, the soaking in the former period was more gradual, extending over a period of 8 days, while the larger part of the water in the recent storm fell on the 12th, 13th, and 14th—1.86, 3.43 and 2.93 inches 1 The word “hurricane” originally came from the natives of the West Indies or Central America. It is an Indian word. By early navigators at and following the time of Columbus, the word was variously given as “aracan,” “huiranvacan,”’ “urican,” “hurican,”’ etc. It is claimed by some to be a Carib Indian word signifying “big wind.” According to Professor Lehmann-Nitsche, the god of stormy weather was “Hunrakan” to the Indians of Guate- mala, from whom the word hurricane came. From “Hurricanes, their nature and history,” by Ivan Ray Tannehill. 5th ed. Princeton Univ. Press. Princeton, N. J. 1944. p. 44. > These figures as well as the following have been kindly furnished me by Mr. Benjamin Parry, Chief of the U. S. Weather Bureau at Whitehall Building, Manhattan, New York City. Explanation of figure 1 Reproduced, with permission, from “Report of Hurricane, September 14, 1944 (pro- visional).’’ Prepared under the direction of Benjamin Parry, Meteorologist in Charge, U. S. Weather Bureau Office, New York, N. Y., October 9, 1944. 66 GRAVES: HURRICANE DAMAGE 67 | 2/0400 ept 15th | 5 Portland —= Syracuse Albany 0230 Sept. 15th payed 2930 Seft. 14th (—_Gfp os pp Fisce GR Sarl Yew York | | 2030 Sept. L&th 40° — y Sandy hook wr; 0 oy fakehurg Atlant et 2 1900|Sept. 14th tri ty I '1800 Sept. 14th 8 ey ) smecs 7 o¢ 1500 Sept. 1 Richrond of oe pom | e- 1200 Sept. J yth PY di f Chemry Pt. Wy (0900 Sept. 14th | HURRICANE TRACK SEPTEMBER 14-15,1944 < (Eastern War Time. 24-hour clock) (@) 50 100 i) te o 6 5 ry a | i] Scale of Milles Q400 Sept. 1uth l fas noe 16° 68 AR OURS RAE YG: respectively. Thus the earth was not in quite such a uniformly soaked condi- tion as in 1938. But the fact that in the 1944 storm the soil was not quite so favorable to ’ uprooting was obviously much more than counter-balanced by the powerful factors above stated—stronger winds, lasting longer, and the position of the New York City area more nearly in the path of the hurricane. According to present reports, the 1944 hurricane started somewhere in the West Indies, proceeded in a northwesterly direction to the Cape Hatteras region, then curved in a northeasterly direction along the coast, crossing Long Island near Bridgehampton, and entering Connecticut somewhere between New Haven and New London, thence northeastward to the region of Boston, Mass. and finally out to sea (Fig. 1). At the Brooklyn Botanic Garden, counting all trees and shrubs overthrown or blown over to a leaning position, the number was between 400 and 500, according to Mr. Montague Free, Horticulturist of the Garden. Seventy-five large trees a foot or more in diameter are down, also 150 small trees averaging 6 inches in diameter, and about 200 that need straightening. The Garden has lost many valuable specimens that can not be replaced. This is obvious in the case of the older, larger trees that have been growing 25 years or more. Two fine large specimens of the Golden Larch (Pseudolarix amabilis) at the north- ern end of the Oriental Garden have been lost, also a very valuable tree of Toona (Cedrela sinensis) (Fig. 2) a relative of the Cigarbox Cedar, about 40 feet high and 114 feet in diameter, is gone. The Garden had two of these trees back in 1942, but in the winter of 1942-3 a severe cold spell killed one. A large Oleaster (Elaeagnus angustifolia) 11% feet in diameter, north of the Children’s House is gone. In the Wild Flower Garden a fine tulip tree planted in October, 1913, by Adolph Engler, is a total loss, as well as another smaller tulip close to it. West of the Rose Garden a large Platanus orientalis believed to be the only large specimen in this vicinity, is down. In the Elm Family section a large Si- berian Elm (Ulmus pumila) was broken off squarely, 12 feet from the ground. Three large Black Locusts (Robinia Pseudoacacia) (Fig. 3), two of them rare varieties, west of the Lily Pools, and large trees of the Cottonwood (Populus Eugenei) and Chinese Poplar (Populus szechuanica) near the southern boulder bridge were blown over. One of the large Atlas Cedars (Cedrus atlantica) near the west slope of Boulder Hill was blown over but has now been straightened. Besides such rare individuals, 6 large willow trees, near the brook, two large London Planes on the top of Boulder Hill and a considerable number of poplars in the row east of the experimental plot and the Children’s Garden, on the museum embankment and on the west border of the horticultural section are either down or leaning over. GRAVES: HURRICANE DAMAGE 69 Fic. 2. Toona (Cedrela sinensis) Brooklyn Botanic Garden, showing a mass of thick, strong, vertical roots. Photo by Mr. Louis Buhle, Brooklyn Botanic Garden, September 16, 1944. 70. TORREYA a Fic. 3. Black Locust (Robinia Pseudoacacia) near Lily Pools and Conservatories, Brooklyn Botanic Garden, showing more or less shallow root system. Photo by Mr. Louis Buhle, Brooklyn Botanic Garden, September 16, 1944. GRAVES: HURRICANE DAMAGE 71 Outside of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden, Mr. David D. Schweizer, Di- rector of Horticulture of the New York City Park Department, reports that in the whole City, 16,000 street trees are to be removed and 12,000 are to be straightened ; while 7,600 park trees are to be removed, and 5,220 are to be straightened. Mr. Carl J. Schiff, Arboriculturist of Brooklyn, reports that 979 trees are down in Prospect Park, and 150 require straightening, and Mr. T. H. Everett, Horticulturist of The New York Botanical Garden, states that 180 large trees are down in that Garden, some of them huge specimens. Of the Boroughs the worst sufferer was Queens, and next in order came Brooklyn, Bronx, Manhattan and Richmond. Fort Tryon Park did not suffer heavily, but about a half dozen big trees in the region of the Cloisters were lost. Inwood was damaged only slightly, perhaps because of a somewhat pro- tected position. These last two areas, as well as Westchester, were also more remote from the path of the hurricane. : At first we believed that the great losses in the Brooklyn Botanic Garden could be explained from the early history of the Garden. For the land now oc- cupied by the Garden was formerly used by the City for dumping rubbish; hence the subsoil might be expected to contain a stony or coal ash mixture not conducive to the development of deep root systems. We know that in grading for the Rose Garden in 1927 the remains of an old city roadbed were un- earthed.? However, Prospect Park, which adjoins the Garden, across Flatbush Avenue to the westward, has no such history. As old pictures show,* it was formerly open land and woods with farms and an occasional large estate. Yet I found the damage just as severe in Prospect Park as in the Botanic Garden. Was there any reason why certain trees were uprooted and others remained standing? Possibly a naturally shallow root system was the answer. This is well known to be the case with willows and poplars. But by no means did all uprooted trees have shallow root systems. After considerable study, following several leads, and visiting various parts of the City, I came to the conclusion that the true solution of the whole prob- lem lies in the fact that there existed tornadic wind currents within the hurri- cane area. If a tree happened to stand in the path of one of these currents the character of its root system mattered little. An example of one such tornadic current can be seen in Prospect Park. In the Park it started at the northwest corner near the Plaza entrance, snapping off a trunk of the rare Yellow-wood (Cladrastis lutea) about 12 feet from the ground, and after other minor dam- age it crossed the road and meadow in a southeasterly direction leaving many fine trees intact on the way, but uprooting a large European Linden and two 3 However, in talking with old residents, I find that in the old days the Garden land was not as unattractive as it is sometimes pictured. 4 Sixth Ann. Rept. of Commissioners of Prospect Park, 1866. Map opposite p. 104. Also Seventh Ann. Rept. 1867. Frontispiece, “The Battle Pass in 1866.” 72 ALCO) RIB NAN small Norway Maples near the east road. Going on southward, it almost avoided the Vale of Kashmir (which is in reality an old “kettlehole” and therefore sunken and protected) but mowed down some Wild Cherry and Sassafras on the western edge; thence to the region south of the rose garden it took an English Elm (Ulimus procera), and farther down on the east path it uprooted a giant London Plane, 314 feet D.B.H. and 90 feet high, a landmark for nearly a century. Coffee Trees (not particularly shallow rooted) a little to the west, and finally, among others, a handsome Silver Linden (Tilia tomentosa) just west of the Zoological Garden. But this was by no means the only current. There were many others throughout the park so that the results seemed to have no “rhyme or reason.” Truly, as we have often been told, “The wind bloweth where it listeth ... , but [thou] canst not tell whence it cometh, and whither it goeth.” John 3 : 8. A friend told me that during the 1938 hurricane, in Hartford, Conn., where it was particularly severe, she happened to be looking out of the window while the storm was at its worst. The wind was bending a large Silver Maple almost to the ground. Suddenly a change came and a large branch was snapped off in the opposite direction. This illustrates the tornadic or twisting effect? of winds within the hurricane. However, there is no question but that large trees with shallow root sys- tems, especially if located in moist soil, might be blown over while nearby trees with deeper roots might be untouched. In such a case the cause would not neces- sarily be a tornadic wind current, but the continued force lasting for hours, of a violent wind. Such a tree I saw in the Kissena Park region, a large Pin Oak (Quercus palustris) lying prostrate, its upturned roots revealing its character- istically shallow root system. It had grown near the road skirting the swamp southeast of Kissena Park. Its fellows, Nyssa sylvatica, Prunus serotina, and other Pin Oaks, all of lesser height, were untouched. Sometimes it seemed as if certain streets, or perhaps open places between high apartment buildings, especially if they had a north-south, or northwest- southeast direction, formed channels for the wind (which in the N. Y. area came from the north or northwest). Then a tree standing in or at the southern end of such a channel or “canyon” was marked for destruction. Mr. Everett also observed that the /ocation of a tree seemed to be more important than the kind of tree in determining its survival. For example, not one of the tulip trees on the south side of the Museum Building of The New York Botanical Garden was lost, but north of the building a dozen were down. Many large London Planes (Platanus acerifolia) were uprooted, especially in the parks. I believe that here the enormous butt was a decisive factor. For ° Tornado is from Latin tornare, to turn. We often on a windy day see miniature torna- does—small dust whirls traveling along the streets. These illustrate what apparently hap- pens within a large hurricane. GRAVES: HURRICANE DAMAGE 73 when blown over to an angle, let us say, of 45°, the sheer weight of this butt as well as of the upper parts pulled up the roots or broke them off like a power- ful lever and thus completed the destruction which the wind started. Another point, brought out by several of the City park authorities, is that of resisting leaf surface. Trees with a thick crop of leaves, as in the Norway Maple (Acer platanoides), were more subject to windthrow. Also trees affected with heart rot were ill prepared for the test. Many were snapped off at some distance from the ground—a practical illustration of the function of heartwood—to support the tree. From the above account it will be clear, I think, that the causes of wind- throw in hurricanes are often complex. Each tree presents a problem by itself. In the following table I have summarized the main causes. CAUSES OF HuRRICANE WINDTHROW I. SHALLow Roor SysTEM A. Natural: Poplars, Willows. B. Acquired: 1. Due to shallow soil, underlaid with clay, hardpan, or bedrock. 2. Due to shallow original planting. II. Som WaATERSOAKED and hence offering little resistance to uprooting. III. TRUNKS wiTtH Heavy Butts, making recovery impossible when blown beyond critical angle. e.g. London Planes. IV. Larce LEAF SuRFACE, offering resistance, e.g. Norway Maples, some Oaks, Ailan- thus. V. TRUNKS WEAKENED by heart rot. VI. Roots WEAKENED, partially rotted, or cut off in grading operations. VII. Posrrton oF TREE, facing an open exposure as in streets in or at end of “canyon” between houses. VIII. Position oF TREE IN PATH OF ToRNADIC CURRENT. I can not end this account without a few words from an entirely different angle. One can not pass a tree day after day for several years and become ac- quainted with its various moods throughout the seasons without acquiring a sense of companionship—for here is a living being—of another kind of life, it is true—and yet an individual which one knows and loves. And when it is sud- denly uprooted, as many fine specimens were last September, one feels a sense of loss, akin to the loss of an old friend. A year or two hence, a stranger visiting our city may think the damage from the hurricane could not have been as bad as described, because the streets and parks will appear quite normal. But certain individual trees, well-known to the passer-by, will be missed for years to come. BrooKLyn Boranic GARDEN Brookityn, NEw York VoL. 44 TORREYA January 1945 Notes on Spergularia Myron ArtHuR RICE In his study of Spergularia the writer has given some attention to the genus as it occurs in the northern part of the Cayuga Lake Basin, N. Y., and to the collections by K. M. Wiegand, W. C. Muenscher, and R. T. Clausen deposited in the Cornell University Herbarium. Muenscher 16953, from an island by Cayuga Bridge, N. Y., April 15, 1927, and Clausen 4026, from Savannah Township, Wayne County, N. Y., August 31, 1939, are especially interesting. Cayuga Bridge at Cayuga is near the northern end of Cayuga Lake and Savan- nah Township is some miles farther north, embracing part of the Montezuma Marsh area. Muenscher 16953 from Cayuga Bridge agrees quite well with Rossbach’s (1940) description of Spergularia media (L.) Presl. and it is so labeled in the herbarium. Plants grown in the greenhouse from seeds of this collection had 9-10 stamens, a character of S. media. Although Rossbach gives the seeds of S. media as usually winged, all of the seeds of Muenscher 16953, as represented by the greenhouse-grown plants, are winged, so far as a careful check of the seeds in two capsules showed. All shattered out seeds in a packet on the her- barium sheet are also winged. Rossbach describes the petals of S. media as * white. The plants grown in the greenhouse had petals which were pink, but whitish toward the base. Mounted herbarium specimens of these greenhouse plants still show the pink color. The same color appears in some flower material in the packet attached to the herbarium sheet, Muenscher 16953. Clausen 4026 from Savannah Township is a different kind of Spergularia. | Plants grown in the greenhouse from seeds of this collection had 3-6 stamens, averaging about 4. In a complete check of the seeds in 12 capsules, 35 percent of the total number of seeds was winged and 65 percent was not winged. Wiegand’s (1920) original description of S. alata specifies stamens 4-6 and all seeds winged. All of the 79 seeds in one capsule of a co-type specimen, F. P. Metcalf & K. M. Wiegand 6406, Montezuma, N. Y., July 4, 1916, Cornell University Herbarium, were found to be winged. An examination of the seeds in the packet on the herbarium sheet, A. J. Eames, L. F. Randolph, & K. M. Wiegand 12004 from Montezuma, N. Y., September 9, 1919, labeled S. alata - Wiegand, reveals, however, that some of the seeds are not winged. It seems evident that the Spergularia denominated S. alata by Wiegand may have both seeds winged and seeds not winged even though the original type and co-type specimens produced winged seeds only. Clausen 4026 is interpreted as S. alata Wiegand and it is so labeled in the herbarium, but it is a somewhat pubescent form of the species. 74 RICE: SPERGULARIA 75 The following table shows some comparisons of the Muenscher and Clausen collections. The data were obtained from plants grown in the greenhouse from seeds of these collections. Muenscher 16953 Clausen 4026 S. media S. alata AWE, MO, SAECIS DSP CHWSUMIC. soccccovcsoscoonsaneavensone 137 60 NWariationunenoyseedsaper capsules. 445.6 eee aes 119-155 48-76 Percent seeds winged, all capsules...................... 100 35 Percent seeds not winged, all capsules.................. 0 65 Ave. number stamens per flower.....................+-- 9-10 4 Variation in no. stamens per flower.................... 9-10 3-6 Rossbach (1940) holds to the view that S. alata, as described by Wiegand (1920), should be included in S. media and does not consider that the former species has sufficient taxonomic distinctiveness to warrant a separate identity. Muenscher 16953 from Cayuga Bridge, now regarded as S. media, and Clausen 4026 from Savannah Township, judged to be S. alata, supply evidence in Saif port of the maintenance of the separation. The writer is much indebted to Dr. W. C. Muenscher, who first suggested the study of Spergularia to him, and who has provided materials, facilities, ad- vice, and guidance. DEPARTMENT OF BoTANy, CORNELL UNIVERSITY ItHaca, NEw YorkK Literature Cited RosspacH, RutH P. 1940. Spergularia in North and South America. Dhodora 42: 57-83; 105-143; 158-193; 203-213. Wrecanp, K. M. 1920. A new species of Spergularia. Rhodora 22: 15. Vou. 44 TORREYA January 1945 PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB MINUTES OF THE MEETING OF May 17, 1944 The meeting was called to order by President Levine at 3:30 p.m. in the Members Room of The New York Botanical Garden Museum. Twenty-two members and guests were present. The minutes of the preceding meeting were approved as read. Four persons were unanimously elected to annual membership and three to associate mem- bership. The first speaker on the scientific program was Dr. A. B. Stout who spoke on the “Loss of Incompatibilities in Tetraploid Petunias.’’ Dr. Stout displayed several of the Petunia plants studied. His paper is published in this number of Torreya, pp. 45-51. Professor M. A. Johnson of Rutgers University was the second speaker. His talk “On the Structure of the Shoot Apex in Cycads”’ was illustrated with lantern slides. It also is published in this number of Torreya, pp. 52-58. . Following the discussion of Professor Johnson’s paper, the meeting was adjourned at 4:40 p.m. Tea was then served. Respectfully submitted, Honor M. HoLiIncHuURST RECORDING SECRETARY MINUTES OF THE MEETING OF OcTOBER 3, 1944 The meeting was called to order by the Vice-President, Dr. Seaver, at 8:15 p.m. at the Brooklyn Botanic Garden. Twenty-nine members and friends were present. The minutes of the preceding meeting were accepted as read. Twenty annual members and six associate members were unanimously elected. Dr. Karling introduced the question of the motion which had been recom- mended by the Council to the Club for consideration. The motion was “.. . that the Council recommend to the Club that Torreya be merged with the But- LETIN beginning with the next volume, that it keep its own name and contents separate within the BULLETIN, enlarging the editorial staff of the BULLETIN to include members now present on TorreyA, and that subscribers to BULLETIN be charged seven dollars in the event that this merger takes place.” In the dis- cussion from the floor, questions were raised as to the availability of reprints for persons keeping bound sets, the economy of merging the two publications, the availability of material to warrant keeping TorREYA a separate publication, the maintenance of the policy of publishing material which has a more popular appeal than that published in the BULLETIN, and finally as to the reason for the increase of one dollar in the rate to subscribers. It was moved by Dr. Zimmer- man that the Club adopt the recommendation of the Council, that Torreya and 76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB 77 BuLvetin be merged. Dr. Karling seconded the motion. The motion was de- feated by a vote of 8 to 7. Dr. Graves announced the death of Dr. H. M. Denslow. Dr. Denslow. was the last of the charter members of the Club. He died during the summer at the age of 94. The scientific program of the evening consisted of reports on summer activi- ties by Club members. Dr. Small reported that the trips in the summer field schedule were well attended and quite successful. He paid tribute to the various leaders of the trips. Mr. Ericson told of finding two plants of western origin in Tottenville, Staten Island. Dr. Svenson spoke about the bogs he had visited in northern Pennsylvania. Dr. M. A. Johnson reported finding Aristolochia in New Jersey. A fungus parasite on Pachysandra was reported by Dr. Seaver. The meeting was adjourned at 9:25 p.m. so that the members of the Club might enjoy refreshments with their informal discussions. Respectfully submitted, Honor M. HoLLinGHuRST RECORDING SECRETARY VoL. 44 TORREYA ; JANuARY 1945 NEWS, NOTES A conference on “New Developments in Wood Products” was held at the New York State College of Forestry at Syracuse University on October 6 and 7. More than 500 delegates attended from 23 States in the Union, and from 4 Prov- inces of Canada, from England, New Zealand and Australia. New developments in wood utilization for laminated timber structures, for resin-impregnated timber, for cellulose and lignin plastics, for pulp and paper products, etc., were discussed by experts in the various fields. The’ need of more research in the post-war period was pointed out, and a closer touch of the universities with industry was urged. Plans were announced for three new buildings for the New York State College of Forestry. This is the third and last number of Torreya for 1944. There should have been a fourth number, but early in the fall, at the time this number was due, there was not enough material on hand. Some material has now accumulated, but the editor will welcome much more. We hope to publish four numbers in 1945. It is with deep regret that we announce the deaths of the following botanists during the year 1944: Professor A. H. Reginald Buller, mycologist, of the University of Mani- toba, died June 30th. Dr. H. M. Denslow, charter member and past president of the Torrey Botanical Club, died September 7th. Mr. A. A. Heller, teacher in Chico High School, Chico, California, and a well-known botanical collector. Professor William T. Horne, plant pathologist, of the University of Cali- fornia, died April 12th. Frére Marie-Victorin, Director of the Botanical Institute of the University of Montreal, died July 15th. 78 Vor. 44 TORREYA JANUARY 1945 IUNIDIA2¢ © Acer platanoides, 73 Ailanthus, 73 Allium, 49; cepa, 41 Amelanchier humilis var. typica, 60 Anacystis Peniocystis, 59 Aquatic plants, Observations on the distri- bution of some, in Guatemala, 61 Aristolochia, 77 Asarum reflexum, 60 Asclepias syriaca, 27 Aspergillus niger, 12 Agolla filiculoides, 61 Bercer, C. A.; Experimental Studies on the Cytology of Allium cepa, lecture, 41 BLAKE, S. F.; Review of “The vegetation and floristics of Bull Run Mountain, Virginia,” 36 Biocu, Rosert, New experiments on cellu- lar differentiation and histological pat- ‘tern, lecture, 14 Bowenia, 52, 56; serrulata, 53 - Brywm argenteum, 60 Buller, A. H. Reginald, 78 Cabomba aquatica, 64 Calopogonium, 2 Cambellosphaera obversa, 43 Capsella, 42 Castilla elastica, 20, 21 Catenochytridiwm carolinianum, 32; later- ale, 32 Catenomyces persicinus, 30 Cedrela sinensis, 68, 69 Cedrus atlantica, 68 Centrosema, 2 Ceratophyllum demersum, 64 Ceratozamia, 56 Curyster, M. A., The evolution in the fern genus, Gleichenia, lecture, 40 Chytrids, Three new saprophytic, 30 Cinchona, 1-3; Growing under American control, 1 Cladoma fimbriata var. simplex, 59; var. subulata, 59 Cladrastis lutea, 71 Coleus hybridus, 14 VOLUME 44 Crotalaria, 1 Cryptostegia, Improved rooting of cuttings callused on the plant, 8; grandiflora, 8, 23; madagascariensis, 8, 23 Cuscuta japonica, an Asiatic species new to America, 34, 35; approximata var. ur- ceolata, 34; campestris, 34; Epilinum, 34; Epithymum, 34; exaltata, 35; sua- - veolens, 34 Cycads, On the shoot apex of, 52, 76 Cycas revoluta, 52-57 Cyperus canus, 63; giganteus, 63; Hum- boldtianus, 63; Lusulae, 63 Damage to trees in New York City in the hurricane of September 14, 1944, 66 Denslow, Herbert M., 14, 77, 78 Dicranopteris pectinata, 40 Dioon, 52, 56; edule, 53 Dothidella uler, 20 Echinodorus macrophyllus, 62 Elaeagnus angustifolia, 68 Eleocharis, 61; caribaea, 63; filiculmis, 63; geniculata, 63; interstincta, 63; retro- flexa, 63 Elsinoe solidaginsis, 24 Encephalartos, 52, 53, 56 Entophysalis Cornuana, 59 Equisetum giganteum, 62 Eugleichenia, 40 Field trips, April, May, 1944, Leaders: Assott, Mrs. LAurA Woopwarp, 39 NEARING, G. G., 38 Rogsins, WILLIAM J., 37 SMALL, JoHN A., 38 Svenson, H. K., 38 Witey, FAripa A., 38 Field trips, Locations : Brooklyn Botanic Garden, 38, 39 Camp Thendara, 39 Franklin Township, N. J., 38 The New York Botanical Garden, 37 Pine Barrens Island, N. J., 38 Smithfields, N. Y., 38 Watchung Reservation, N. J., 38 Fimbristylis miliacea, 63 79 80 TOMRAR TS, NOTA FiscHer, Cor. ArtHUR F., G.S.C., Growing Cinchona under American control, 1, 14, Fissidens grandifrons, 60 Free, Montacue, Plant propagation, lec- ture, 39 Gager, C. Stuart, Memorial Fund, 43 Ginkgo biloba, 57 Gleichenia, 40 Graves, ARTHUR Harmount, Damage to trees in New York in the hurricane of September 14, 1944, 66 Guatemala, Observations on the distribution of some aquatic plants in, 61 Guayule, 21-23 HANSON, Anne M., Three new saprophytic chytrids, 44 Heller, A. A., 78 Heteranthera rentformis, 64 Heuer, J. H. & Loomts, H. F., Improved rooting of Cryptostegia cuttings callused on the plant, 8 Hevea brasiliensis, 19-21, 28 Hicriopteris, 40 Horne, William T., 78 Hurricane, Damage to trees in New York City in the, 66 Hyacinthus, 49 Hydrocotyle mexicana, 65; umbellata, 65 Hymenocallis littoralis, 64 Incompatibilities, Inactivation of, in tetra- ploid progenies of Petunia axillaris, 45, 76 Isoctes, sp., 60 Jounson, Marion A., On the shoot apex of the cycades, 52, 76 Juncus effusus, 64; marginatus, 64 Jussiaea peruviana, 65; repens, 65; suffruti- cosa, 65 Kwnosiocy, Irvine W., New plant records for the Niagara frontier, 59 Linum, 34 Loomis, H. F. & Heuer, J. H., Improved rooting of Cryptostegia cuttings callused on the plant, 8 Lophocolea heterophylla, 59 Macrozamia, 52, 56; Moorit, 53 Maranthrum foeniculaceum, 65; Schiedea- num, 65 Marie-Victorin, Frére, 78 Mariola, 23 Mariscus jamaicensis, 64 Marsilia sp., 61 METZNER, JEROME, The morphology, cytol- ogy, and taxonomy of Volvox, lecture, 42 Microcycas, 52, 56; calocoma, 53, 55 Microstylis unifolia, 60 Monstera deliciosa 14, 15 MuenscuHer, W. C., Observations on the distribution of some aquatic plants in Guatemala, 61 Najas, 61; guadalupensis, 62; var. curassa- vica, 62 Nasturtium officinale, 65 Niagara frontier, new plant records for, 59 Nymphaea ampla, 65 Nyssa sylvatica, 72 Oenothera organensis, 49; rhombipetala, 49 Officers of the Club for 1944, 13, 14 Pachysandra, 77 Panicum paludivagum, 63 Parthenium argentatum, 21 Paspalum virgatum, 63 Penicillin, 12, 37 Penicillium notatum, 12, 37; rugulosum, 12 Petunia axillaris, 45-47, 49, 50; Inactivation of incompatibilities in tetraploid prog- enies of, 45; nyctaginiflora, 45, 50 Phormidium tenue, 59 Phragmites communts, 63 Phymatotrichum, 12 Pistia stratiotes, 64 Plant records for the Niagara frontier, 59 Platanus acerifolia, 72; orientalis, 68 Pratt, RuTHERFORD, The mechanics of spring, lecture, 44 Plectonema nostocorum, 59 Pontederia cordata, 64; rotundifolia, 64 Populus Eugenei, 68; szechuanica, 68 Potamogeton foliosus var. genunus, 62; fragillimus, 62; gramineus var. gramin- folius, 62; nodosus, 62; pusillus, 62 Proceedings of the Club: Dec. 7, 1943, 12 Dec. 15, 1943, 13 Jan. 4, 1944, 13 Jan. 19, 1944, 14_ INDEX . 81 Feb. 1, 1944, 15 Apr. 4, 1944, 42 Feb. 16, 1944, 39 Apr. 19, 1944, 42 Mar. 7, 1944, 40 May 2, 1944, 43 Mar. 15, 1944, 40 May 17, 1944, 76 Oct. 3, 1944, 76 Prunus, 49; serotina, 72 Pseudolarix amabilis, 68 Pueraria Thunbergiana, 34 Quercus palustris, 72 REHDER, ALFRED, On the concept of type, 6 Review: Allard H. A. & Leonard, E. C.,, The vegetation and floristics of Bull Run Mountain, Virginia, 36 Rhizophora Mangle, 65 Rhizophydium coronum, 31. Rhododendron linearifolium, 6; macrosepa- lum, 6, 7 Rice, Myron Artuur, Notes on Spergu- laria, 74 Robinia Pseudoacacia, 68, 70 Rosa Roxburghii, 7; xanthina, 7 Rubber, Western Hemisphere natural, 17 Ruppia maritima, 62 Sagittaria lancifolia, 62 Salvimia rotundifolia, 61 Schizothrix calcicola, 59; lacustris, 59 Scirpus californicus, 64; cubensis, 64 Scleria latifolia, 64; microcarpa, 64 Scorgonera, 27 Shoot apex of the cycads, 52, 76 SHULL, GEORGE H., Some genetical studies with Capsella, lecture, 42 Solidago altissma, 24; gigantea, 24; leaven- worthu, 24; sempervirens, 24 Spergularia, Notes on, 74; alata, 74, 75; media, 74, 75 Spiraea prunifolia, 7 Stangeria, 56 Sticherus Intermedius, 40 Stout, A. B., Inactivation of incompatibili- ties in tetraploid progenies of Petunia axillaris, 45, 76 Streptopus amplextfolius, 60 Svensson, H. K., Through the flowering season at the Brooklyn Botanic Garden, lecture, 39 Taraxacum kok-saghyz, 14, 24-28 Tephrosia, 1, 2 Thalassia testudinum, 63 THom, CHARLES, A mycologist looks at antibiotics, especially penicillin, lecture, 12 Tilia tomentosa, 72 Treasurer's Report for 1943, 16 Trichocerus spachianus, 53 Trichoderma, 12 Trifolium, 34 Tristicha hypnoides, 65 Tulipa, 49 Type, On the concept of, 6 Typha truxillensis, 62 Ulmus procera, 72; pumila, 68 Utricularia obtusa, 65 Vallisneria americana, 63 V olvox, Morphology, cytology, and taxon- omy of, lecture, 42; aureus, 42; Carteri var. Hagem, 42; var. homothallicus, 43; globator, 42; Migula, 43; mononae, 43; tertius, 42 WiaaLey, W. Gornon, 16; Western Hem- isphere natural rubber, 17 Wood products conference, 78 YuncKer, T. G., Cuscuta japonica Choisy, an Asiatic species new to America, 34 Zamvia, 52, 54; integrifolia, 53; latifolia, 56; silvicola, 55; umbrosa, 56 ERRATA p. 27, 1. 24, for Asclepias syrica read A. syriaca. p. 32, 1. 17, for Catenochytrium read Catenochytridium. p. 42, 1. 7, for Schull, read Shull. THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB Council for 1944 Ez officio Members - Michael Levine Edwin B. Matzke Harold H. Clum | William J. Robbins Honor M. Hollinghurst John A. Small : Fred J. Seaver Page J. Karling Bernard O. Dodge r Bpetenry K. Svenson Harold W. Rickett Elected Members ; 1942-1944 1943-1945 1944-1946 J. M. Arthur Charles A. Berger Lela V. Barton \ W. J. Bonisteel Clyde Chandler E. H. Fulling ' Arthur H. Graves Albert E, Hitchcock J. S. Karling Sam F. Trelease Roger P. Wodehouse Rutherford Platt Committees for 1944 ProcramM CoMMITTEE Edwin B. Matzke, Chairman (ex officio) William J. Robbins Charles A. Berger George H. Shull Arthur H. Graves A. B. Stout Honor M. Hollinghurst P. W. Zimmerman Fietp CoMMITTEE John A. Small, Chairman Ge Edward J. Alexander Robert Hagelstein Rutherford Platt Vernon L. Frazee Louis E. Hand Daniel Smiley, Jr. "Eleanor Friend Fred R. Lewis Henry K. Swenson ; Alfred Gundersen James Murphy Farida A. Wiley G. G. Nearing Se Locat Frora ComMITTEE z, Edward J. Alexander Robert L. Hulbary Hester M. Rusk James Murphy Ora B. Smith G. G. Nearing P. W. Zimmerman William J. Robbins Cryptogams Ferns and Fern Allies: R. C. Benedict, W. Herbert Dole, N. E. Pfeiffer Mosses: E. B. Bartram = Liverworts: A. W. Evans, E. B. Matzke : Freshwater Algae: H. C. Bold, J. J. Metzner Fungi: A. H. Graves, J. S. Karling, Fred R. Lewis Lichens: J. W. Thomson, Jr. Myzomycetes: R. Hagelstein PUBLICATIONS EXCHANGE COMMITTEE Edwin B. Matzke, Chairman (ex officio) Amy L. Hepburn Lazella Schwarten ENDOWMENT COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP COMMITTEE ENTERTAINMENT COMMITTEE Clarence Lewis, Chairman Michael Levine, Chairman John S. Karling, Chairman J. Ashton Allis ’ Lela V. Barton R. H. Cheney Caroline C. Haynes Harold H. Clum Mrs. B. O. Dodge Henry de la Montagne Page J. Karling Mrs. L. Hervey Sam F. Trelease Harold W. Rickett J. J. Metzner P Roger P. Wodehouse Mrs. W. J. Robbins Mrs. Fred J. Seaver OTHER PUBLICATIONS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB (1) BULLETIN A journal devoted to general botany, established in 1870 and pub- — lished bi-monthly at present. Vol. 70, published in 1943, contained 676 © pages and 5 plates. Price $6.00 per annum. For Europe, $6.25. In addition to papers giving the results of research, each issue con- © tains the INDEx TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE—a very compre-_ hensive bibliography of current publications in American botany. Many ~ workers find this an extremely valuable feature of the BULLETIN. } Of former volumes, 24-70 can be supplied separately at $6.00 each; certain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire stock of ~ some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets. Single copies” ($1.00) will be furnished only when not breaking complete volumes. (2) MEMOIRS Tue Memoirs, established 1889, are published at irregular intervals. Volumes 1-19 are now completed. Volume 17, containing Proceedings of the Semi-Centennial Anniversary of the Club, 490 pages, was issued © in 1918, price $5.00. 4 Volume 19, no. 1, 92 pages, 1937, price $1.50. Volume 19, no. 2, 178 © pages, 1938, price $2.00. Volume 19, no. 3, 76 pages, 1940, price $1.25. Volume 19, no. 4, 58 pages, 1941. Volume 19 complete, price $5.00. . Volume 20, no. 1, 172 pages, 1943, price $2.00. (3) INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Reprinted monthly on cards, and furnished to subscribers at three ~ cents a card. Correspondence relating to the above publications should be ad- dressed to Pace J. KARLING Department of Botany Columbia University New York 27, N. Y. TORREYA A QUARTERLY JOURNAL OF BotanicaL Notes AND News John Torrey, 1796-1873 EDITED FOR THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB BY HAROLD H. CLUM VOLUME 45 NEw York 1945 Volume 45 March 1945 Number 1 mORREYA EDITED FOR Cie LORREY BOTANICA ChLUB BY PR Ol EL) Cwlivi John Torrey, 1796-1873 CONTENTS Alternations of Generations and Classification With Special Reference to the Teaching OfgPlement any, Ota my ecco c coe tshecssss sss srpscssiscecoentecembeseles bets sot acsubstsevanttavee Hersert A. WAHL 1 Ae ANTE LATTA Eve SALE EVE Besos circ den osetia tsncrsce acdc wsctchscipaeisey ions Davin B. Coox 13 Book Reviews Pathology in Forest Practice ..is.ccccssecsscsssssssssessssssssssasesssssesseesssusesissssssss E. W. Lirrrerrerp 15 Foundations of Plant Geography. ...cccecssosssesinsinssssiseussisussisssinn Hersert L. Mason 17 MCLE MaT np Su: ORMIGITE HOTT Lye eerie eUsesti ATRL A NOE il SA ACY Iss asevadieiccadecaneeestbponetrte eonscectroesneenteantette 21 ROCCE GINS SHO ta ELTe Oh Urby ieee sate serie neh eee nes ee tice Ga ace cntanececeetacnas tease seeae tte cecrbelcemenoozionens 27 BV SINGLE Sitters ear ae Na a ee te ca arts ent toansanP et cier are htientenesarienhosinnienrsates teed lian nsianvtanonaeans 32 PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB By THe Free Press Printinc Company 187 CoLiEcE STREET, BURLINGTON, VERMONT Entered as second class matter at the post office at Burlington, Vermont, October 14, 1939, under the Act of March 3, 1879 THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB OFFICERS FOR 1945 President: FRED J. SEAVER 1st Vice-President: JoHN A. SMALL Recording Secretary: FRANCES E. WYNNE 2nd Vice-President: A. E. HitcHcock Treasurer: E. H. FuLLING Corresponding Secretary: JENNIE L. S. Editor: Harotp W. RIcKETT SIMPSON Associate Editors: Irvine W. BaILey ADRIANCE S. FOSTER Epwarp W. BERRY Henry A. GLEASON STANLEY A. CAIN ARTHUR H. GRAVES M. A. CHRYSLER Joun W. SHIVE Harotp H. CLuM R. P. WobdDEHOUSE MicHArEL LEVINE Business Manager: ANNE M. HANnson Bibhiographer: Mrs. LazELLA SCHWARTEN Historian: JoHN S. KarRLinG Delegate to the Council, N. Y. Academy of Sciences: BERNARD O. DopcE Representatives on the Council of the American Association for the Advancement of Science: ALBERT F. BLAKESLEE P. W. ZIMMERMAN Representative on the Board of Managers of The N. Y. Botanical Garden: Henry A. GLEASON MEMBERSHIP IN THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB All persons interested in botany are invited to join the Club. There are four classes of membership: Annual, at $5.00 a year; Associate, at $2.00 a year; Sustaining, at $15.00 a year; and Life, at $100.00. The privileges of all except Associate members are to attend all meetings of the Club, to take part in its business, and to receive all current publications, except the Memoirs which are sold to members at cost. Associate members have the privilege of attending all meetings and field trips. They also receive the Schedule of Field Trips and the Bulletin of the New York Academy of Sciences. Applications for membership should be addressed to the Treasurer. TORREYA ToRREYA was established in 1901 as a monthly publication of the Torrey Botanical Club for shorter papers and interesting notes on the local flora range of the Club. It also contains the proceedings of the Club, reports of field trips, and some book reviews and news notes. The current volume will be issued in four numbers. The editor invites contributions for future numbers of TorrEyA. These should be typed ~— with double spacing on one side of standard paper. Illustrations should be mounted on stiff cardboard, with the desired reductions plainly indicated, and so designed as to fill the full width of the page (45% inches) and any portion of the height (7% inches). Legends for ee should be typed and included with the manuscript (not affixed to the figures The subscription price of TorrEYA in the United States and Canada is $1.00 a year, for subscribers elsewhere, 25c extra; single copies, 40c. Of the annual membership dues of the Torrey Botanical Club, $0.50 is for a year’s subscription to ToRREYA. Claims for missing numbers should be made within sixty days from the date of mailing. Subscriptions and requests for back numbers should be addressed to the Business Manager, Miss Anne M. Hanson, Department of Botany, Columbia University, New York 27, N. Y. Manuscripts for publication, books for review, reports of field trips, and news items should be addressed to: Harotp H. CLum HuntTeER CoLiece, 695 ParK AVENUE New York 21, N. Y. TORREYA Vot. 45 Marcu 1945 No. 1 Alternation of Generations and Classification With Special Reference to the Teaching of Elementary Botany* Herpvert A. WAHL The value of a scientific theory is usually directly proportional to the amount of thought and investigation which it stimulates. A theory loses its value when it becomes so generally accepted that the implications of the theory are considered as facts and stimulation of thought passes over to unquestioned acceptance of ideas as facts. Since what seems to be a fact in the light of cer- tain evidence may lose its factual nature in the light of supplementary evidence, the periodic reexamination of established ideas is a constant scientific desidera- tum. This has heen aptly expressed by Parkin and quoted by Douglas (1944) as follows: “It is well that from time to time there should be a stocktaking—a full appraisment of our botanical generalizations.” The various expressions of the phenomenon of Alternation of Generations as 1t occurs in the piant kingdom, while mostly in the realm of fact rather than of theory, embody various theoretical considerations some of which have be- come so well established as to be accepted as fact. Yet, in the light of accumu- lated evidence, they may now require additional appraisal. It has long been recognized that the life cycle of vascular plants and bryo- phytes, as well as of many algae, consists of an alternation between two phases or generations each of which by a characteristic reproductive process initiates the other. These two growth phases or generations have constantly been re- ferred to as the sporophytic phase or sporophyte and the gametophytic phase or gametophyte, since the former is spore-producing and the latter is gamete- producing. Further, it has been recognized since the time of Strasburger that the number of chromosomes in sporophytic nuclei is characteristically double that in gametophytic nuclei. The chromosome number is doubled by the fusion of gametes, the process that initiates the sporophytic phase, and halved by meiosis, the process which initiates the gametophytic phase. Theories of alternation of generations deal chiefly with the origin and de- velopment of the phenomenon. One school of thought has maintained that the alternating generations are antithetic in their origin, that is, that the sporo- phytic generation arose by a gradual evolutionary development of the zygote following sexual reproduction and is a new structure not homologous in origin * Contribution from the Department of Botany, The Pennsylvania State College, No. 146. Torreya for March (Vol. 45, 1-32) was issued April 20, 1945. 1 2 . TORREYA with the gametophyte, which was the original structure. The other school of thought has maintained that the two generations are parts of an original gametophytic generation, one part of which became spore-producing while the othe: part retained its gamete-producing function, thus giving rise to genera- tions which are homologous in origin. The term homologous alternation of generations is used in two ways, however ; in one sense to indicate the homolo- gous origin of the generations and in another sense to indicate generations which are alike in appearance (isomorphic). It is not the purpose here to review the merits of the antithetic and homologous theories of alternation. Most of the references are to older literature and will be found in Svedelius (1927) as well as in current textbooks on plant morphology. The bearing of the present concept on the problem will be referred to in the latter part of this paper. The phase of the phenomenon which has been widely accepted and which it is here considered may need revision is the application of the term “asexual” to the sporophytic generation and to its characteristic and “normal” method of reproduction, that is, by spores produced by the process of meiosis. This usage may depend, in the first place, upon one’s definition of or understanding of what constitutes sexual and asexual reproduction. If the term sexual re- production is to be used only to refer to the initiation of a new individual or generation of a life cycle by the fusion of cells, and if asexual reproduction is to be used to include all cases in which a new individual or a generation of a life cycle is initiated without such fusion, regardless of whether the same or another generation is thus initiated, then, by definition, the alternating genera- tions in the life cycle of plants are sexually and asexually reproducing genera- tions. Sexual and asexual reproduction have long been considered in the above manner, this is, the former as being characterized by a fusion of cells and the latter by a lack of fusion. Selecting from the older literature we find the viewpoint that the sporo- phyte and gametophyte represent, respectively, asexual and sexual genera- tions concisely expressed in an oft-quoted paper by Davis (1903). “The game- tophyte is the sexual plant, developing the sexual cells or gametes. The sporo- phyte is asexual, producing spores.” However, if we continue to follow the discussion in the same paper, we find expressed the state of knowledge which existed at that time concerning the chromosomes and their behavior. “If the question is asked why are the chromosomes so important and why should their number be so significant, no answer can be very satisfactory for our deep ignorance of the nucleus is exposed.” “We do not know what the chromosome does——.” “It will thus be seen that there can be no genetic relationship be- tween the reduction phenomena of higher plants and animals. They are not found at the same points in the life history and there are also fundamental 9 66 there is no reduction ” “The differences in the details of the process phenomena in plants at the time when sexual cells are formed WAHL: ALTERNATION OF GENERATIONS 3 fact that the number of spores formed in each mother cell is four appears to have no important morphological significance. It has no connection with re- duction phenomena which—take place before these divisions.” Obviously, our knowledge of chromosome function and behavior has increased greatly since the above excerpts were first written. It seems equally obvious, however, that this knowledge has not been applied, or has been indifferently applied, in an interpretation of the relation of these phenomena to the sexual life cycle of plants. It should by now be apparent that the process of sexual reproduction in- volves not only the fusion of gametes (syngamy) by which the zygote receives the sum of the chromosomal components of the two gametes, but that the pro- cess by which the chromosome number is reduced (meiosis) is an integral part of the sexual life cycle. In animals generally and in those plants (Fucus, diatoms, Siphonales) in which meiosis shortly precedes syngamy, this rela- tionship is obvious. In most green algae and in other Thallophyta in which meiosis follows syngamy without the intervention of a growth phase or alter- nating generation, the relation should be equally obvious. In those plants in which a growth phase intervenes between syngamy and meiosis, that is, in which an alternation of generations occurs, the separation of syngamy and meiosis in point of time seems to have been instrumental in the frequent fail- ure to associate the processes as integral parts of the sexual mechanism. The difficulties which arise from the dissociation of the meiotic processes and syngamy and the association of meiosis with asexual reproduction have their beginning, as far as elementary teaching is concerned, in a consideration of the reproductive processes in the lower plant groups. In many algae, vege- tative (asexual) reproductive cells such as zoospores, aplanospores, etc., are produced by the haploid plant body while the same plant body produces gam- etes. Following the fusion of gametes, the next reproductive process in the life cycle of many common algae is the meiotic division of the nucleus of the zygote, a process which results in the production of four spores. Since asexual reproduc- tion has consistently been considered as including all reproductive processes not directly initiated by a fusion of cells and since it refers especially to the production of spores, the tendency here is purposely or passively to homologize the vegeta- tively-produced spores with the spores produced as a result of meiosis. The vege- tative production of spores is exactly comparable as a reproductive method to the production of gemmae by liverworts and mosses and to the production of gem- mae, bulblets and the host of other vegetative reproductive devices by vascular plants. The reproductive methods are entirely comparable regardless of the fact that we are here comparing processes of the gametophyte with those of the sporo- phyte; they all consist of the rejuvenation of an individual by the initiation of growth from some more or less specialized portion of the vegetative plant body. In some algae in which an alternation of generations occurs (e.g. Cladophora) 4 AO MRSRAE Yara vegetative spores are produced by both generations, those produced by the haploid generation producing haploid plants and those produced by the diploid generation producing diploid plants. Of an entirely different nature are those cells (meiospores) produced by vascular and non-vascular plants as a result of meiosis. These are not vegeta- tively produced; they are produced only by organisms having sexual reproduc- tion and their production represents a continuation of the sexual process. They do not produce the generation from which they originated but having been formed as a result of a reproductive process in a diploid generation, the product of their growth is a haploid generation. In some cases (diatoms, Siphonales ) they may be the only haploid cells; they are, functionally, gametes. They are fundamentally different from vegetative spores (zcospores, aplanospores, etc.) ; in no sense are the two kinds of so-called spores homologous. How then can the term asexual reproduction be used to refer to reproduction by these en- tirely different methods? That it is so used is evident from the treatments in most of the numerous current textbooks covering the field of Elementary Botany. In almost all of these that the author has examined, no clear distinction is made between the actual nature of vegetative spores and meiospores. The production of both and the initiation of a new individual by their growth is generally included under the term asexual reproduction. These two kinds of reproductive structures, one strictly vegetative and the other associated with sexual reproduction are homologized either directly or by inference. In most cases the gametophyte is described as a sexual generation because it produces gametes and the sporo- phyte as an asexual generation because it produces spores and the same term1- nology is used to describe vegetative spores and meiospores. In one of the more recent texts (Smith et al., 1942), the term asexual reproduction is entirely eliminated but even here the reader is led to infer that the spores produced by meiosis are in the same category as the vegetatively-produced spores of green algae, since no effort is made to distinguish between them. Although the author has not attempted to be exhaustive in his review of the numerous current elementary textbooks, a majority of those published 1n the United States have been examined. In only three of these is sexual repro- duction used in the sense of referring to the complete reproductive life cycle. In the relatively brief and elementary textbook by Chamberlain (1930) “gamet- ic reproduction” is considered as including the complete reproductive pro- cess, consisting of the fusion cf gametes and the consequent production of the original plant by meiospores (Fig. 147). Even here, however, the same term, zoospore, is used to denote both vegetatively produced spores and meiospores so that confusion hetween the fundamentally different reproductive processes by which they are produced is made easy in the mind of the student. WAHL: ALTERNATION OF GENERATIONS 5 In a more recent text (Weatherwax, 1942), one that is also intended for use in a shorter course, the author considers the production of meiospores as part of sexual reproduction. ‘““The complete sexual life cycle consists of two generations, the gametophyte and the sporophyte, which follow each other in alternate sequence.” (p. 196.) It is refreshing to note that this viewpoint which considers a life cycle in- volving an alternation between a gametophytic phase and a sporophytic phase as a sexual life cycle is at least partially maintained in one of the more exten- sive modern elementary texts (Transeau, Sampson and Tiffany, 1940). In discussing reproduction in Ulothrix the authors state: “The special method of vegetative multiplication by means of either motile or non-motile spores which are formed without a previous union of gametes is often termed asexual reproduction. The related series of processes including the formation of gam- etes, their subsequent union, and the development of the resulting zygote into motile spores from which new filaments develop are referred to as the sexual reproduction of the algae.”’ The life cycle of flowering plants is also considered a sexual life cycle and by inference the sporophyte is as much a sexual individ- ual are are the gametophytes. It is a bit disconcerting, however, to find under the discussion of liverworts the heading “The sporophyte and asexual repro- duction” leading to the inference that here the production of meiospores is not part of sexual reproduction and that the sporophyte is an asexual generation. The above mentioned cases constitute the exception. From a consideration of other books, it is apparent that the student is in most cases introduced to the idea that following sexual reproduction (fusion of gametes, or syngamy) an asexual reproductive process (production of spores by meiosis) occurs. This must be expanded in the higher plants to include the idea of alternating sexual and asexual generations with their concomitant methods of sexual and asexual reproduction. The elaboration of the idea of alternating sexual and asexual reproductive methods by Coulter (1914) has probably been of greater im- portance in perpetuating this concept than any other work. Several disadvantages of this viewpoint may here be pointed out. In the first place, the concept of a life cycle involving an alternation of sexual and asexual reproduction and sexual and asexual generations is inherently more difficult for the beginner to grasp than the same series of events explained in terms of a continuous process as a sexual life cycle. Let it not be thought, how- ever, that the present author would condone any presentation which merely substitutes simplicity for correctness. The greater simplicity of considering the life cycle a sexual cycle has been demonstrated in class work. The assumption that the viewpoint is correct is based, of course, not on new facts but on an eval- uation of accumulated ideas. In the second place, the consideration of the sporophyte as an asexual gen- eration and the production of spores by meiosis as an asexual process leads 6 T@OPREREE NAA. naturally to a comparison and homologizing of vegetatively-produced spores of algae with meiospores, though the two are fundamentally and entirely un- like in their significance in the reproductive life cycle. This has been referred to earlier in the present paper. Thirdly, the consideration of reproduction by spores produced by meiosis as a strictly asexual process in contrast to sexual reproduction by the fusion of gametes has tended to dissociate the two cytogically important processes in the life cycle ;—syngamy and meiosis. Too often in elementary (and advanced) texts the reduction in chromosome number which occurs at meiosis is con- sidered as occurring during a division which is contrasted with an ordinary cell division (mitosis). It is generally recognized that the reduction in chromo- some number occurs during a series of fwo divisions; that the term, a reduc- tion division, 1s decidedly a misnomer. It is well known, even by those who are responsible for statements in textbooks such as ““—in reduction division—the chromosomes do not split at all—”’, that the chromosomes do split during the first meiotic division. But this is done in an attempt to contrast “reduction division” with mitosis, since ““—in ordinary cell division the chromosomes split longitudinally-—.” Now the reduction in chromosome number is not a process to be contrasted with mitosis, since it itself may be considered as consisting of two mitoses (Sharp, 1934, Chap. 16), but is a process to be contrasted with syngamy. Meiosis is not simply a type of cell division but represents the cul- mination of the sexual process which is initiated by the fusion of gametes. The process of syngamy introduces the two sets of chromosomes into one nucleus. The final association of the chromosomes during which there occurs not only an intimate association (synapsis) but even an interchange of parts (chiasmata formation ; crossing over) takes place during meiosis, the culminating feature of sexual reproduction. The sporophytic generation is an interlude in the sex- ual process. The sporophyte is a sexual generation. The meiotic production of spores and the growth of a new individual from each is part of the process of sexual reproduction. In advanced texts dealing with the groups of plants, the viewpoints are variable. Fritsch (1935) distinguishes between the significance of zoospores from the haploid plant and those from the zygote, since in discussing the life cycles of Algae he says, “-—in addition to reproducing by sexual means it (the gametophyte) may also exhibit abundant asexual reproduction. This latter is, however, actually an accesory means of reproduction and, in relation to the general course of the life cycle, has not the same significance as the forma- tion of asexual swarmers or other reproductive cells from the zygote which ensues after the occurrence of meiosis.” (p. 51). The distinction is not clearly followed, however, since the production of asexual spores (zoospores, aplano- spores, etc.) by the gametophyte and the production of spores from the zygote by meiosis are both considered under the discussion of asexual reproduction and WAHL: ALTERNATION OF GENERATIONS 7 no mention is made of the latter in what is here considered their proper rela- tion, that is, as part of the sexual process. The sporophyte is considered an asexual generation and the production of meiospores is considered an asexual process. In fact, in a previous paragraph (p. 41) the statement is made that “Of a comparable nature to aplanospores are the endospores formed in certain Myxophyceae and the tetraspores of Rhodophyceae and Dictyotales.”” This may be meant to refer only to their method of formation, however, and not to their significance in the life cycle. Although Fritsch’s book is not intended for use in elementary courses in general botany, the above quotations serve to emphasize the difficulties that arise with beginning students when a life cycle is considered as consisting of an alternation between a sexual and an asexual phase in which the sexual phase may also reproduce asexually, and in which the asexual phase may also re- produce by other asexual or vegetative methods which have not the same significance as its “normal” method of reproduction. How much simpler, and more correct, to consider the sexual life cycle as including syngamy and meio- sis, with the interpolation of growth phases, either or both of which may have vegetative (asexual) methods of reproduction. Smith (1933, 1938a), in his treatments of the Algae, generally considers the meiotic production of spores under the heading of asexual reproduction, except where meiosis shortly precedes syngamy, as in Fucus, in which case it is part of the sexual process. He does, however, distinguish, in some brown algae, between meiospores and vegetative spores, designating the latter as “neutral” spores since they produce the same type of plant from which they originate. In the case of Fucus, it seems at least as logical to consider the plant a gametophyte in which meiosis has been delayed until the production of gametes, the sporophytic generation having been eliminated or never produced, as to consider a plant that produces cells which function as gametes a sporo- phyte because the cells of the plant are diploid. In his treatment of the bryophytes and pteridophytes, Smith (1938b) definitely considers the gametophyte a sexual generation and the sporophyte an asexual generation, although he describes the gametophytes as also repro- ducing asexually by gemmae and by other vegetative methods. The same view- point is expressed by Campbell (1918) in his “Mosses and Ferns.” Tilden (1935), on the other hand, considers the alternation of generations as an alternation between sexual generations. “Sexual reproduction in the plant and animal kingdom includes, or has to do with, the entire normal life cycle, consisting of a morphological or cytological alternation of haploid and diploid generations. The sporophyte is as much a sexual organism as is the gameto- phyte, since it carries in its body the sex-bearing chromosomes” (p. 236). She restricts the use of the term spore to reproductive cells which are the products of meiosis, and this process is considered part of sexual reproduction. “Sexual 8 OUR ROE Yen reproductive bodies include:gametes and spores.” For the vegetative (asexual) “spores” of algae (zoospores, aplanospores, etc.) she uses the term gonidia. These may be either motile (planogonidia) or non-motile (aplanogonidia ). In discussions of alternation of generations other than in textbooks, the viewpoint that the sporophyte should be considered a sexual generation has been maintained by Chamberlain (1905) and by Svedelius (1927). The latter, after referring particularly to the life cycle of Fucus makes the following state- ment: “From this it is evident how misleading it is to characterize the alter- nation of generations as an alternation between sexual and sexless genera- tions. On the contrary, it is a characteristic feature of this evolutionary process that in the course of the increasing disparity of the generations in the direction of the dominance of the sporophyte, sexuality passes over more and more to the originally ‘sexless’ generation.” ‘To this it may be added that the “sexless” generation need no longer be considered as having been even originally sexless since, as Svedelius himself states in a later paragraph, “In a certain measure reduction is to be regarded as the final act and the goal of fertilization.” It is becoming ever more apparent that reduction (meiosis) and fertilization (syn- gamy) are actually and inseparably both involved in the ordinary process of sexual reproduction, together with the generations which precede and initiate them. In the voluminous literature referring to sex determination in plants, the sporophytic generation is regularly referred to as exhibiting features of sex- uality. Indeed the very term “‘sex determination” as it is ordinarily applied to angiosperms, would otherwise be: meaningless. “Any genetic analysis of sex in angiosperms must deal almost exclusively with characters of the so-called asexual generation, since those of the much-reduced haploid ‘sexual’ genera- tion have yet afforded little material for genetic study. To speak of sexual characters in an asexual generation is paradoxical; but the paradox inheres in the terminology, not in the facts’’ (Allen, 1932, pp. 97-98). This viewpoint is accepted by Loehwing (1938). Thus occurs a paradox in scientific terminology whereby a term in general use admittedly is not even intended to mean what its definition implies. For those who have been “brought up” on such usage to continue to use it while admitting its incorrectness may be in slight degree justifiable; to continue to “bring up” succeeding generations of botanists on an admittedly incorrect viewpoint because of the unwillingness of textbook writers (and I suppose of many teachers) to incorporate new ideas into their teaching is not consistent with the best scientific practice. The question of terminolgy then arises in connection with the consideration of the sporophyte as a sexual generation. Sharp (1925) has discussed terms to be used in implying sexuality to the sporophyte and it may be useful to have a set of terms separate from those applied to the gametophyte. We are WAHL: ALTERNATION OF GENERATIONS 9 here concerned, however, only with those reproductive terms constantly used in an elementary presentation. We have already called attention to the con- fusion that may result when the term asexual reproduction is used in connec- tion with vegetative reproductive processes and with the production of meio- spores. Since the latter is part of sexual reproduction, since the term vegeta- tive reproduction adequately describes the former and since asexual reproduc- tion has been used to denote entirely different processes, it would seem best to discontinue use of the term asexual reproduction entirely. This, as before mentioned, has been done in one recent text. Tilden (1935) uses the term spore only for meiospores and the term gonidium for vegetatively produced spores. It seems more expedient to the author to continue the use of the term spore for both of these categories, simply recognizing that meiospores (includ- ing ascospores and basidiospores) are sexual spores while other kinds of spores are vegetatively produced. Spores, then, are usually one-celled repro- ductive bodies which produce new plants by direct growth, in contrast to gametes which are one-celled reproductive bodies which fuse together. For the purpose of teaching Elementary Botany it is unfortunate that there exist in the plant kingdom such a multiplicity of kinds of spores. The facts make necessary the application of numerous prefixes to describe certain types of spores such as zoospores, conidiospores, uredospores, meiospores, etc., etc. The problem is not simplified by failing to recognize that some of these are vegeta- tively produced while others are involved in the sexual reproductive pro- cesses. We may now comment briefly concerning the bearing of the ideas pre- sented in this paper on the relative merits of the antithetic and homologous theories of alternation of generations. Fritsch has been one of the leading propo- nents of the idea that the origin of the alternating generations, at least as they occur in members of the Pteridophyta, is to be sought in the type of algal plant body which occurs in certain members of the Chaetophorales of the Green Algae. Members of this group exhibit the heterotrichous type of plant body which consists of a prostrate creeping system, often more or less pseudoparen- chymatous, and a more or less upright system of usually branching filaments. In some cases (e.g., Trentepholia) zoospore production is confined to the up- right system and gamete production to the prostrate system. According to Fritsch (1916, p. 240) this condition provides “all the neces- sary indications for the gradual differentiation of two alternating generations, of which one bears the asexual organs on the upright system, the other bears the sexual organs on the creeping base. Disappearance of the base in the former, and of the upright system in the latter—will give two different genera- tions, resembling those of the Archegoniatae in all respects.” This is inciden- tally referred to again in a later paper (1920, p. 170). “An alternation be- tween sexual and asexual phases must have come about as soon as the reduc- 10 TORREYA tion-division became associated with spore-formation—.” He then refers to the “relegation of the reduction-division to the time of spore formation.” Herein is expressed a fallacy to which we readily fall heir when the alternating game- tophytic and sporophytic generations are considered as being respectively sex- ual and asexual; a fallacy which is inherent in any theory of the homologous origin of the alternating generations. This line of reasoning directly and pur- posefully homologizes meiospores, which are always and only produced during the series of processes involved in sexual reproduction, with the vegetatively produced spores of algae. It postulates an origin of the meiotic processes in connection with the vegetative production of spores rather than confining it to the only conceivable place in which it could possibly have a function, namely, ~as a result of the process in which the chromosome number is doubled. Meio- spores can have no homologous identity with vegetative spores. The latter are considered by many to be homologous with gametes, since the usual theory of the origin of sexual reproduction considers that gametes are modified vege- tative spores. It is altogether logical that the cells produced as a result of the meiotic processes following sexual fusion in various primitive plants should simulate in appearance the vegetative spores produced by that particular plant, since new genes for the production of somatic characters would not necessarily be produced at the same time that sexual reproduction had its origin. But to consider these cells as being homologous in origin would be comparable to con- sidering as homologous the leaves of mosses and of lycopods, or root hairs of vascular plants and rhizoids of fern prothallia. From the viewpoint of the pres- ent paper, therefore, the alternating generations in a sexual life cycle such as occur in all plants above the Thallophyta, and in many Thallophyta, could not be considered as having had a homologous origin. This paper has thus far attempted to show that the usual textbook pre- sentation of the “asexual” nature of the sporophyte should be corrected in favor of considering the alternating generations in the life cycle of plants as parts of the sexual life cycle. Although both viewpoints are to be found in current texts, the former has the weight of numbers and the sanction of long continued usage. Of even greater uniformity both from the standpoint of unanimity of presentation and of admitted incorrectness is that part of most botanical texts which serves, or should serve, the dual purposes of presenting the groups of plants in an orderly sequence and of indicating the supposed relationships between the groups,—the system of classification. The time-hon- ored system of Thallophyta, Bryophyta, Pteridophyta and Spermatophyta serves the first of these purposes but lacks woefully in serving the second, es- pecially as between the groups included in the last two divisions. It has been expressed as a truism that no morphologist considers the ferns, lycopods and horsetails closely related. Yet, in the great majority of elementary texts the lycopods and horsetails are “the allies of the ferns.” The fact that this system WAHL: ALTERNATION OF GENERATIONS 11 “has been so generally adopted” (in the past) does not argue in its favor since it is well recognized that it does not express the present state of knowledge regarding plant relationships. Systems of classification reflecting modern ideas of relationships in the entire plant kingdom have been prepared among others by Copeland (1938), Barkley (1939), and Tippo (1942). The systems here referred to certainly are not to be considered “new” at this time since they draw on a wealth of morphological knowledge, most of which has been available for two decades or more. Neither are they only the opinions of their respective authors, since they represent the accumulated efforts and opinions of many specialists in various groups. Herein lies one of their best recommendations. Yet at the present time hardly an elementary textbook even mentions these ideas without apologies! Where would genetics or plant physiology be if similar accumula- tions of ideas in these fields were SeeeHObely withheld until they had mellowed for a quarter of a century? Why do elementary texts shy away from the presentation of such accumu- lated knowledge ? The usual claim that the older system is easier is only partially true. One system of classification is not easier than another for a beginner. It is only the one who has been used to the older system who would have. difficulty in making a change. “Easier,” then, can only mean that it is easier for the teacher, not that it is easier for the student. This leads naturally to the conclusion that textbooks are written for the convenience of the teacher rather than for the information of the student ;— that pedogogy is for the pedagog rather than for the learner. Such a-conclusion, is, of course, not valid for the majority of the subject matter in most textbooks available at the present time. But what other reason could be assumed when an author, for example, relegates an admittedly “modern” system of classifica- tion to an appendix while using an admittedly outmoded system in the body of the text? Or when an author admits that “a better classification” separates plants into groups other than those with which he has tried to make the stu- dent familiar ? It seems apparent that modern textbooks of elementary botany have been “leaning over backward” in an etfort to maintain a conservative viewpoint in the field generally designated as Comparative Morphology. Although there may be room for divergence of opinion as to the relative emphasis to be placed on the various materials presented to beginning students, especially in the briefer courses, there seems to be no tendency to exclude a consideration of the com- parative structural and reproductive features cf the 15 to 18 groups (usually classes) of plants ordinarily considered as constituting a fair representation of the plant kingdom. This usually (but not necessarily ) involves classification and life cycles. If a system of classification is to be presented, why not let it reflect modern ideas of relationships? If life cycles are thought desirable, a con- 12 OURAN ECA, sideration of the complete life cycle as a sexual process may focus attention more forcefully on the genetical aspects of chromosome behavior and may serve to modify their “prolonged and prayerful consideration” in the direction of greater simplicity and proper scientific evaluation. DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, THE PENNSYLVANIA STATE COLLEGE STATE COLLEGE, PENNSYLVANIA Literature Cited ALLEN, C. E. 1932. Sex-inheritance and sex-determination. Amer. Nat. 66: 97-107. BARKLEY, Frep A. 1939. Keys to the Phyla of Organisms. Missoula, Mont.: Associated Student’s Stores. CaMPBELL, D. H. 1918. The Structure and Development of Mosses and Ferns. 2nd. ed. New York: The Macmillan Company. CHAMBERLAIN, C. J. 1905. Alternation of generations in animals from a botanical stand- point. Bot. Gaz. 39: 137-144. 1930. Elements of Plant Science. New York: McGraw-Hill Book Co. CopELAND, HERBERT F. 1938. The kingdoms of organisms. Quart. Rev. Biol. 13: 383-420. Coutter, J. M. 1914. Evolution of Sex in Plants. Chicago: Univ. of Chicago Press. Davis, B. M. 1903. The origin of the sporophyte. Amer. Nat. 37: 411-429. DoucLas, GERTRUDE E. 1944. The inferior ovary. Bot. Rev. 10: 125-186. FritscuH, F. E. 1916. The algal ancestry of the higher plants. New Phytologist 15: 233- 250. -— 1920. Thalassiophyta and the algal ancestry of the higher plants. New Phytologist 20: 165-178. 1935. The Structure and Reproduction of the Algae. New York: The Macmillan Company. LoEHWING, W. F. 1938. Physiological aspects of sex in angiosperms. Bot. Rey. 4: 581- 625. SHarp, Lester, W. 1925. The factorial interpretation of sex-determination. La Cellule 35: 193-235. # 1934. Introduction to Cytology. New York: McGraw-Hill Book Co. SmitH, G..M. 1933. The Fresh-water Algae of the United States. New York: McGraw- Hill Book Co. 1938a. Cryptogamic Botany. Vol. 1. Algae and Fungi. New York: McGraw-Hill Book Co. 1938b. Cryptogamic Botany. Vol. 2. Bryophytes and Pteridophytes. New York: McGraw-Hill Book Co. . , GILBERT, FE. M., Evans, R. I, Duccar, B. M., Bryan, G. S. ann ALLEN, C. E. 1942. A Textbook of General Botany. 4th ed. New York: The Macmillan Co. SvEDELIUS, Nits. 1927. Alteration of generations in relation to reduction division. Bot. Gaz. 83: 362-384. TILDEN, JOSEPHINE FE. 1935. The Algae and their Life Relations. Minneapolis, Minn.: The Univ. of Minnesota Press. Tippo, OswaLp. 1942. A modern classification of the plant kingdom. Chron. Bot. 7: 203- 206. TRANSEAU, E. N., Sampson, H. C., AND TirFFAny, L. H. 1940. Textbook of Botany. New York: Harper and Brothers. WEATHERWAX, PAuL. 1942. Plant Biology. Philadelphia, Pa.: W. B. Saunders Co. Vou. 45 TORREYA Marcu 1945 An Abnormal Balsam Fir Davin B. Cook Unusual growth forms of trees are of interest to the cytologist and the geneticist as well as to the general botanist. Some atypical forms have com- mercial or horticultural value, others are mere curiosities. Among the Pinaceae, variations are usually minor and mostly concern twig placement and foliage color. W. H. Bennett has reported (Quarterly Journal of Forestry, 30 (1): 133-134. 1936) on a Norway spruce which, for four seasons after planting, produced normal lateral branches; then, for the succeeding six years (up to the date of writing) grew a single, branchless, upright stem. No explanation for the phenomenon is suggested. During a recent field trip, my associate, Mr. Stacy B. Robeson of Platts- burg, N. Y., showed me an unusual specimen of balsam fir (Abies balsamea (L.) Mill.) on Valcour Island in Lake Champlain. The tree is growing at the east edge of a woods of white spruce, white cedar and fir, on thin soil under- laid by limestone. This specimen is abnormal in that there is no indication that lateral buds have ever been produced. As a result, the tree is entirely de- void of branches. At the end of the 1944 growing season, the total height of this single, branchless stem was 85 inches. The diameter just above the ground was 0.54 inches ; at the base of the 1944 internode, 0.32 inches. The nodes are marked by distinct ridges in the bark and by a frill of needles, when present. They indicate a total age of 20 years. The longest internode (1939) is 8.5 inches, that of the 1944 season 5.6 inches. The 1936 internode is the oldest one still bearing needles. The distribution of foliage is the same as that on normal leaders. Needles are of normal length but strongly keeled and with a pointed tip. The terminal bud is bluntly conical and as big as the end of the leader. Considering the small amount of foliage, height growth is good. But di- ameter growth is deficient and the stem is so slender that it does not stand erect, as will be seen in the accompanying figure. New York STATE CONSERVATION DEPPARTMENT ALBANY, NEW YorK 13 WOR IRIE, We aa 14 An abnormal balsam fir. Valcour Island, N. Y., 1944. Vor. 45 WO) IIR 1S WAN Marcu 1945 BOOK REVIEWS Biological Management of the Forest Pathology in Forest Practice. By Dow Vawter Baxter. 618 pp., illustrated, with Shapes bibliographies, and index. New York: John Wiley & Sons. 1943. $5.50. As its title implies, this work is written for the practising forester—for the individual who wants specific answers to concrete problems in forest pathology. It is hardly a book for the layman, assuming, as it does, a basic knowledge of forest science and technique. But for the advanced student, the forest nurs- eryman, the silviculturist, or the person employed in the handling of forest products, it should prove an invaluable reference work. The approach undertaken here to the pathology of the forest is entirely original, and may well mark a turning point in the literature of the field. Here, for the first time, emphasis is placed solidly on the forest community (whether nursery, woodland or plantation), rather than on pathogenic organisms asso- ciated with disease symptoms. Such emphasis would appear to be in line with the more advanced trends of present-day medical thinking, where patients rather than diseases, have become the principal objects of concern. Thus, in a book of some 600 pages, less than 50 are devoted to the chapter entitled: “The Fungi which Cause Disease.” From here on the treatment is functional, under such headings as: damage appraisal, nursery, plantations, cultural practices, shade trees, and forest products—each in relation to disease incidence, char- acter of injury, extent of losses, and control methods. This arrangement in- volves a certain amount of recapitulation both in the discussion and in the bibliographies appearing at the end of each chapter. While thus adding con- siderably to the bulk of the work, it has INGE Oe the availability of the ma- terial to the practitioner many-fold. According to the thesis developed by Dr. Baxter, disease incidence results less from the pathogenicity of fungous organisms than from environmental conditions (natural or induced by improper cultural practices) which pre-dis- pose to infection. In addition, numerous states of “disease” are recognized in which attacking organisms other than fungi are involved, or where a dis- turbed metabolism of the tree is alone responsible. In discussing these so-called “physiological diseases,’ the role of soil and climatic influences is admirably portrayed. Few pathologists in the country, today, possess the background of forestry and forest practice to have assembled this material; fewer still would have had the courage to present it in a form so completely divorced from the tradi- tional concepts of plant pathology. As a natural result of the emphasis laid upon forest practices, the book includes a wealth of data concerned with var- 15 16 TORRE YA ious phases of nursery and planting technique and with methods of harvesting and regeneration in the woods. In fact, the title: “Biological Management of the Forest,’ would be none too broad for the field covered. In its geographic range, the book is thoroughly cosmopolitan, in line with the author’s well-known fondness for travel; frequent references are thus made to conditions in the different regions of North America and to Europe, which Dr. Baxter knows at first-hand. At the same time, there is a strong “mid-western” tinge to the work, and particularly in the sections dealing with the forest nursery and plantations, a rather large proportion of the case-his- tories is taken from the Lake States. From the easterner’s point of view this has led to a few lapses, such as the footnote on p. 140 where, in citing the number of acres planted in the Lake States region in 1937 there is appended ‘the remark: “Other agencies also planted trees during this period.’ This is. indeed a conservative statement, when one considers the extent of the reforesta- tion projects in New York and other eastern states during the thirties. Special mention should be made of chapter VIII: “Relation of site and care of shade and park trees to disease incidence,” which occupies pp. 387-484. There is some question, in this reviewer’s mind, whether, in a book dealing primarily with “woods forestry,’ nearly 100 pages should have been devoted to shade trees—especially, when so many standard texts are available on the subject. The insertion of this chapter was doubtless thought necessary, since foresters, wherever found, are always expected to lend professional advice to owners of ailing shade trees. From this standpoint the material is adequate enough, though insect troubles are, of course, not included, making the sec- tion seem incomplete in comparison with the special works. Numerous diseases and injuries are described, including that from use of spray materials; in this latter connection, most of the attention is naturally given to fungicides. For this reason, apparently, no mention is made of injury from dormant-oil insect sprays, which has given arborists so much concern in recent years. One of the unusual features of the book is the section (pp. 208-210) on rubber-plantations, having special reference to root-rot and its treatment. Mention should be made, also, of the superb illustrations which amplify every feature of the text: unique among these is the photo (p. 408) of twigs covered with ice after a glaze storm. To summarize: Here is a work both scholarly and practical; a sound biological treatise and an extremely useful handbook, within the same text. It should become the inseparable companion of all who seek a better understand- ing of the forest, or who would apply forestry principles with a minimum of avoidable errors. New York STATE CONSERVATION DEPARTMENT E. W. LitrLerietp ALBANY, NEW YorK REVIEWS 17 Plant Geography Foundations of Plant Geography. By Stanley A. Cain. xiv + 556 pages. Harper and Brothers. 1944. $5.00. The spirit of science demands that every theory be forced to justify its existence and that our philosophy be constantly revised that it may always be in keeping with the advances in our knowledge. “The Foundations of Plant Geography” by Stanley A. Cain attempts to reconcile the thinking in plant geography to the very great advances in our knowledge in the several con- tributing fields, and surveys the research methods in these fields. There is brought together in one volume a mass of material representing the significant thought on all sides of the many problems bearing on the dynamics of plant distribution. In some instances the author writes as an able reporter, in other instances he chooses to comment upon or synthesize and review the subject matter. Much of this is done superbly and with a clarity that enables one to evaluate as never before the scientific worth of many of our ideologies. The work is divided into five parts, each dealing with a distinct approach to research in plant geography. Part one attempts to orient the reader and pre- sent a résumé of previous expositions of the principles of plant geography ; part two deals with what the author terms paleoecology ; part three is termed “areography” and concerns spacial distribution and restriction ; part four treats evolution and speciation and part five elaborates the inter-relations of poly- ploidy and plant geography. There is no attempt at floristic description. The work aims solely at elucidating the principles underlying the dynamics of plant geography. By way of orientation the author refers in his introduction to “descriptive plant geography” and to “interpretive plant geography.” The first of these is static and furnishes a part of the materials for the second which 1s dynamic. The rest of the materials of interpretive geography result from integration and synthesis of the more specialized fields of botany. In addition, “physiological plant geography” is frequently mentioned in the text. Apparently the author prefers to give this subject no “more than incidental mention.” In many respects this is unfortunate as some of the criticism I would make of the work hinges upon problems that are physiological in scope or in implication. In dealing with some previously proposed principles of plant geography and again, in discussing migration and the evolution of vegetation, the author becomes involved between two diametrically opposed concepts as to the relative significance of the means and the extremes of environmental factors in con- trolling the distribution of plants. According to the author, Clements maintains that the means are more significant that the extremes, whereas Mason (your re- viewer ) maintains that “in any given region the extremes may be more signifi- cant than the means.” In attempting to resolve these divergent points of view, 18 TORREYA the author finds himself in the awkward position of, on the one hand, agreeing with Mason and not refuting Clements, and on the other hand agreeing with Clements and not refuting Mason. The extreme is the maximum or minimum of an environmental factor beyond which functioning ceases. The mean is an abstraction pure and simple and cannot directly enter any equation of stimulus and response in the physiology of the plant. Under no circumstances is it an environmental factor. The author maintains that Clements’ view is to be used “with a long time point of view and with whole associations being considered,” while Mason’s view is useful when individual organisms in the margin of their range are being considered. He points to the migration of the redwood forest through time as being under the influence of the migration of the mean. He ad- mits, however, that this migration is initiated as a function of the extremes act- ing upon individuals. The species of the flora moved forward with permission of a change in position of the extremes and are eliminated behind under com- pulsion of a shift in position of the extremes. It must be pointed out that an association owes its existence to the complete or partial coincidence of the toler- ance ranges of each of the component species. Hence there is no reason to assume that the behavior of an association of species will be controlled by other factors than those controlling the individuals making up the association. The author further states that the mean “characterizes associations.”’ This is danger- ously close to saying that the mean may serve as an indicator of the association. The mean of enrivonmental factors is often capable of being expressed in very definite figures, but no one has as yet discovered how these figures can be ap- plied directly with significance to the organism. Its significance is solely as a tool of statistical computation. The problem of extremes in their action on plants is not a statistical problem. Another point raised by the author concerns the complex problems of the interaction of factors. He points to the environment as being “holocoenotic,”’ meaning that the factors of the environment act collectively and simultaneously. This having been stated, he proceeds to say, “It is erroneous, then, to speak of a single factor as being limiting, quite definitely, the environment is holo- coenotic.”’ I will grant that the interaction of factors complicates enormously our analysis of their operation, but I challenge the conclusion that single factors may not be limiting. The farmer in our western states goes to great expense to - build an irrigation system. He knows by experience that water is a limiting factor to the plants he is growing. To be sure, water enters into many of the reactions that go on within the plant and is an agent of transport of a complex series of substances which in themselves may at times be limiting, but it 1s in these very functions that water may be limiting. This does not imply that water works alone nor that the processes are simple nor that any one factor is more important than any other. The fact remains that water, depending on REVIEWS 19 its availability, may at times be limiting to the successful functioning of the plant. ' Carrying the idea of holocoenotic environments further, the author brings in the concept of “compensation” of factors. Here it is presumed that through the interaction of factors an adverse condition of one factor is compensated for by readjustments in the responses to other factors to meet the deficit. One naturally is curious as to how the factor can make its deficit felt to the extent of initiating compensation if a single factor cannot be limiting. In view of the genetic problems so ably discussed by the author, it would seem that the ex- amples: of extra-limital distribution used to illustrate compensation cannot be explained on the basis of compensation of factors. It would be necessary to es- tablish beyond a reasonable doubt that the persistence through reproductive activity of any species or group of species in any given habitat is ever extra- limital. It would be more logical to seek an explanation in terms of ecotypes of one sort or another. Considerable space is devoted to the discussion of recent work in the field of paleobotany and various methods of research are presented. Much of this paleobotanical work has not as yet been sufficiently subjected to scientific scru- tiny to be properly evaluated. The author, however, does an excellent job of presenting the material. The chief difficulty is that too few minds have met over the problems involved so that in many cases the ideas expressed in the papers reviewed can scarcely be regarded as mature. In a sense the methods of the paleobotanist tend to make this difficult because the field worker, in col- lecting a flora, is the only one who sees the record unfold. He alone is present to evaluate the significance of the position of the material in the record. Too often he alone decides what to keep and what to discard. What he keeps often depends upon such factors as transportation and storage facilities. Any further discussion or elaboration of this flora by later workers has imposed upon it the limitations in judgment of the field collector. The preoccupation of many paleontologists with key fossils also has imposed a disastrous handicap on the values of these floras and faunas for geographic and ecologic interpreta- tion. In the discussion of endemism, it seems to your reviewer that the author begins with a false assumption, namely, that endemics are either youthful spe- cies or relics. What about all of those endemics in the prime of their species life that may occupy completely, all of their very specialized potential area? What about this vast array of edaphic species,—an aspect of the problem that to your reviewer seems to be of far greater significance to the general subject of endemism than is the problem of youth and old age? Is it a result of youth or old age that so many Eastern United States endemics are associated with the same ecological factors that cause pine barrens? Is it a consequence of species age that so many Californian endemics are associated with ferro-mag- 20 DORR RET aN nesium rocks ? Does age explain why the spectacularly endemic Cupressus ma- crocarpa of the granitic headlands of Carmel Bay stops abruptly at the contact between the Montara granite and the Monterey shale? The fact that the great majority, if not all, of the oceanic islands rich in endemics are made up either of volcanics or are rich in highly mineralized metamorphics is no chance relation- ship explainable solely on the bases of age and isolation. I do not wish unduly to minimize the role of youth and old age in endemism, but I am suspicious that their role may be much less significant than the literature would lead one to suppose. If this relationship between endemics and local habitat is as real as it appears, then such problems may well be explained from the genetic point of view. The logical approach is first to attempt to explain the occurrence of en- demics in situ in terms of the local habitat and of such genetic phenomena as are so superbly treated in parts four and five of this book. Should this fail, then the gods of theory and logic might be invoked. I doubt if anything is gained by a definition of endemism that limits the term to distributional patterns of one area. So many of the phenomena of dis- continuous distribution are so intimately linked with the causes of endemism that they are inseparable in many of their aspects. After the able presentation by the author of the various aspects of what, in the past, has been termed the “science of area” and newly christened “areogra- phy,” I think that we are justified in abandoning many of the ideas expressed in the papers reviewed by the author in this field. They are too irrelevant and on too precarious a scientific foundation. It is a subject in which generalizations are probably futile. This is especially true of many concepts of area and of dispersal and dispersal mechanisms. Distribution is intimately linked with or- ganic processes subject to orderly physiological and physical law. History is the record of the sequence of very definite events in any given area. The vagaries of mass interpretations of area are too great for their safe application to the interaction of these rather complicated phenomena with the events of history. In reading the discussion of “Evolution and Plant Geography” one cannot escape the feeling that the facts of the nature of species transcend immeasur- ably the importance of defining species. It would appear that the more one knows about speciation and species behavior the less significant is a definition that could include all types of species. The problems of speciation in the various parts of the plant kingdom are too diverse to permit of such a definition. In this part of the book, as well as in the part dealing with polyploidy, the facts of gene- tics and polyploidy are so ably treated that it seems almost presumptuous to cri- ticize. Yet the science of plant geography would have been better served had the author summarized frequently in terms of methods of application and values to the plant geographer. For the moment, at least, the plant geographer seems to have been forgotten. To illustrate my point, in the general subject poly- ploidy, even under the heading “Geographic aspects of polyploidy,’’ nowhere IGINSILID) GRINS (Old Ansa) (CILIUNe 21 does the author say in so many words that the function of polyploidy in plant geography 1s to provide one of the methods of elaborating the genus and the species over the available habitats. The geneticist would know that the author understood this role, but I doubt if the plant geographer not steeped in genetics would get the point. : In closing, one fact stands out in bold relief. In view of the significance of the 1922 paper of Turesson on the “Genotypical response of the plant spe- cies to the habitat” as a beacon light pointing to a common ground of under- standing for the taxonomist, the geneticist and the plant geographer, and hence to the new taxonomy and the new plant geography, it is nothing short of amaz- ing that this paper is not discussed in the text nor included in the excellent bibliography. Regardless of possible differences in point of view, every plant geographer can hail this work as a notable and masterly achievement. It is that type of monument that a man builds to his career that will be enhanced by criticism rather than destroyed by it. The reception this book is bound to receive will serve to congratulate the author far beyond mere words. DEPARTMENT OF BoraNy, UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA HERBERT L. MASON BERKELEY, CALIFORNIA IUEIOID) WIRES Ole INsUs, CILANS May 19-21, 1944. BRANCHVILLE. The annual Branchville Nature Confer- ence was held at the Haltere Hotel on Culvers Lake jointly with the Newark Museum Nature Club and the Summit Nature Club. The Conference was arranged by Mr. Wallace M. Husk as host and leader of a hike to Stokes Forest. Other leaders included Mr. Herbert Dole, Mr. David Fables, Prof. Julius Johnson, Miss Heyer and Mr. Harold Todd. This year’s bird list re- corded 86 species, two of them questionable. A plant list of 14 ferns, 4 fern allies, and 135 flowering plants (77 in flower at the time) excluding trees was compiled. Through the generosity of the Summit Club these lists have been mimeographed. A copy is filed with the field committee. At least 25 applications tor the Conference had te be refused for lack of available accommodations. The committee must consider moving to a larger hotel or continuing to limit attend- ance to the accommodations available. We invite suggestions. Attendance 74. May 21. BrooKLyN Botanic GARDEN. “A beautiful day and the Garden was at its best. We saw plants of horticultural interest as Magnolia and Azalea and some of botanical interest as Eucommia and Sinowilsoma.’ Leader, Charles Doney. Attendance 5. May 27. Mipvate, N. J. This was the season’s first quest of fungi, and several species were reported by the leader, F. R. Lewis. Attendance 4. 22 Te OPRIRSEAVSA May 27. AupUBoON NATURE CENTER AND FAIRCHILD CONNECTICUT GAR- DEN, GREENWICH, Conn. This trip was ideal for nature study purposes since there is a great deal of accessible material concentrated in these areas. Lists of 41 birds and many attractive plants, native and introduced, were turned in to the field committee. Leaders, Henrietta Dotson and associates from the pre- serves. Attendance 13. May 30. WoopLanbs, WESTCHESTER County, N. Y. “A multitude of very friendly inch worms came out to greet the Torrey group as it proceeded from Woodlands, up Ferncliff Road to the Bridle Path along the Sprain Ridge Brook, and across fields and woods to Ardsley. The group was composed of fifteen old, new, and prospective members and their friends, all of whom evi- denced commendable interest in nature study, and did not particularly mind the somewhat inordinate interest in human nature displayed by the inch worms—‘‘those obnoxious little green crawlers, who wiggle their way into everything but your affections.” Some completely defoliated elms, oaks, linden, hickory and apple trees testified as to the taste and gastronomic prowess of the caterpillars, whose appetites now seemed to menace our clothing. Not that the natural food resources were altogether exhausted. The towering tulip trees, the spreading beeches, the various birches, maples, honey locust, sassafra, wil- lows, poplars and mulberries had somehow escaped the ravages of the insect plague, and graced the landscape with the green splendor of their rich foliage. Because of a late spring, dinorpha fruticosa—the chief attraction of the trip— was not yet in bloom, though covered with promising buds. After a short stop at Ardsley for refreshments, some took the return train to New York, while others pushed on to Dobbs Ferry to visit Mr. F. C. Shipley’s garden, which at this season generally looks like a huge bouquet of roses. Unfortunately these were not yet in bloom. In lieu of the lacking radiance of the roses, a blazing sunset on the Hudson provided a colorful ending to the ramblings across beautiful and historic Westchester County.” Leaders, Alexandra Kalmykow and James Murphy. Attendance 15. JUNE 3. Far Rockaway. Here we were guests of the Department of Natu- ral History of the Brooklyn Institute. Animal and plant life in a variety of habitats and showing a great degree of adaptation was pointed out. A thor- oughly annotated list of a large number of species was prepared. Leader, Grace Petersen. Attendance 51. June 4. ToHicKon CREEK, Bucxs Co., Pa. The “highlights were Salix longifolia, Prunus depressa, Polygonum Muhlenbergu along the river shore; an exceptionally robust specimen of Arisaema Dracontium near the mouth of the Tohickon; 19 species of Carex all except one or two checked by Bayard Long and deposited in the herbarium of the Academy of Natural Sciences of IIEILID) WINES Oe IWIs0s (CILIVIE 23 Philadelphia; Cheilanthes lanosa, Camptosorus rhizophyllus, Woodsia obtusa and Cystopteris fragilis all in close proximity along the rocks at Stover Park; observing of 9 of the 13 genera of the Urticaceae including the rather rare Parietaria pennsylvanica; finding of Scutellaria nervosa;’ and Ranunculus micranthus, Corydalis flavula, Festuca octoflora, etc., on the cliff that drops a sheer 200-300 feet to the bed of the Tohickon. Leader, Louis Hand. Attend- ance 7. June 10. Mr. VeRNon, N. Y. The trip was rained out. Leader, Mrs. Mary Holtzoff. June 11. Anpover, N. J. Lichens, fungi, ferns, and higher plants were studied, and several limestone outcroppings were examined. Leader, G. G. Nearing. Attendance 4. June 17-18. Forkep River, N. J. Our week-end afforded us examples of all the typical pine barrens habitats except “the plains.’ Saturday afternoon was devoted to aquatics of the shallow pond and plants of the adjacent cedar swamp. In addition a considerable number of weeds were observed with comment about introduction, persistence, etc. Sunday was devoted to bogs and the dry upland. All of the more famous of the pine barrens species in flower at the time were observed. A list of 2 Bryophytes, 11 Pteridophytes and 244 Phanerogams was turned in to the field committee. Leader, H. K. Svenson. Attendance 14. June 24. MonTeriore Hospirat, N. Y. City. “The place is interesting and my new flat (apartment) had some further attractions.” Leader, Michael Levine. Attendance 8. June 25. Berwin, N. J., offered a large station of Rhododendron maximum in full bloom in the interior of a woods with large specimens of Betula lutea, reminiscent of mountain tops some hundred miles northward. The actuality of the coastal plain was brought out by the not remote occurrence of /tea virginica and sour gum supporting mistletoe. A list of 13 Pteridophytes and 262 Phanerogams was prepared. Leader, Louis Hand. Attendance 3. Jury 1. Warp’s Pornt, STATEN ISLAND. Some 15-20 years ago a develop- ment was initiated here in what up to that time had been wilderness. The devel- opment failed and the revegetation has brought in new species. “The following seem worth recording : Tradescantia virginiana L. is now common here and has spread all over Tottenville in vacant lots and along roadsides. Euphorbia Cy- parissias L. is well established in fields near the Point, Tragopogon pratensis L. in waste ground near an abandoned house. A scarcely expected find was a colony of Allioma nyctaginea Michx., native of the middle west and recorded as a rare adventive in eastern states, apparently well established here. A sizable patch 24 Dy ORR Ne of ground in a wet spot off Hylan Boulevard was covered with Mentha citrata Ehrh. which seemed to be thriving. The prize find of the trip however was a couple plants of Polanisia trachysperma T. & G., another western plant. Nor- man Taylor’s Flora of the Vicinity of New York mentions it only in a footnote as having been found as a waif in Connecticut.” Gray’s Manual concurs. Leader, Charles Ericson. Attendance 14. Jury 2. NEpERA Park, YONKERS, N. Y., provided nice weather, nice peo- ple, and a nice place for a walk including nature study in a general way, but particularly the plants. Leader, Eleanor Friend. Attendance 9. Jury 9. Tuxepo, N. Y. Torrey trips contribute various things. This time an eminent botanist was present, anxious to secure Botrychium material for his research. We are pleased to report that he was most enthusiastic about what was found. Botrychium simplex var. tenebrosum is believed to be un- reported previously from this part of the state. Leader, G. G. Nearing. Attend- ancerliZ: Jury 15. West Orance, N. J. Mr. Dole’s fern garden was in fine condition due to the daily watering and care. A number of new species had been added and, though a few had disappeared from the list of a year ago, there were 88 species, varieties, and fern allies to be seen. Leader, \W. Herbert Dole. Attend- ance 21. Jury 15. Laxe Iosta, HasKett, N. J. Thirty-one varieties of fungi, in- cluding the leader’s first discovery of Amanita pantherina, were reported. There was also a good showing of Russulas and of Boleti, the announced ob- jective. Leader, F. R. Lewis. Attendance 2. Jury 16. Van CorTLANpDT Park, Bronx, N. Y. A walk to observe native and introduced plants under park conditions. Leader, Joseph Monachino. At- tendance 10. Jury 23. Arpen, N. Y. A re-examination of a portion of the Appalachian Trail in this vicinity was made. The earlier survey appears to have been thor- ough, since no new species were reported. Leaders, G. G. Nearing and James Murphy. Attendance 10. Jury 30. Soura Mountain REsERvATION, Essex County, N.-J. Plants of the trap rock exposures, slopes, and valleys were observed between South Orange and Millburn. A fair number of fungi were seen by those interested. Leader, William Rissanen. Attendance 15. Aucust 5. HasKE Lt, N. J. The object was to continue the search for Boleti in this vicinity, but the protracted dry spell reduced the report to “everything JSINSILID) AIRIUES; Oe IBIS, (CHLAUNE bo on now dried up, but did find a group of four Laccaria amethystina.” Leader, F. R. Lewis. Attendance 2. Temperature 95 in the shade. AvuGust 6. SOUTHFIELDS, N. Y. This trip was announced for April 16, but rained out. It was hot and dry enough on this date! Nevertheless, 82 lichens species were reported, including Cladonia multiformis, which the leader had found only once before in the region of New York City. Leader, G. G. Nearing. Attendance 4. Aucust 12. THE NEw York BoTtanicaL GARDEN. The leader, B. O. Dodge, and the one known participant failed to connect. Attendance might have been 2. Avucust 13. TuxEpo-SLoaTtspurG, N. Y. The walk to Daters Mt. Lost Cabin was cut in half because of the heat. The fungi were reduced to nil be- cause of the drought, except for a colony of Clitocybe illudens found on a log near the end of the trip. Botrychium simplex and B. lanceolatum were unusual discoveries. Leader, F. R. Lewis. Attendance 4. Aucust 20. SLoatsBurG, N. Y. The Stony Brook Trail was worked again for lichens and fungi. Leader, G. G. Nearing. Attendance 13. Aucust 27. SCHUNEMUNK Mr., N. Y. No official report received. Rumor is, four well-satisfied participants. Leader, Alexander V. Tolstoouhov. SEPTEMBER 3. HASKELL, N. J. Lichens and early fall flowering plants were observed in this region, but the report mentions no fungi. Leader, G. G. Near- ing. Attendance 4. SEPTEMBER 10. HopewELt, N. J. The scheduled leader failed to appear, but good botanists were at hand, and so an interesting trip was reported neverthe- less. The protracted drought had reduced the profusion of vegetation, as was to be expected. Attendance 9. SEPTEMBER 17. RICHMOND VALLEY, STATEN ISLAND. Because of illness, Mr. W. T. Davis arranged for a substitute leader on this trip to study hybrid oaks. A considerable variety of oaks dominates this woodland, including a num- ber of hybrids, some with parentage appearing to be blackjack and willow oak, others with one parent or both not obvious. The autumn season was apparent by the coarse flowering plants making up the conspicuous part of the roadside and field flora. Those reported as worthy of mention include: Solidago odora Ait., Eupatorium hyssopifolium L., and Tanacetum vulgare L. Plants re- minding one of the pine barrens included the shrubby willow, Salix tristis Ait., and Strophostyles helvola (L.) Britton. There was a conspicuous roadside display of Ipomea pandurata (L.) Meyer with large, white, funnel-shaped corollas. Leader, Charles Ericson. Attendance 12. 26 TORREYA SEPTEMBER 17. ENGLEWoop Cutrrs, N. J. The drought continued and our trip for fungi brought in a report that “the woods were practically bare of fungi with the exception of Mycena galericulata and Stropharia semiglobata which are always present.” Leader, E. D. Hallock. SEPTEMBER 23, RICHMOND, STATEN IsLANnD. The most impressive part of this trip was the hurricane damage of September 14, destroying trees, ob- structing trails, and flooding some areas. All of the woody species promised were found with the exception of Broussonetia papyrifera. The decreasing stand of Evonymus was noted. Leader, Grace Petersen. Attendance 9. SEPTEMBER 24. PINE BARRENS, N. J. The autumn excursion included the following places: Pleasant Mills, where Pickering’s morning glory was a plant of particular interest, and where sand gentians and blazing star, together with typical pine barrens species of aster and goldenrod were also conspicuous. At Herman a walk near the mouth of Bull Creek turned up a nice stand of Eupa- torium resinosum and further species of goldenrod and aster. Along the shore of Mullica River, Smilax Walteri, S. laurifolia, Ilex verticillata, I. laevigata, and Viburnum nudum were found. At Batsto Pond Eriocaulon Parkeri, Isoetes Braunu, Lycopus sessilifolius and Spiranthes cernua were conspicuous. At Pleasant Mills a delightful bit of savannah was found which “‘gives one that feeling of strangeness and excitement which characteristic pine barrens locale affords.” Leader, Louis Hand. Attendance 5. SEPTEMBER 24. MINEOLA, Lone IsLanp. Mr. Joseph Rispaud substituted for Mr. Robert Hagelstein in the search for slime molds. Attendance was not reported. SEPTEMBER 30. McCLEAN Woops, Bronx, N. Y., afforded a study of asters, goldenrod, autumn ferns, and wayside plants. Leader, Mrs. Mary Holt- zoff. Attendance 6. Octoper 1. R1cHMOND, STATEN IsLANpD. The old fields and salt marsh were explored. In the absence of a report it is assumed that nothing was added to the records of previous trips. Leader, Hester Rusk. OcTosBer 8. Orp Mitt Roan, Bronx, N. Y. There was a plentiful display of asters, goldenrods, and other autumn plants to be expected in this region. Rhus Vernix was reported as abundant. Leader, Farida Wiley. Attendance 15. OcToBeER 14. BARRETT PARK Zoo, STATEN ISLAND. Leader, Miss Condon. No report received. Octoser 15. BrookKtyN Botanic GARDEN. The trip included a study of — conifers, a report on the chestnut breeding work, and tea. Leader, Arthur H. Graves. Attendance 4. PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB 27 OctToBerR 15. SourHFIeLps, N. Y. A list was made of 24 mushrooms, and lichens and flowering plants were also observed. Leader, F. R. Lewis. Attend- ance 5. OcTOBER 22. PALISADES AND ALPINE, N. J. Leader, James Murphy. At- tendance 11. No detailed report. OctToBER 29. PALISADES INTERSTATE Park. Mr. Joseph Bartha kindly volunteered to guide the Raymond H. Torrey Memorial trip to Long Moun- tain. No report of the attendance. NoveMBER 5. Bound Brook To NortH PrainFieLp, N. J. This walk offered the various habitats which had been announced. No list was made, as the species found were those to be expected, except that we were disappointed not to find gentians. Leader, John A. Small. Attendance 27. PIKOCHIEIDIINGS Ole Aisle CILIUI8 MINUTES OF THE MEETING OF OCTOBER 18, 1944 The meeting was called to order at 3:30 p.m. by President Levine in the Members’ Room of The New York Botanical Garden. There were twenty- three members and guests of the Club present. The minutes of the preceding meeting were approved as read. Dr. Karling read the tentative ballot which had been prepared by the Nominating Committee for 1945. The President ap- pointed a committee consisting of Drs. Karling, Graves, and Matzke as chair- man, to draw up a memorial minute on Dr. H. M. Denslow. The scientific program consisted of an interesting presentation by Prof. J. S. Karling on “Unusual Chytridiaceous Fungi from Brazil.” After con- siderable discussion of chitin-destroying fungi, and of the evolutionary rela- tionships within the whole group of the fungi, the meeting adjourned at 4:35 p-m. to partake of the refreshments generously provided by The New York Botanical Garden. Respectfully submitted, Epwin B. Matzke CORRESPONDING SECRETARY MINUTES OF THE MEETING OF NOVEMBER 15, 1944 The meeting was called to order at 3:30 p.m. by President Levine in the Members’ Room of The New York Botanical Garden, with twenty-seven mem- bers and guests of the Club in attendance. The minutes of the preceding meet- ing were approved as read. The following memorial minute on Dr. H. M. 28 OUR ARSE NaN Denslow was read to the Club by the Corresponding Secretary. The Club voted that a copy of this minute be sent to the family of the late Dr. Denslow. Whereas: Dr. Herbert McKenzie Denslow, a charter member of the Torrey Botanical Club, President of the Club during the years 1928-1929, and Editor of its Bulletin during the year 1924, died on September 7, 1944. Be it resolved: that we, the members of the Torrey Botanical Club, express our sense of loss at his passing. His was a long and useful life, as pastor, teacher, and botanist. Born on August 20, 1852, he early became interested in systematic botany through his uncle, William Wallace Denslow (1826-1868). Both were charter members of the Torrey Botanical Club, in 1867. Although an Episcopal minister and later a professor of pastoral thology in General Theological Seminary, he always retained his enthusiasm for botanical collecting, being especially interested in the native orchids; a considerable list of published papers on this subject bears witness to his industry. Resolved further: that a copy of these resolutions be sent to the members of his imme- diate family. (Signed) Arthur H. Graves John S. Karling November 10, 1944 Edwin B. Matzke The scientific program consisted of an inspiring talk by Prof. R. H. Good- win of Connecticut College on “Some Effects of Light upon the Growth and Differentiation of the Oat Seedling.” The speaker’s abstract follows: The apical meristem of the germinating oat seedling is protected by the sheath-like coleoptile as it is pushed to the soil surface by the elongation of the first internode—that portion of the stem between the scutellar and the coleoptilar nodes. Elongation of the internode is inhibited by light. Two distinct phases in the inhibition of elongation can be distinguished. The first is characterized by high sensitivity to radiant energy and is due to the suppression of cell division. The extent to which cell division is inhibited depends directly upon the amount of radiant energy received by the plant. The second phase of the inhibition is characterized by a much lower sensitivity to radiant energy and is due to a reduction of cell elongation. A study has been made of the development of vascular elements in the internode. Annular, spiral, and pitted elements are successively differentiated, but the presence of transitional types is emphasized. The first center of development of pitted elements arises at the scutellar node and a wave of differentiation surges upward from this point through the internode. A second center occurs later at the coleoptilar node, but the last portion to show pitted elements is in the growing region just below the coleoptilar node. The rate of formation of spiral and particularly of pitted elements is greatly increased after exposures to visible light, pronounced effects being observed as early as twelve hours following weak irradiations. The close correlation between the light inhibition of elonga- tion of the internode and the formation of pitted xylary elements which are incapable of growth in length, is significant. The stimulus producing the inhibition of the internode may he received either by the tip of the seedling—the coleoptile or the true leaves contained therein, or by the internode itself. The internode exhibits a wide range of spectral sensitivity, being affected by wave lengths ranging from the ultra violet to the infra red. In the completely etiolated seediing carotinoids are abundantly present in the true leaves, but in other portions of the plant pigments are present only in small amounts. True chlorophyll is apparently absent. But PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB 29 Frank (unpublished) has demonstrated the presence of a pigment with an absorption spectrum somewhat similar to chlorophyll, which is responsible for chlorophyll formation. It is not impossible that this pigment may also be involved in the inhibition of the inter- node, since it absorbs strongly in the red, a property not shared with the carotinoids. After considerable discussion of Dr. Goodwin's interesting presentation, the meeting was adjourned at 4:35 p.m., but continued informally, with enjoy- ment of the refreshments generously provided by The New York Botanical Garden. Respectfully submitted, Epwin B. MatzKe CORRESPONDING SECRETARY MINUTES OF THE MEETING OF DECEMBER 5, 1944 The meeting was called to order at 8:15 p.m. by President Levine in Room 710 of Schermerhorn Extension, Columbia University. Forty-nine members and guests were present. The minutes of the preceding meeting were approved as read. The scientific program of the meeting was presented by Prof. John W. Shive. Professor Shive gave a most interesting talk on “The Iron Manganese Relation in Plants,” illustrating it with lantern slides. After considerable discussion of the paper, the meeting was adjourned at 9:20 p.m. Respectfully submitted, Honor M. HoLiincHurst RECORDING SECRETARY MINUTES OF THE MEETING OF DECEMBER 20, 1944 The meeting of the Torrey Botanical Club at The New York Botanical Garden was called to order at 3:30 p.m. by President Levine, with twenty-five members and guests in attendance. The minutes of the preceding meeting were accepted as read. The President appointed a committee consisting of Drs. Karling and Matzke to count the ballots for the election of officers for 1945. An auditing committee consisting of Professor Trelease, Chairman, Mr. Mon- tagne, and Dr. Seaver was appointed by Dr. Levine to audit the books for the year 1944. The scientific program consisted of an interesting talk by Prof. Ray F. Dawson of Princeton University on “Some Aspects of Alkaloid Production in Cinchona.” The speaker’s abstract follows: A population of Philippine Cinchona “Ledgeriana” was found to be of hybrid origin. Plants bearing the morphological characteristics to be expected of haploids, diploids, tetraploids, and octoploids have been obtained from this population. Of these, the “tetra- ploid” is the most vigorous in growth. : 30 TORR 18, NC IN Physiological experiments have shown that at least a substantial fraction of the total alkaloid output in the plant is localized in the root system. Increasing the supply of nitro- gen to the root system may result in increases in the relative alkaloid content even though growth be no longer affected. A discussion of Professor Dawson’s paper was continued informally after the meeting adjourned at 4:40 p.m. while members enjoyed the refreshments. generously provided by the ladies of The New York Botanical Garden. Respectfully submitted, Epwin B. MatzKe CORRESPONDING SECRETARY MINUTES OF THE ANNUAL MEETING, JANUARY 9, 1945 The annual dinner meeting was held at the Men’s Faculty Club, Columbia University. Eighty-seven members and guests were present. The meeting was. called to order at 8:20 p.m. by President Levine. The minutes of the preceding meeting were approved as read. Annual reports were read by the Correspond- ing Secretary and the Treasurer. The names of the following newly elected officers of the Club were read by the Corresponding Secretary : President : Fred J. Seaver First Vice-President : John A. Small Second Vice-President : A. E. Hitchcock Corresponding Secretary : Jennie L. S. Simpson Recording Secretary : Frances E. Wynne Treasurer : E. H. Fulling Editor : Harold W. Rickett Bibliographer : Lazella Schwarten Business Manager : Anne M. Hanson Members of the Council: John M. Arthur Edwin B. Matzke Ralph M. Cheney Sam F. Trelease Delegate to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences: Bernard O. Dodge Representative on the Board of Managers of The New York Botanical Garden: Henry A. Gleason ; Representatives on the Council of the American Association for the Advancement of Science : Albert F. Blakeslee P. W. Zimmerman Dr. Levine introduced Dr. Seaver, the new President, who spoke a few words of greeting to the Club. The scientific program of the evening was presented by Mr. P. J. McKenna who gave a very interesting talk on “The Relation of Botany to Horticulture.” Mr. McKenna concluded with motion pictures in color of trees, shrubs, and herbaceous plants. PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB 31 The meeting was adjourned at 9:30 p.m. Respectfully submitted, Honor M. HoLiincHurst RECORDING SECRETARY MINUTES OF THE MEETING OF JANUARY 17, 1945 After tea, served by the faculty of the Biology Department of Fordham University in Larkin Hall, the meeting of the Torrey Botanical Club was called to order at 4:05 p.m. by President Seaver, with thirty-three members and guests present. The minutes of the preceding meeting were accepted as read. Dr. Seaver reported two vacancies on the Council caused by the election of members of the Council to other offices. Dr. Fulling nominated Drs. George S. Avery and P. W. Zimmerman to fill these vacancies. The motion was sec- onded and accepted by the Club. The scientific program consisted of an interesting paper by Dr. Eleanor R. Witkus, entitled “Cytology of Tapetal Cells in Spimacia.” The speaker’s ab- stract follows: Some of the divisions occurring in the tapetal cells of spinach are similar to those described by previous workers in other plants. There is, however, one type of division which is new to tapetal cell literature. This new type is called endomitosis. This process was first discovered by Geitler (1939) in insect material. During this type of division there is a reproduction of chromosomes, but no spindle is formed, and there is no true anaphase movement of the chromosomes. Throughout the whole process the nuclear membrane re- mains intact. The resulting nucleus has twice the number of chromosomes that were present in the original nucleus. Geitler divided endomitosis into four stages: endoprophase, en- dometaphase, endoanaphase, and endotelophase. Endoprophase is similar to the prophase of normal mitosis. The chromosomes contract until a maximum degree of condensation is reached. The condition of maximum contraction is referred to as endometaphase. There is no spindle and the chromosomes do not congress upon an equatorial plate. After attain- ing their maximum contraction the spindled attachment regions of the chromosomes divide and the chromosomes separate slightly. This stage is called endoanaphase, but there is no true anaphase movement of the chromosomes. After the spindle attachment regions divide the chromosomes begin their reversion to the resting stage. This reversion is called en- dotelophase. In spinach the tapetal cells undergo two divisions during the meiotic process. Both these divisions take place during the -zygotene synizesis stage. The first division may be one of three types. Normal mitosis may take place, but no cell plate is formed and a binucleate tetraploid cell results. In the second type, the cell may undergo an abnormal mitosis due to the presence of sticky chromosomal bridges. As a result a uninucleate tetraploid cell is formed with a dumb-bell shaped nucleus. Or the cell may undergo a third type of division, endomitosis, forming a tetraploid uninucleate cell. The resulting cells may remain in the resting condition or may undergo a. second division. The second division is in all cases endomitotic and like the first takes place during zygotene synizesis. The cell resulting from this second division is an octoploid cell, either binucleate, or uninucleate in which case the nucleus is dumb-bell shaped. 32 DO RARE: These endomitotic cycles, like those described by Geitler, consist of endoprophase, endometaphase, endoanaphase, and endotelophase. Throughout the whole process the nuclear membrane remains intact, there is no spindle and consequently no anaphase separation or polar movement of the chromosomes. It seems probable that endomitosis may not be peculiar to the tapetal cells of Spinacia, but may have a wider application and may explain many of the cytological phenoména occurring in the tapetal cells of other plants, which up to now have been rather obscure. The meeting was adjourned at 4:45 p.m. in order that the members might carry on an informal discussion and look at the excellent demonstrations pre- pared. Respectfully submitted, Frances E. WynnNE RECORDING SECRETARY NEWS NOTES The following item came just too late to be included in the December num- ber : The California Academy of Sciences has just issued the Alice Eastwood Semi-Centennial Publications in its Fourth Series of Proceedings, honoring the 85 year-old botanist’s fifty year term as a member of the Academy staff where she is active head of the botany department. Of interest to botanists and flower lovers, the 14 pamphlets include such titles as: ‘““A Revision of the Genus Fuchsia,” by Philip A. Munz, professor of botany at Pomona College ; “Relations of the Temperate Flora of North and South America,” by Prof. Douglas Campbell; “Water and Plant Anatomy,” by emeritus Prof. George Pierce of Stanford. The series of publications is available to the public at the California Academy of Sciences in Golden Gate Park, San Francisco. Through an oversight, the name of Prof. H. H. Whetzel of Cornell Uni- versity was omitted from the list published in the last number of Torreya, of botanists who died last year. His death occurred on November 30, 1944. Mr. Wilham T. Davis, well known to many members of the Torrey Club for his work in entomology, and on the local flora, as a leader of numerous nature walks on Staten Island, and for his activity in the Staten Island His- torical Society, died on January 22, 1945. THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB Council for 1945 Ex officio Members Albert E. Hitchcock Jennie L. S. Simpson Frances E. Wynne Edmund H. Fulling _ Fred J. Seaver Michael Levine William J. Robbins John A. Small Elected Members 1944-1946 Lela V. Barton John S. Karling Rutherford Platt P. W. Zimmerman 1943-1945 George S. Avery Charles A. Berger Clyde Chandler Roger P. Wodehouse Committees for 1945 Program COMMITTEE Jennie L. S. Simpson, Chairman (ex officio) Charles A. Berger Harold H. Clum Arthur H. Graves Honor M. Hollinghurst FizLtp COMMITTEE John A. Small, Chairman Robert Hagelstein Louis E. Hand Fred R. Lewis James Murphy G. G. Nearing Edward J. Alexander Vernon L. Frazee Eleanor Friend Alfred Gundersen Locat Frora CoMMITTEE Phanerogams Robert L. Hulbary James Murphy William J. Robbins Edward J. Alexander H. Allan Gleason Arthur H. Graves Cryptogams Harold W. Rickett Anne M. Hanson Bernard O. Dodge 1945-1947 John M. Arthur Ralph M. Cheney Edwin B. Matzke Sam F, Trelease William J. Robbins George H. Shull A. B. Stout P. W. Zimmerman Rutherford Platt Daniel Smiley, Jr. Henry K. Swenson Farida A. Wiley Hester M. Rusk Ora B. Smith P. W. Zimmerman Ferns and Fern Allies: R. C. Benedict, W. Herbert Dole, N. E. Pfciffer Mosses: E. B. Bartram, Frances E. Wynne Liverworts: A. W. Evans, E. B. Matzke Freshwater Alyae: H. C. Bold, J. J. Metzner Fungi: A. H. Graves, J. S. Karling, Fred R. Lewis Lichens: G. G. Nearing Myxomycetes: Robert Hagelstein. PUBLICATIONS EXCHANGE COMMITTEE : Jennie L. S. Simpson, Amy L. Hepburn Chairman (ex officio) * ENDOWMENT COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP COMMITTEE Michael Levine, Chairman Lela V. Barton Harold H. Clum Page J. Karling Harold W. Rickett Roger P. Wodehouse Clarence Lewis, Chairman J. Ashton Allis Caroline C. Haynes _ Henry de la Montagne Sam F. Trelease es a eed Barbara Hoskins EENTERTAINMENT COMMITTEE John S. Karling, Chai«man R. H. Cheney Mrs. B. O. Dodge Mrs. L. Hervey J. J. Metzner Mrs. W. J. Robbins Mrs. Fred J. Seaver OTHER PUBLICATIONS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB (1) BULLETIN A journal devoted to general botany, established in 1870 and pub- lished bi-monthly at present. Vol. 71, published in 1944, contained 680 pages and 3 plates. Price $6.00 per annum. For Europe, $6.25. In addition to papers giving the results of research, each issue con- tains the INDEX TO AMERICAN BoTANICAL LITERATURE—a very compre- hensive bibliography of current publications in American botany. Many workers find this an extremely valuable feature of the BULLETIN. Of former volumes, 24-71 can be supplied separately at $6.00 each; : certain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire stock of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets. Single copies ($1.00) will be furnished only when not breaking complete volumes. (2) MEMOIRS Tue Memoirs, established 1889, are published at irregular intervals. Volumes 1-19 are now completed. Volume 17, containing Proceedings of the Semi-Centennial Anniversary of the Club, 490 pages, was issued in 1918, price $5.00. Volume 19, no. 1, 92 pages, 1937, price $1.50. Volume 19, no. 2, 177 pages, 1938, price $2.00. Volume 19, no. 3, 76 pages, 1940, price $1.25. Volume 19, no. 4, 57 pages, 1941, price $1.00. Volume 19 complete, price $5.00. Volume 20, no. 1, 172 pages, 1943, price $2.00. (3) INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE Reprinted monthly on cards, and furnished to subscribers at three cents a card. Correspondence relating to the above publications should be ad- dressed to Miss ANNE M. Hanson Department of Botany Columbia University New-York 27). Nerve a a eee Volume 45 June 1945 Number 2 a TORREYA EDITED FOR THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB BY HAROLD H. CLUM John Torrey, 1796-1873 CONTENTS | hcsT erence ESP a Reade a eR cre emi er ETC Joun A. SMALL 33 A Leafy Form of Hypericum gentianoides.......essesssenensmnninnnsnnsninnsnnnsns H. K. Svenson 36 A List of Fleshy Fungi of Fishers Island, N. Yen: Cwartes C. Hanmer 38 A Contribution to our Knowledge of the Wild and Cultivated Flora of Massachusetts........cmncnmmunnnnnnmineiannninnntnrinanunmnaannnnneenen Harotp N. MoLpDENKE 41 Book Reviews PUNE Ayre Lge ty eh Messe acre ats crassa it rsartrancecbpecrectaciesonsnttarattarapinbrnarsose Atma L. MoLpEeNKE 53 The eee Prainles ora. Utne eae Wannabe cet Raa oR Hucu M. Raup 53 aretil eleripis ots thre Witt biceccns cont icticonssisaiisisidenthctesiresetserleaayaatcecaahanintecasaisvaneoaqiennesseeciyparestitierec eee 56 emer Ol tHe Clb oy ce etc assel te arte ten sontunanunietests ane 57 PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB By tue Free Press Printinc Company 187 CoLLEcE STREET, BURLINGTON, VERMONT Entered as second class matter at the post office at Burlington, Vermont, October 14, 1939, under the Act of March 3, 1879 G THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB OFFICERS FOR 1945 5 President: Frep J. SEAVER Ist Vice-President: JoHN A. SMALL Recording Secretary: FRANCES E. WYNNE 2nd Vice-President: A. E. HircHcock Treasurer: E. H. FuLiine Corresponding Secretary: JENNIE L. S. Editor: Harotp W. RICKETT SrmPson Associate Editors: Irvine W. BatLey ADRIANCE S. FOSTER Epwarp W. BERRY Henry A. GLEASON Srantey A. CAIn ARTHUR H. GRAVES M. A. CHRYSLER Joun W. SHIVE Harotp H. CLum R. P. WobdEHOUSE MicHAEL LEVINE Business Manager: ANNE M. Hanson Bibliographer: Mrs. LAzELLA SCHWARTEN Historian: JoHN S. KARLING Delegate to the Council, N. Y. Academy of Sciences: Bernarp O. DopcE Representatives on the Council of the American Association for the Advancement of Science: ALBERT F. BLAKESLEE P. W. ZIMMERMAN Representative on the Board of Managers of The N. Y. Botanical Garden: Henry A. GLEASON MEMBERSHIP IN THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB All persons interested in botany are invited to join the Club. There are four classes of membership: Annual, at $5.00 a year; Associate, at $2.00 a year; Sustaining, at $15.00 a year; and Life, at $100.00. The privileges of all except Associate members are to attend all meetings of the Club, to take part in its business, and to receive all current publications, except the Memoirs which are sold to members at cost. Associate members have the privilege of attending all meetings and field trips. They also receive the Schedule of Field Trips and the Bulletin of the New York Academy of Sciences. Applications for membership should be addressed to the Treasurer. TORREYA ToRREYA was established in 1901 as a monthly publication of the Torrey Botanical Club for shorter papers and interesting notes on the local flora range of the Club. It also contains the proceedings of the Club, reports of field trips, and some book reviews and news notes. The current volume will be issued in four numbers. The editor invites contributions for future numbers of Torreya. These should be typed with double spacing on one side of standard paper. Illustrations should be mounted on stiff cardboard, with the desired reductions plainly indicated, and so designed as to fill the full width of the page (454 inches) and any portion of the height (7% inches). Legends as illustrations should be typed and included with the manuscript (not affixed to the gures). The subscription price of TorREYA in the United States and Canada is $1.00 a year, for subscribers elsewhere, 25c extra; single copies, 40c. Of the annual membership dues of the Torrey Botanical Club, $0.50 is for a year’s subscription to Torreya. Claims for missing numbers should be made within sixty days from the date of mailing. Subscriptions and requests for back numbers should be addressed to the Business Manager, Miss Anne M. Hanson, Department of Botany, Columbia University, New Vor aN oe Manuscripts for publication, books for review, reports of field trips, and news items should be addressed to: Harotp H. CLum Hunter CoLiece, 695 Park AVENUE New York 21, N. Y. TORREYA Vow. 45 June 1945 No. 2 Island Beach* JoHn A. SMaLu Some comments may be of interest to readers in view of the Resolution about Island Beach appearing in this issue. Located in Ocean County, New Jersey, within the so-called Torrey Range, Island Beach is a sand bar nine miles long. It is less than half a mile across except for two places where its width approaches three quarters of a mile. It is separated two and one half to four and one half miles from the mainland by Barnegat Bay. At the present time it is not an island but a peninsula joining the mainland at Point Pleasant, several miles to the north. The part of the peninsula. above Island Beach has been developed to varying degrees as summer resort areas, the adjacent one being Seaside Park. Barnegat inlet forms the southern boundary. One very old map shows an inlet just north of Island Beach. This has been closed certainly well over a century. Politically, Island Beach is a borough, though almost unpopulated. Orig- inally it was a part of three townships, though always as a small, disconnected remnant across the bay. This made fire protection and policing almost non- existent. Vandalism and the fire hazard discouraged owners and retarded real estate development. When the Barnegat Bay and Beach Company ac- quired almost exclusive ownership some years ago they petitioned the Legis- lature to make it a borough for its own protection. This was done. The area has since been held as a real estate investment. The only means of access, other than boat, is from Seaside Park via a service road which extended half the length of the Borough until completed by the army as a defense measure. With the successful development of a state park program, the develop- ment of such a park at the seashore was an obvious suggestion. The Division of Forests and Parks of the State Department of Conservation and Develop- ment was interested. A recommendation for such use of the land was made later by the State Planning Board. In the spring of 1940 legislation was introduced to disincorporate the Borough and return the land to the three townships. Faced with the pos- sibility of having its property without adequate protection, the Barnegat Bay and Beach Company advertised that should the legislation be enacted the * See the resolution, adopted by the Club, March 21, 1945, on p. 60, and letters in reply, pp. 62, 63. Torreya for June (Vol. 45, 33-64) was issued June 29, 1945. 33 34 TORREYA area would be laid out in “trailer lots” and placed on the market. The legis- lation was not enacted but the eyes of people with diverse interests in Island Beach had been opened to the possibilities, and the possibilities were not pleasant. Regaining a clear title to the area after its subdivision and sale to thousands of small owners would be neither easy nor cheap. In November of 1940 a meeting was called by Governor Moore. Repre- sentatives of State departments, local governments, civic groups, societies, and individuals were invited to discuss the possible future of the area. A member of the National Park Service gave general information on the estab- lishment and administration of reservations under their jurisdiction. Many possibilities were presented. It was decided to appoint a committee to approach members of the legislature for their views and for information on the prob- ability of purchase and development of the area by the State. The group was reassembled on August 30, 1941 and the committee reported that responsible members of the legislature saw no prospects of the State being able to finance a proposition of this size. There was general agreement among the many groups represented that the greatest hope of saving this area from com- mercialization lay in getting it under the administration of the National Park Service. Came the war. This exposed and almost uninhabited area was immediately placed under constant surveillance. It has remained under army control and more or less closed to civilians. In 1942 when the army’s projection of the roadway to the end of the bar was decided upon, the Chief of Engineers was advised of the unique and important natural history embodied in the area. During the past two years there has been a considerable reorganization of the state government in New Jersey. In the course of this a Department of Economic Development has been set up. One of its acts has been a survey of projects of public works that might be undertaken should it become de- sirable for the State to supplement business and industry in the maintenance of employment levels. Among the recommendations to the Governor was that of acquiring Island Beach for development as a state park and public play- ground. One of our members, Dr. George H. Shull, addressed an open letter to the Governor opposing this recommendation in view of the importance of maintaining the status quo in this last example of such an area. There has been some exchange of ideas on the philosophy of public beach and play- ground to be used by a great many as compared with the preservation of a natural area to be used by relatively few. No one has objected to the acquisi- tion and development of some equally or more desirable site for public use but there is no other area suitable for preservation as a natural seashore area in New Jersey, and quite possibly none the equal of Island Beach north of Cape Hatteras. SMALL: ISLAND BEACH 35 Dr. Shull, the writer, and others have been taking advanced classes to Island Beach for study over a period of years. Many other interested groups have been conducted over the area. The Torrey Botanical Club selected this and the pine barrens for its 75th Anniversary foray as the two most unique and important areas within its range. If we should preserve representative pieces of natural vegetation as museum pieces for posterity, here is what Island Beach has to offer: 1, Beach vegetation for nine miles on the open ocean and an equal distance on the bay ; 2, Dune vegetation in all stages of its dynamics ; 3, Dune thickets ; 4, Dune hollows; 5, Fresh marsh; 6, Salt marsh; 7, Acres of Hudsonia heath; 8, Coastal plain forest ; 9, Southern white cedar swamp ; and 10, Bog. The last three of these plant communities are of particular interest in their resemblance, on a miniature scale, to the similar communities constitut- ing the well known pine barrens of inland southern New Jersey. May it be that we are seeing here the floristics that once occurred on that area? In view of the turbulent history of Island Beach, its present unified owner- ship, and the relatively moderate disturbance that has thus far occurred, it seems unlikely that there will be a more opportune and desirable time of transferring it to the status of a natural history preserve, if it is deemed worthy of preservation. The National Park Service remains interested and seems the most desirable administrative agency. The initiative must be taken by the State, an enabling act must be passed by the Congress, and, perhaps most difficult of all, the land must be purchased. New JERSEY CoLLEGE FoR WOMEN Rutcers UNIVERSITY New Brunswick, NEw JERSEY Vor. 45 TORREYA June 1945 A Leafy Form of Hypericum gentianoides H. K. SvVENSON One of the most abundant plants in sterile rocky or sandy places from Maine to Texas, is the little branched annual known as “orange grass” or “pine weed.”’ The leaves are reduced to minute scales usually only 1 mm. long, though occasionally on elongate shoots they may reach 2 or 3 mm. It was, accordingly, a great surprise to find among the hundreds of plants which grew on the sandy borders of the Merrick Reservoir (Nassau County, Long Island) a single plant with well-developed leafy shoots, illustrated in the accompany- ing photograph. The flowering stalks of the little plant are only 5 cm. high, about the same size as the leafy shoots which radiated out on the sand to form a rosette. The lanceolate spiny-tipped leaves are mostly 4-5 mm. long, appressed to the stem, and considerably broader than in Hypericum Drummondu of the Mississippi Valley, which is sometimes united with Hypericum gentianoides to form the genus Sarothra. This was an old genus established by Linnaeus, with the help of his student Chenon, when the affinities of the plant were obscure and Hypericum gentianoides was supposed to be a member of the gentian family. It does resemble Bartonia, and by Plukenet and other early writers it had been considered as a kind of “Centaurium,” a name later taken up by Per- soon for Bartonia. Clayton noted that the plant was called “ground pine” in Virginia, but that name is now commonly applied to species of Lycopodium. Mr. Weatherby had the kindness to look at the specimen which is illustrated here and he also pronounced it to be Hypericum gentianoides. 1 have known the “orange grass” since I was a small child, but have never seen any other specimen of a leafy plant. The specimen (Svenson no. 11,655, Sept. 15, 1941) is at the Brooklyn Botanic Garden. BRooKLYN Boranic GARDEN BROOKLYN, NEW YORK 36 SVENSON: HYPERICUM GENTIANOIDES HYPERICUM GENTIANOIDES (Photographed by the Brooklyn Botanic Garden) 37 Vor. 45 TORREYA June 1945 A List of Fleshy Fungi of Fishers Island, N. Y. CHARLES C. HANMER The fungi listed below were collected by the writer about forty years ago, and in 1929 the entire collection was presented to the Brooklyn Botanic Gar- den, Brooklyn, N. Y. Nearly all of the species listed were critically named by several mycologists, many by the late Prof. Charles H. Peck, Prof. George F. Atkinson, Prof. E. A. Burt, Charles Mcllvain, Charles G. Lloyd, and several others _ During the past two years the writer has been over the old localities, where there was fine collecting years ago, but Fishers Island has changed in many respects. The wooded areas, known as ““The Brick Yard Woods,” where most of the plants common to such a habitat were collected, were later used as a sheep pasture. This completely ruined the place for collecting purposes. Then came the hurricane of 1938, completing the devastation, so that it will be gen- erations before any such wealth of fungus growth will be found there again. The open fields still have fair amounts of the species which usually are found there. Agaricus campestris and many of the Gasteromycetes are still common. My collection of the genus Russula is very incomplete, but aside from that genus, I believe the collection to be fairly representative of the Fishers Island fleshy fungi. ASCOMYCETES GEOGLOSSUM FARLOWI Cke. Aug. 3, 1902, 187; Sept. 7, 1902, 589; Sept. 6, 1903, 1550. GEOGLOSSUM HIRSUTUM Pers. Aug. 24, 1902, 425. GEOGLOSSUM PECKIANUM Cke. July 13, 1903, 1348. DALDINIA CONCENTRICA (Bolt.) Ces. & De Not. Aug. 3, 1902, 199, 200-202 ; Aug. 24, 1902, 423, 424. BASIDIOMYCETES TREMELLACEAE TREMELLA INTUMESCENS Eng. Bot. June 22, 1903, 1303. TREMELLADENDRON CANDIDUM (Schw.) Atk. Aug. 3, 1902, 192-194. TREMELLADENDRON MERISMATOIDES (Schw.) Burt (Clavaria merismatoides Schw.) Aug. 15, 1903, 1478; Sept. 2, 1905, 2100. THELEPHORACEAE THELEPHORA MULTIPARTITA Schw. Aug. 3, 1902, 198; Aug. 2, 1903, 1420; Sept. 10, 1905, 2117. THELEPHORA PALMATA Fr. Aug. 3, 1902, 196. 38 HANMER: FLESHY FUNGI 39 CLAVARIACEAE CLAVARIA CINEREA Bull. Aug. 3, 1902, 197; Aug. 15, 1903, 1476, 1477. CLAVARIA CORRALOIDES Linn. June 22, 1903, 1307, 1308. CLAVARIA FUSIFORMIS Sow. Aug. 3, 1902, 190, 191; Aug. 24, 1902, 426; Aug. 15, 1903, 1464. HYDNACEAE HyDNUM CONCRESCENS Pers. Aug. 27, 1905, 2094. HyYDNUM SCROBICULATUM Fr. Aug. 3, 1902, 133; Aug. 27, 1905, 2095. Hypnum zonatum Batsch. Aug. 15, 1903, 1470. POLY PORACEAE BoLetus AFFINIS Pk. Aug. 3, 1902, 145, 149, 150, 164. BOLETUS AFFINIS var. MACULOSUS Pk. Aug. 3, 1902, 146, 148. BoLeTUS CASTANEUS Bull. Aug. 3, 1902, 142, 143, 163. BOLETUS FELLEUS Bull. Aug. 2, 1902, 132; Aug. 2, 1903, 1318. BoLetus Frostit Russell Aug. 3, 1902, 135-138; Aug. 2, 1903, 1428, 1429. BoLetus Luripus Schaeff. Aug. 14, 1904, 1878, 1879. BoLetus PALLIDUS Frost Aug. 2, 1903, 1427; Aug. 14, 1910, 2532. BoOLETUS PARASITICUS Bull. on Scleroderma vulgare Pers. Aug. 17, 1902, 352, 353. Bortetus Peck Frost Aug. 3, 1902, 144. BoLeTUS PURPUREUS Fr. Aug. 14, 1904, 1875. BoLetus RusseEtxi Frost Aug. 14, 1910, 2521. BoLetus speciosus Frost Aug. 2, 1903, 1422. BOLETUS SUBGLABRIPES Pk. Aug. 14, 1910, 2522. BoLETUS SUBTOMENTOSUS Linn. Aug. 19, 1902, 362. BOLETUS VERMICULOSUS Pk. July 13, 1902, 91, 134, 139, 140; Aug. 14, 1904, 1873. BOLETUS VERICULOSUS var. SPRAGUEI Pk. Aug. 3, 1902, 141. : BoLetINuS porosus (Berk.) Pk. Aug. 2, 1903, 1423. a Potyporus BERKELEYI Fr. Aug. 2, 1903, 1425. POLYPORUS BETULINUS (Bull.) Fr. 1942. Not collected. POLYPORUS CINNABARINUS Schw. 1941. Not collected. PoLyporus ELEGANS Fr. Aug. 3, 1902, 161. PoLYPORUS SPRAGUEI B&C. Sept. 4, 1905, 2289. POLYSTICTUS PERENNIS Fr. Aug. 15, 1903, 1469. DAEDALEA CoNFRAGOSA KiotzcHi Pk. (Lenzites Klotzchi Berk.) Aug. 24, 1902, 428; Sept. 6, 1903, 1559. DAEDALEA CONFRAGOSA var. RUBESCENS Pk. (Trametes rubescens A. & S.) Aug. 3, 1902, 173, 174. CycLomMyces GRrEENI Kunz. & Fr. Aug. 24, 1902, 421. MERULIUS LACRYMANS Fr. Oct. 6, 1944. Not collected. Doing great damage to a wooden cellar floor. AGARICACEAE AGARICUS ARVENSIS var. PURPURESCENS Cke. Sept. 14, 1905, 2129. AGARICUS CAMPESTRIS var. EXANNULATUS Cke. Sept. 6, 1903, 1539. AMANITA MUSCARIA Linn. Sept. 10, 1905, 2115. AMANITA PHALLOIDES Fr. Aug. 2, 1903, 1426. AMANITOPSIS STRANGULATA (Fr.) Roze June 22, 1903, 1306. CANTHARELLUS CIBARIUS var. SIMPLEX Fr. Aug. 3, 1902, 152. CLITOCYBE ADIRONDAKENSIS Pk. Aug. 14, 1904, 1871. 40 OPC AE AA CLITOCYBE LACCATA Scop. July 13, 1902,.93; Aug. 3, 1902, 166. CLITOCYBE PRUNULUS Scop. Sept. 6, 1903, 1542. COLLYBIA ACERVATA Fr. Aug. 3, 1902, 171. COLLYBIA LACERA Lasch. Sept. 10, 1905, 2121. COLLYBIA PLATYPHYLLA Fr. Aug. 3, 1902, 167. COLLYBIA STRICTIPES Pk. Aug. 3, 1902. 168, 169, 170. CoRTINARIUS CYLINDRIPES Kauff. Aug. 3, 1902, 165. CorTINARIUS CINNAMOMEUS var. SEMISANGUINEUS Fr. Sept. 10, 1905, 2718. ENTOLOMA CUSPIDATUM Pk. Sept. 10, 1905, 2120. FLAMMULA spuMosA Fr. Aug. 14, 1904, 1872. GALERA TENERA Schaeff. Aug. 14, 1904, 1867. HyGROPHORUS CERACEUS Fr. Sept. 7, 1902, 594. HycGroPHORUS CHLOROPHANUS Fr. Sept. 10, 1905, 2122. HycropHorus conicus Fr. Sept. 6, 1903, 1543. HyGropHorus LAcTEUS Fr. Sept. 7, 1902, 592. HyGROPHORUS MARGINATUS Pk. Aug. 3, 1902, 175-178; Sept. 7, 1902, 593. HycropHorus nitipus B. & Reavy. Sept. 7, 1902, 591; June 22, 1903, 1305. HyGROPHORUS VIRGINEUS Fr. Sept. 7, 1902, 595, 599, 601. HyPHOLOMA APPENDICULATUM Bull. 1941. Not collected. LactTaRIus AQuUIFLUUS Pk. Aug. 15, 1903, 1469. LACTARIUS HELva Fr. Aug. 14, 1910, 2526. LACTARIUS INVOLUTUS Soppit Aug. 15, 1903, 1479, 1480. Lactarius Licnyorus Fr. Aug. 3, 1902, 154. LacTaRIUs LUTEOLUS Pk. Aug. 3, 1902, 186. TACTARIUS PIPERATUS Fr. Aug. 3, 1902, 155, 157, 184. LACTARIUS SERIFLUUS Fr. Aug. 3, 1902, 183. LACTARIUS TRIVIALIS Fr. Sept. 9, 1905, 2096. LACTARIUS VELLEREUS Fr. Aug. 3, 1902, 153. LACTARIUS VOLEMUS Fr. Aug. 3, 1902, 160; Aug. 2, 1903, 1424. LEPIOTA NAUCINOIDES Pk. Sept. 5, 1905, 2102. LEPIOTA PROCERA Scop. Aug. 15, 1903, 1465-1468. MARASMIUS OREADES Fr. Aug. 15, 1903, 1482. MarASMIUS SCORODONIUS Fr. Aug. 14, 1904, 1868. PANAEOLUS CAMPANULATUS Linn. June 22, 1903, 1312, 1313. RussuLa compacta Frost Aug. 14, 1910, 2525. RUSSULA VIRESCENS Fr. Sept. 10, 1905, 2/17. ScHIZOPHYLLUM COMMUNE Fr. June 22, 1903, 1309. VOLVARIA BOMBYCINA Schaeff Aug. 22, 1916, 2705. GASTEROMYCETES Bovista PLUMBEA Pers. Sept. 6, 1903, 1552. CALVATIA LILICINA Berk. Sept. 10, 1905, 2124. GEASTER HYGROMETRICUS Pers. Aug. 24, 1902, 422. LYCOPERDON CRUCIATUM Rostk. Sept. 6, 1903, 1553-1555; Sept. 10, 1905, 2105; Aug. 7, 1910, 2514. LYcoPERDON UMBRINUM Pers. Sept. 10, 1905, 2104. SCLERODERMA GEASTER Fr. Sept. 7, 1902, 606, 607; Sept. 6, 1903, 1557, 1558; Sept. 6, 1904, 1866. SCLERODERMA VULGARE Pers. Aug. 17, 1902, 352. East Hartrrorp, CONNECTICUT Vor. 45 DORR E Ye JuNeE 1945 A Contribution to our Knowledge of the Wild and Cultivated Flora of Massachusetts—I é Harotp N. MoLpENKE The present paper comprises an annotated list of 223 collections of Massa- chusetts plants, representing 192 species and subspecific entities in 155 genera and 72 botanical families. It is one of a series by the same author on the flora of each of the states of the United States, with the primary purpose in view of recording county records for each species for the use of future compilers of state Floras giving the distribution of each species in the state by counties. The sequence of families followed is that of the author’s preliminary classifica- tion of the Plant Kingdom, based on the systems of Engler & Diels and of J. Hutchinson.’ It is a pleasure to acknowledge the generous and valuable assistance ren- dered the author by the following renowned specialists, who have examined material of the groups noted after their names: Mr. E. J. Alexander (Jm- patiens), Dr. C. H. K. Blom (Stachys), Dr. Wendell H. Camp (Vaccinium), Dr. Henry A. Gleason (Echinochloa), Dr. Francis W. Pennell (Verbascum), Dr. John H. Pierce (Sagittaria), and Dr. Henry K. Svenson (Carex). Each collection cited on the following pages which was examined by one of these specialists has the name of the specialist following the number in the list. The first set of specimens herein cited is deposited in the Britton Her- barium at The New York Botanical Garden: other sets are in the herbaria of the University of Pennsylvania, University of Illinois, Missouri Botanical Garden, Duke University, Carthage College, Cornell University, Naturhistor- iska Riksmuseum in Stockholm, Royal Betanic Gardens in Kew, Botanisches Museum in Berlin, Botaniska Tradgard in Goteborg, Conservatoire Botanique in Geneva, Jardin Botanique de l’Etat in Brussels, British Museum (Natural History ) in London, the herbaria at Krakow and Vyskov, and elsewhere. The collection numbers, for citation purposes, are all H. N. Moldenke collection and citation numbers, although some of the material was actually collected by other collectors and turned over to the author of this paper for identification and distribution. These other collectors, with the numbers of their collections and the dates when they collected in Massachusetts, are as follows: Miss Ellys T. Butler, 1934 (8246) ; Mr. Stanley Conyes, 1942 (13313) ; Miss Alma L. Ericson, 1932, 1938, 1939, 1941, 1942 (10750, 11690—11708, 11776—11779, 1 MoLpENKE, H. N., A contribution to our knowledge of the wild and cultivated flora of Ohio—I. Castanea 9: 1—80. 1944: A contribution to our knowledge of the wild and cultivated flora of Florida—I. American Midland Naturalist 32: 529-590. 1945. 2 Movpenke, H. N., A preliminary classification of the plant kingdom to families, pp. 1-37. New York Botanical Garden, February 11, 1944. 4) 42 TO RIRE Ne 13892—13893, 13897—i3902, 16879—16897, 16599, 16950—16991); Dr. Charles E. Moldenke & Mrs. Sophia M. Moldenke, 1931 (1619) ;? and Mrs. S. S. Vanderbilt, 1938, 1940, 1941 (10751, 11367, 11507—11508, 11518, 11866—11870). Whenever the identification given here or the nomenclature here employed differs from that on the labels of the material when distributed, this fact is noted so that herbarium curators may make the necessary corrections, if they so desire. Where it differs from that of the author’s previously published classi- fied list of collections,* this fact is also noted on the following pages. USTILAGINACEAE UstiLaco ZEAE (Beckmann) Unger—Berkshire Co.: on Zea mays in garden, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 11864. OPHIOGLOSSACEAE OSMUNDOPTERIS VIRGINIANA (L.) Small—Berkshire Co.: in dense woods, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 11702, 16951. POLY PODIACEAE ADIANTUM PEDATUM L.—Berkshire Co.: in dense woods, Northrop Camp, Mount Wash- ington, 16956. ANCHISTEA VIRGINICA (L.) Presl—Berkshire Co.: in marshy ground, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 16960. ASPLENIUM TRICHOMANES L.—Franklin Co.: in rock crevices of cliff, Mount Toby, near Sunderland, 9652. DRYOPTERIS INTERMEDIA (Muhl.) A. Gray—Berkshire Co.: in dense woods, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 16952. DRYOPTERIS MARGINALIS (L.) A. Gray—Berkshire Co.: in dense woods, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 16955. LORINSERIA AREOLATA (L.) Presl—Berkshire Co.: in marshy ground, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 16959. PTERIDIUM LATIUSCULUM (Desv.) Hieron—Berkshire Co.: forming large colonies in dense woodlands, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 16894, 16957. OSMUNDACEAE OSMUNDA CINNAMOMEA L.—Frauklin Co.: in meadows, Deerfield, 9632. OSMUNDA CINNAMOMEA var. FRONDOSA A. Gray—Franklin Co.: among typical form in meadows, Deerfield, 9636. OSMUNDA CLAYTONIANA L.—Berkshire Co.: in moist soil in dense woods, Northrop, Camp, Mount Washington, 16953. 3 Dictionary of American Biography 13: 79. 1931; Science, new ser., 81: 191. 1935; National Cyclopaedia of American Biography 24: 54-55. 1935; Encyclopedia of American Biography 4: 292-294. 1935; White’s Conspectus of American Biography, ed. 2, 307. 1937; Who Was Who in America 1: 853. 1942. 4 MotpenxKE, H. N., An annotated and classified list of H. N. Moldenke collection num- bers from no. 1 to no. 11,277, inclusive, pp. 1-135. New York Botanical Garden, December 6, 1939. MOLDENKE: MASSACHUSETTS FLORA 43 LYCOPODIACEAE Lycoropium cLravatum L.—Berkshire Ce.: in dense woods, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 16954. LYCOPpoDIUM FLABELLIFORME (Fernald) Blanchard—Berkshire Co.: in dense woods, North- rop Camp, Mount Washington, 16958. LyYCOPODIUM OBSCURUM var. DENDROIDEUM (Michx.) D. C. Eaton—Berkshire Co.: in dark woods, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 11698. TAXACEAE TAXUS CANADENSIS Marsh.—Berkshire Co.: in woodlands, Northrop Camp, Mount Wash- ington, 16891. RANUNCULACEAE ANEMONE CANADENSIS L.—Berkshire Co.: wild or naturalized in grassy meadow near old dwelling, Mount Washington, 11638. ANEMONE CYLINDRICA A. Gray—Berkshire Co.: in woods along margins of wood roads, Mount Washington, 11637. ANEMONELLA THALICTROIDES (L.) Spach—Berkshire Co.: in woods, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 16972. Franklin Co.: in dark woods on mountain slope, Mount Toby, near Sunderland, 9656, cited on page 34 of the Classified List as Syndesmon thalictroides (L.) Hoffmgg. and so distributed. CLEMATIS VIRGINIANA L.—Berkshire Co.: along fencerows, roadsides, and thickets, Mount Washington, 11701. RANUNCULUs Acris L.—Franklin Co.: in meadows, Deerfield, 9635. THALICTRUM pIOoIcUM L.—Berkshire Co.: on woodland banks and in woods, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 16950, 16974. Franklin Co.: in woods on slope of moun- tain, Mount Toby, near Sunderland, 9640, 9641. THALICTRUM POLYGAMUM Muhl.—Berkshire Co.: in wet meadows, Mount Washington, 11632. PODOPHYLLACEAE VANCOUVERIA HEXANDRA (Hook.) Morr. & Decaisne—Franklin Co.: naturalized in deep woods, Greenfield, 11367. BRASSICACEAE ARABIS LAEVIGATA (Muhl.) Poir—Berkshire Co.: in dense woods, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 16975. ARABIS PYCNOCARPA Hopkins—Franklin Co.: at edge of embankment, Mount Toby, near Sunderland, 9644. BRASSICA KABER (P. DC.) Wheeler—Berkshire Co.: weed in cornfields, South Egremont, 11739. CAPSELLA BURSA-PASTORIS (L.) Medic.—Berkshire Co.: in waste ground, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 16981. CARDAMINE PRATENSIS var. PALUSTRIS Wimm. & Grab.—Berkshire Co.: in meadows, Lenox, 11537. RApHANUs sativus L.—Berkshire Co.: in outdoor cultivation and escaped near gardens, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 11839. SISYMBRIUM OFFICINALE var. LEIOCARPUM P. DC.—Berkshire Co.: in waste and cultivated ground, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 1/666. distributed as Erysinuin ofhicinale var. leiocarpum (P. DC.) Farwell. 44 TORREYA VIOQLACEAE VIOLA AFFINIS Le Conte 11870. VioLa BLANDA Willd.—Franklin Co.: in dark woods on mountain slope, Mount Toby, near Sunderland, 9643. VIOLA CONSPERSA Reichenb.—Franklin Co.: in dark woods on mountain slope, Mount Toby, near Sunderland, 9642. VIOLA PAPILIONACEA Pursh—Berkslire Co.: in meadows, Northrop Camp, Mount Wash- ington, 16983. VIOLA PEDATA var. LINEARILOBA P. DC.—Hampshire Co.: in sandy pine woods, Easthamp- ton, 9658. Franklin Co.: in woods, Johnson Homestead, Shelburne Falls, POLYGALACEAE TRICLISPERMA PAUCIFOLIA (Willd.) Nieuwl—Franklin Co.: in dark woods on mountain slope, Mount Toby, near Sunderland, 9654. PARNASSIACEAE PARNASSIA CAROLINIANA Michx.—Berkshire Co.: in meadows and wet ditches, South Egremont, 11737; in springy ground in field, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 16881. CARYOPHYLLACEAE DIANTHUS BARBATUS L.—Berkshire Co.: escaped and naturalized in fields, Mount Wash- ington, 11650. SAPONARIA OFFICINALIS L.—Berkshire Co.: along roadsides, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 16987. SILENE CUCUBALUS Wibel—Berkshire Co.: very abundant in fields, South Egremont, 11671, distributed as S. latifolia (Mill.) Britten & Rendle. MOLLUGINACEAE MoLLuco VERTICILLATA L.—Franklin Co.: in dry sandy soil along roadsides, Northfield, 8841. ALSINACEAE ALSINE LONGIFOLIA (Muhl.) N. L. Britton—Berkshire Co.: in moist meadows, Mount Washington, 11641. PORTULACACEAE CLAYTONIA VIRGINICA L.—Berkshire Co.: in moist woods, Northrop Camp, Mount Wash- ington, 16971. POLYGON ACEAE ACETOSELLA VULGARIS Fourr.—Franklin Co.: in dry fields, Mount Toby, near Sunderland, 9639. BILDERDYKIA SCANDENS (L.) Greene—Franklin Co.: climbing over low shrubs along road- sides and fencerows, Northfield, 8838. FAGOPYRUM ESCULENTUM Gaertn.—Berkshire Co.: escaped along roadsides and fencerows, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 16989. REYNOUTRIA SACHALINENSIS (F. Schmidt) Nakai—Berkshire Co.: in outdoor cultivation and escaped, South Egremont, 11742. MOLDENKE: MASSACHUSETTS FLORA 45 CHENOPODIACEAE AMBRINA AMBROSIOIDES (L.) Spach—Berkshire Co.: in waste ground, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 16988. BETA VULGARIS var. CICLA L.—Berkshire Co.: in outdoor cultivation, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 17838. GERANIACEAE GERANIUM MACULATUM L.—Franklin Co.: in sunny meadows, Deerfield, 9634. OXALIDACEAE OXALIS MONTANA Raf.—Berkshire Co.: in dark woods, Mount Washington, 11652. BALSA MINACEAE IMPATIENS ROYLEI Walp.—Berkshire Co.: in wet meadow at base of Cliff, outskirts of Great Barrington, 11518, first record from the state, plants 5-6 feet tall, flowers pink, det. Alexander. OENOTHERACEAE (CCHAMAENERION SPICATUM (Lam.) S. F. Gray—Berkshire Co.: along wood roads, North- rop Camp, Mount Washington, 11679. OENOTHERA MURICATA L.—Berkshire Co.: along roadsides, Mount Washington, 11664. HY PERICACEAE HYPERICUM CANADENSE L.—Franklin Co.: in dry fields, Johnson Homestead, Shelburne Falls, 11569. HYPERICUM PERFORATUM [L.—-Berkshire Co.: in fields, Mount Washington, 11636. MALVACEAE MaLva NEGLECTA Wallr—Berkshire Co.: along roadsides and in waste places, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 11705. EUPHORBIACEAE ACALYPHA RHOMBOIDEA Raf.—Berkshire Co.: in hedgerows, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 16985. ACALYPHA virGINIcCA L.—Franklin Co.: in waste ground, Johnson Homestead, Shelburne Falls, 11868. GALARHOEUS CYPARISSIAS (L.) Small—Berkshire Co.: along margin of Turtle Pond, in dense colony, South Egremont, 11691. HYDRA NGEACEAE PHILADELPHUS CoRONARIUS L.—Berkshire Co.: in outdoor cultivation and persistent near old habitations, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 16879. ROSACEAE DasipHorA FRUTICOSA (L.) Rydb—Berkshire Co.: in rocky fields, Mount Washington, 11634, 11699. FILIPENDULA ULMARIA (L.) Maxim.—Berkshire Co.: escaped from cultivation, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 11674. GEUM ALEPPICUM var. stRIcTUM (Ait.) Fernald—Berkshire Co.: along margins of old wood roads, Mount Washington, 11656, distributed as G. strictum Att. 46 TORRE NA GEUM CANADENSE Jacg.—Berkshire Co.: along margins of old wood roads, Mount Wash- ington, 11657. RUBUS IDAEUS var. ACULEATISSIMUS (C. A. Mey.) Regel & Tilling—Berkshire Co.: natur- alized in thickets and hedgerows, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 11662. SIBBALDIOPSIS TRIDENTATA (Soland.) Rydb.—Berkshire Co.: on summit of Mount Wash- ington, Mt. Everett Reservation, 10750; on barren windswept rocks, Sunset Rock, Mount Washington, 11680, 13900; among rocks on windswept summit of Mount Ever- ett, 16897. ; SPIRAEA LATIFOLIA ( Ait.) Borkh.—Berkshire Co.: in fields and marshy meadows, North- rop Camp, Mount Washington, 11635, 16892. SPIRAEA TOMENTOSA L.—Berkshire Co.: in fields and meadows, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 11703, 16887. MALACEAE AMELANCHIER LAEVIS Wiegand—Berkshire Co.: in woods, Northrop Camp, Mount Wash- ington, 16966. ARONIA PRUNIFOLIA ( Marsh.) Rehd.—Franklin Co.: along roadsides, Mount Toby, near Sunderland, 9650, distributed as A. floribunda (Lindl.) Spach. AMYGDALACEAE PADUS VIRGINIANA (L.) Mill—Berkshire Co.: along fencerows, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 16963. Hampshire Co.: at margins of woodlands, Easthampton, 9660. CAESALPINIACEAE CHAMAECRISTA NICTITANS (L.) Moench—Berkshire Co.: in woodlands, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 16986. FABACEAE AMPHICARPA BRACTEATA (L.) Fernald—Franklin Co.: climbing on weeds and bushes in woods, Northfield, 8847, cited on page 62 of the Classified List as A. monoica (L.) Ell. and so distributed. BAPTISIA TINCTORIA (L.) Vent—Berkshire Co.: in woodlands, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 16899. ; ‘ LUPINUS PERENNIS L.—Hampshire Co.: in dry sandy pine woods, Easthampton, 9659. MEDICAGO LUPULINA L.—Berkshire Co.: in fields and lawns, Pittsfield, 8246. PHASEOLUS LIMENSIS var. LIMENANUS L. H. Bailey—Berkshire Co.: in outdoor cultiva- tion and escaped in waste ground, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 11831. PHASEOLUS VULGARIS var. HUMILIS Alef.—Berkshire Co.: escaped from cultivation in waste ground, South Egremont, 11743; in outdoor cultivation and escaped: in waste ground, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 11833. Soya MAX (L.) Piper—Berkshire Co.: escaped from cultivation in waste ground, South Egremont, 11744; in outdoor cultivation and escaped in waste ground, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 11837. TRIFOLIUM AGRARIUM L.—Berkshire Co.: in grassy meadows, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 16991. TRIFOLIUM PRATENSE L.—Berkshire Co.: in grassy fields, Northrop Camp, Mount Wash- ington, 16979. SALICACEAE Populus TACAMAHACCA Mill_—Berkshire Co.: by spring, Northrop Camp, Mount Wash- ington, 11642. MOLDENKE: MASSACHUSETTS FLORA 47 POPULUS VIRGINIANA Foug.—Berkshire Co.: along roadsides, Copake road, Mount Wash- ington, 11643, distributed as P. canadensis Michx. f. BETULACEAE ALNUS ALNOBETULA (Ehrh.) K. Koch—Berkshire Co.: on exposed rocks, Lookout Point, Mount Washington, 11663. ALNUS INCANA (L.) Moench—Berkshire Co.: in alder swamps, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 11667. BETULA LENTA L.—Berkshire Co.: in woods, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 16965. CORYLACEAE CoryLus cornutA Marsh.—Berkshire Co. : in thickets, at borders of fields, and along wood- land trails, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 11661, 16896. FAGACEAE CASTANEA DENTATA (Marsh.) Borkh.—Berkshire Co.: in woodlands, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 16884. FaGus GRANDIFOLIA Ehrh.—Berkshire Co.: in woods, Northrop Camp, Mount Washing- ton, 16964. QUERCUS ILICIFOLIA Wang.—Franklin Co.: on mountainslope, Mount Toby, near Sunder- land, 9647. ULMACEAE ULMus AMERICANA L.—Berkshire Co.: in woodlands, Northrop Camp, Mount Washing- ton, 16885. RHAMNACEAE CEANOTHUS AMERICANUS L.—Berkshire Co.: at margins of woods, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 16882. ACERACEAE” ACER SPICATUM Lam.—Franklin Co.: in woods on mountainslope, Mount Toby, near Sun- derland, 9648. SACCHARODENDRON SACCHARUM (Marsh.) Moldenke—Berkshire Co.: in woodlands, North- rop Camp, Mount Washington, 16893. ANACARDIACEAE RHUS TYPHINA Torner—Berkshire Co.: in thickets bordering fields, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 16962. CORNACEAE CCHAMAEPERICLYMENUM CANADENSE (L.) Aschers. & Graebn.—Berkshire Co.: in woods, Mount Washington, 11693. AM MIACEAE ANGELICA ATROPURPUREA L.—Berkshire Co.: in. swamps, Mount Washington, 11646. Cicuta MACULATA L.—Berkshire Co.: in swamps and along streams, Mount Washington, 11647. LEVISTICUM OFFICINALE W. Koch—Berkshire Co.: in outdoor cultivation and persistent, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 11645. = The specimen of Accr pseudoplaianus L., 9468, cited on page 74 of the Classified List as from Massachusetts, was actually collected in Norway. 48 TORREYA PASTINACA SATIVA var. SYLVESTRIS P. DC.—Berkshire Co.: abundant along roadsides, South Egremont, 11676. PETROSELINUM CRISPUM var. cRISPUM ( Mill.) Airy-Shaw—Berkshire Co.: in outdoor cul- tivation, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 11836. PYROLACEAE ORTHILIA SECUNDA (L.) House—Berkshire Co.: in dark woods, Mount Washington, 11649, inaccurately distributed as “Orthilla secunda.”’ PyroLa ELLIPTICA Nutt.—Berkshire Co.: in dense dark woodlands, Mount ,Washington, 11648, 13898. ERICACEAE ARSENOCOCCUS LIGUSTRINUS (L.) Small—Berkshire Co.: along margins of wood roads, Mount Washington, 11651. AZALEA PRINOPHYLLA Small—Franklin Co.: in woods on slope of Mount Toby, near Sun- derland, 9645. CHAMAEDAPHNE CALYCULATA (L.) Moench—Essex Co.: in woods along roadside, New- buryport, 1619. EPIGAEA REPENS L.—Berkshire Co.: in woodlands, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 16961. GAULTHERIA PROCUMBENS L.—Berkshire Co.: in dense woodlands, Mount Washington, 13899. VACCINIACEAE CyANOococcUS VACILLANS (Kalm) Rydb.—Franklin Co.: along roadsides, Mount Toby, near Sunderland, 9651, det. by Camp as Vaccinium vacillans Soland. and so distributed, cited on page 79 of the Classified List as “C. vacillans (Soland.) Rydb.” MONOTROPACEAE MonotropA UNIFLORA L.—Berkshire Co.: in dense woodlands, Mount Washington, 11629, 13897. OLEACEAE FRAXINUS AMERICANA L.—Berkshire Co.: in woodlands, Northrop Camp, Mount Wash- ington, 16883. APOCY NACEAE APOCYNUM ANDROSAEMIFOLIUM L.—Berkshire Co.: along margins of old wood roads, Mount Washington, 11640. ASCLEPIADACEAE ASCLEPIAS EXALTATA (L.) Muhl—Berkshire Co.: along margins of old wood roads, Mount Washington, 11654, 11707. ASCLEPIAS INCARNATA L.—Berkshire Co.: in swamps, South Egremont, 11675; at margin of Turtle Pond, near South Egremont, 11692; in moist meadows, Mount Washington, 13902. ASCLEPIAS SYRIACA L.—Berkshire Co.: along woodland roads and fencerows, . Mount Washington, 11706. RUBIACEAE GALIUM TINCTORIUM L.—Berkshire Co.: in alder swamps, Northrop Camp, Mount Wash- ington, 11668. MOLDENKE: MASSACHUSETTS FLORA 49 CAPRIFOLIACEAE DiERVILLA LONICERA Mill—Berkshire Co.: in woods, Mount Washington, 11627. Lonicera pioica L.—Berkshire Co.: in woods, Mount Washington, 11628. Franklin Co.: in woods in slope of Mount Toby, near Sunderland, 9646. VIBURNUM LANTANOIDES Michx.—Berkshire Co.: in woods, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 16888. VIBURNUM TRILOBUM Marsh.—Berkshire Co.: at edge of woods and by spring in clearing, Mount Washington, 11653. CICHORIACEAE HIERACIUM AURANTIACUM L.—Berkshire Co.: in grassy fields, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 11776, 16982. HIERACIUM PRATENSE Tausch—Berkshire Co.: in grassy fields, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 11777. LACTUCA SATIVA var. cRISPA L.—Berkshire Co.: persistent or escaped from cultivation near garden, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 11840. TRAGOPOGON PRATENSIS L.—Berkshire Co.: at edge of fields, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 11660. AM BROSIACEAE AMBROSIA ELATIOR L.—Berkshire Co.: in waste ground and along roadsides, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 16970. CARDUACEAE ASTER LAEVIS L.—Franklin Co.: in grassy fields, Northfield, 8842. ASTER RAMOsISSIMUS Mill—Berkshire Co.: in grassy fields, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 16984. CENTAUREA CYANUS L.—Berkshire Co.: in outdoor cultivation and escaped from cultiva- tion, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 11834. CENTAUREA MACULOSA Lam.—Berkshire Co.: abundant in fields, South Egremont, 11694; in dry abandoned fields, Mount Washington, 13313, 13901. Coreopsis TINCTORIA Nutt.—Berkshire Co.: in outdoor cultivation and escaped in waste ground, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 13592. CosMos BIPINNATUS Cav.—Berkshire Co.: in outdoor cultivation and escaped in waste ground, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 11835, 13893. ERIGERON PULCHELLUS Michx.—Franklin Co.: in fields and along roadsides, Deerfield, 9629. : : EupatorRIUM PERFOLIATUM L.—Berkshire Co.: in marshy ground by spring, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 16586. IONACTIS LINARIIFOLIUS (L.) Greene—Franklin Co.: in dry soil of pine and oak woods, Northfield, 8839. MatTRICARIA SUAVEOLENS (Pursh) Buch—Berkshire Co.: abundant weed in barnyards, Mount Washington, 11665. SENECIO PAUPERCULUS var. BALSAMITAE (Muhl.) Fernald—Franklin Co.: at spring by cliffs, Mount Toby, near Sunderland, 9655, distributed as S. balsamitae Muhl. SoLtipaco ALTIsstIMA L.—Franklin Co.: along ditches, Northfield, 8845. Sormpaco BrcoLor L_—Berkshire Co.: in dense woods, Northrop Camp, Mount Washing- ton, 16977. Sottipaco JUNCEA Ait.—Berkshire Co.: in grassy fields, Northrop Camp, Mount Wash- ington, 16980. 50 TORREYA SoLmaGO NEMORALIS Ait.—Franklin Co.: in dry fields, Northfield, 8843. SoLmpAGO SEROTINA Ait.—Franklin Co.: in marshy soil along brooks, Northfield, 8844. ZINNIA HAAGEANA Regel—Berkshire Co.: in outdoor cultivation and escaped in waste ground, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 11832. GENTIANACEAE ANTHOPOGON PROCERUS (Holm) Rydb.—Franklin Co.: in meadows, Johnson Homestead, Shelburne Falls, 11866. DASYSTEPHANA ANDREWSII (Griseb.) Small—Berkshire Co.: in moist fields and near springs, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 11779, 16978. PRIM ULACEAE LYSIMACHIA QUADRIFOLIA L.—Berkshire Co.: in woodlands, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 16895. LYSIMACHIA TERRESTRIS (L.) B.S.P—Berkshire Co.: in swamps, South Egremont, 11674. STEIRONEMA CILIATUM (L.) Raf—Berkshire Co.: along old wood roads, Mount Wash- ington, 11655. CAM PANULACEAE CAMPANULA ROTUNDIFOLIA L.—Berkshire Co.: in grassy fields, Mount Washington, 11631. LOBELIACEAE LoBELIA SPICATA Lam.—Berkshire Co.: in fields, Mount Washington, 11639. SCROPHULARIACEAE CHELONE GLABRA L.—Berkshire Co.: along brooks, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 11778. GERARDIA PAUPERCULA (A. Gray) N. L. Britton—Franklin Co.: in meadows, Johnson Homestead, Shelburne Falls, 11867, distributed as Agalinis paupercula (A. Gray) Brit- ton. MELAMPYRUM LINEARE var. LATIFOLIUM (Muhl.) Beauverd—Berkshire Co.: in woods, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 11659. PEDICULARIS CANADENSIS L.—Berkshire Co.: in fields, Mount Washington, 11700. PENSTEMON LAEVIGATUS Soland.—Berkshire Co.: in fields, South Egremont, 11678. VERBASCUM PHLOMOIWDES L.—Franklin Co.: abundant near dairy farm along banks of the Deerfield River, Shelburne Falls, 10751, verif. Pennell, 11272, verif. Pennell. VERONICASTRUM VIRGINICUM (L.) Farwell—Berkshire Co.: in meadows, Mount Wash- ington, 11690. VERBENACEAE VERBENA HASTATA L.—Berkshire Co.: along roadsides, South Egremont, 11673. Franklin Co.: along roadsides, Northfield, 8846. VERBENA HASTATA f. ALBIFLORA Moldenke®'—Berkshire Co.: in pastures, South Egremont, 11741. VERBENA URTICIFOLIA L.—Berkshire Co.: along roadsides, South Egremont, 11740. 6 This interesting albino form was first recorded from the area by Dr. William A. Weber in his manuscript list of the flora of Northrop Camp and vicinity, but was not given a formal name there. It is known also from Wyoming Co., New York. MOLDENKE: MASSACHUSETTS FLORA 51 LAMIACEAE LEoNuRUS CARDIACA L.—Berkshire Co.: along fencerows, Northrop Camp, Mount Wash- ington, 16967. Monarpa pipyMA L.—Berkshire Co.: in fields and along roadsides, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 16889. ORIGANUM VULGARE L.—Franklin Co.: in grassy fields, Greenfield, 17507. PRUNELLA VULGARIS var. LANCEOLATA (Bart.) Fernald—Berkshire Co.: at margins of woods, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 16890. STACHYS PALUSTRIS L.—Berkshire Co.: along roadside hedges, South Egremont, 11670, det. Blom, distributed as Teucrimm occidentale A. Gray. ALISMACEAE SAGITTARIA LATIFOLIA f. d. J. G. Sm.—Berkshire Co.: at edge of lake, South Egremont, 11738, det. Pierce. ERIOCAULACEAE ERIOCAULON SEPTANGULARE With—BSerkshire Co.: in pond, Guilder Pond, Mount Ever- ett, 11708. MELANTHIACEAE VERATRUM VIRIDE Ait.—Franklin Co.: in meadows, Deerfield, 9633. LILIACEAE LILIUM CANADENSE L.—Berkshire Co.: in meadows, South Egremont, 11672. Lizium pHILADELPHICUM L.—Berkshire Co.: in woods along margins of wood roads, Mount Washington, 11633. CONVALLARIACEAE CLINTONIA BOREALIS (Ait.) Raf—Berkshire Co.: in dense woods, Mount Washington, 11630, 11695. SMILACINA RACEMOSA (L.) Desf.—Berkshire Co.: in woodlands, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 16969. UvuLaRIA PERFOLIATA L.—Berkshire Co.: in woods, Mount Washington, 11658. TRILLIACEAE TRILLIUM ERECTUM L.—Berkshire Co.: in woods, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 16973. ARACEAE OrontiuM aguaticum L.—Berkshire Co.: in quiet water of pond, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 16968. IRIDACEAE IRIS VERSICOLOR L.—Franklin Co.: in wet marshy meadows, Deerfield, 9638. DIOSCOREACEAE > DI0SCOREA PANICULATA Michx.—Berkshire Co.: climbing over shrubs in thickets, North- rop Camp, Mount Washington, 16990. ORCHIDACEAE BLEPHARIGLOTTIS PSycopEs (L.) Rydb—Berkshire Co.: in marshy ground, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 16880. 52 ARORRGRS VN CORALLORRHIZA TRIFIDA Chatelain—Berkshire Co.: in dense dark woods, Mount Wash- ington, 11697. FIssIPES ACAULIS (Ait.) Small—Franklin Co.: in open woods, Mount Toby, near Sun- derland, 9649. SERAPIAS HELLEBORINE L.—Franklin Co.: in swampy ground, Greenfield, 11508. CYPERACEAE CAREX CRISTATELLA N. L. Britton—Franklin Co.: in woods by spring and rock ledges, Mount Toby, near Sunderland, 9657. CAREX PLATYPHYLLA Carey—Franklin Co.: at spring in woods by cliffs, Mount Toby, near Sunderland, 9653, det. Svenson. CAREX stRIctTA Lam.—Franklin Co.: abundant in marshy meadow, Deerfield, 9637, det. Svenson. CAREX VERSICARIA L.—Franklin Co.: abundant in meadow at edge of marsh, Deerfield, 9630, det. Svenson. Cyperus strigosus L.—Franklin Co.: in dry sandy soil along roadsides, Northfield, 8840. ELEOCHARIS CAPITATA var. BOREALIS Svenson—Franklin Co.: growing in 3 inches of water at edge of marsh, Deerfield, 9631, det. Svenson, distributed as E. capitata (L.) R. Br. ScIRPUS HETEROCHAETUS Chase—Serkshire Co.: in margin of Turtle Pond, South Egre- mont, 11704. POACEAE ANTHOXANTHUM OpORATUM L.—Berkshire Co.: in grassy fields, Northrop Camp, Mount Washington, 16976. ECHINOCHLOA PUNGENS (Poir.) Rydb.—Franklin Co.: in waste ground along roadsides, Northfield, 8848, det. Gleason, distributed as “E. crusgalli (L.) Beauv.” PANICUM CAPILLARE L.—Franklin Co.: in waste soil along ditches, Northfield, 8549. Box 240, NortH WARREN PENNSYLVANIA Vow. 45 TORREYA June 1945 BOOK REVIEWS Travelers All Travelers All, How Plants Go Places. By Irma E. Webber, 32 pp. Figures in color on each page. New York: William R. Scott, Inc. 1944. $1.25. Dr. Webber’s book is a charming survey of seed and fruit dispersal pre- sented in a manner that easily captivates the interests of youngsters and even teen age students. In it the author illustrates colorfully, accurately and attrac- tively all of the common methods of dispersal by examples of well known or wide spread plants. The text is written simply and interestingly. Although vocabulary and interest levels are planned with the elementary school child in mind, this little book could serve well, when the plants themselves are not avail- able, as illustrative material for the junior high and senior high school student especially in large cities where plants are so little known. Obvious effort was carefully exerted to avoid any botanical errors. But the most amateur zoologist or even John Doe would wince at the blue eyed, red headed, white squirrel eat- ing an acorn on page 27. “Travelers All” is a welcome addition to any home, school or public library where young people come in with eager eyes and questions. ALMA L, MOoLDENKE EvaNbER CHILDS HIGH SCHOOL New York, N. Y. A Canoe Trip in the Far North The Arctic Prairies. By Ernest Thompson Seton. xi + 308 pp. Illustrated. New York: International University Press. Republished 1943. $3.50. In the summer of 1927, while traveling along the north shore of McLeod Bay in Great Slave Lake, we came upon the inscription “Seton 1907” blazoned on the vertical faces of the cliffs. The inscription marked Mr. Seton’s journey to the “Barren Grounds,” described and illustrated in his delightful book, “The Arctic Prairies” (Scribner’s, 1911). It is a pleasure to welcome a new printing of this volume (International University Press, 1943), and to pay tribute to its author. The book is of particular value in these days when thou- sands of people are having to adjust themselves to life in the subarctic wilder- ness. For the book is more than a mere chronology of events; it is an authentic, living account of the country and of the author’s reactions to it. By some stroke of good fortune my wife and I acquired and read “The Arctic Prairies” before ever we embarked upon our botanical journeyings in the Mackenzie country. I say good fortune because I am not sure that we 54 TORREYA should have continued beyond that first raid had it not been for the sound advice contained in Mr. Seton’s account of his experiences with weather, mos- quitoes, and transportation problems. We heartily recommend it to anyone who contemplates venturing into the Mackenzie basin wilderness in summer. In fact, it might almost be considered required reading. Seton was accompanied, in 1907, by Mr. E. A. Preble of the U. S. Biolog- ical Survey. Preble had already traveled extensively in the Mackenzie coun- try, having made long collecting journeys in 1901 and again in 1903-04. His “Biological Investigation of the Athabaska-Mackenzie Region,’ published in 1908 as No. 27 in the North American Fauna Series remains to this day an indispensable guide for anyone undertaking biological work in that region. “The Arctic Prairies” can be divided roughly into three parts. First is a description of preparations for the trip, and of the trip itself as far north as McMurray on the lower Athabaska River at the mouth of the Clearwater. Modern travelers will find but little in. this part that applies directly to what they themselves will see, for Seton followed the old route by way of Athabaska Landing. A railway now carries traffic from Edmonton to Waterways on the Clearwater River, which is the present head of navigation on the Mackenzie system. The old route was a venturesome one, for it necessitated passing a series of rapids in the Athabaska between Athabaska Landing and the mouth of the Clearwater. The second part of the story is an account of the canoe and boat journey down the Athabaska and Slave Rivers to Fort Smith; and it also tells of the author’s adventures in his hunt for woodland bison in the country west of the Slave River. This country is now a part of the Wood Buffalo Park, a vast game preserve set up for the perpetuation of the dwindling native herds of bison. Seton’s description of the country and his discussion of the bison are of great significance ; for they were done at a critical time in the history of the wild herds, when the latter had about reached their lowest ebb. Thanks to modern protection they have now increased greatly. It is in the second part of the book that the chapter on mosquitoes and flies appears (Chap. IX). This chapter is a gem, that should be read by any pro- spective northern traveler whether or not he reads any other part of the book. It is probably the best description that has ever been written of the unmitigated summer nightmare of mosquitoes and flies. Its only competitor, in my opinion, is an account put down by the ill-fated Hood, on the occasion of the first Franklin Expedition ; but this is deeply buried in the narrative of that journey, and inaccessible to most readers. It is impossible to emphasize too strongly the need for adequate preparation, on the part of travelers, against the mosquito pest. This is especially true for anyone engaged in botanical work that must be done in summer. It is not overstating the case to say that the efficiency of an expensive and otherwise carefully planned expedition can be cut to a half REVIEWS 55 or a quarter of what it should be if the plans and equipment do not provide against the mosquitoes. Approximately the last half of the book is a description of the trip through the eastern arm of Great Slave Lake and into the Lockhart River basin. It was on this part of the journey, probably on the way eastward, that Seton climbed the shore cliffs to scratch his name and the date. He did not actually carve the rock, but only scraped off the lichens that covered it. These lichens are large leaf-like affairs (of the genus Gyrophora), nearly black and very brittle when dry. When they are scraped off, the light-colored igneous rocks are exposed. They grow very slowly, so that inscriptions made by this method will be clear for a long time. We climbed up to Seton’s name, to see how much they had grown in twenty years, and found that they had scarcely more than started’ to recover the exposed rock. Traveling on the lake by canoe is not nearly so hazardous now as it was when Seton and Preble made their journey. In spite of the fact that much of the route through the East Arm is in narrow channels among the islands, there are still some open water crossings of several miles that must be made in calm weather. Seton and his party had to paddle these crossings, whereas they can now be made in much less time with outboard motors. Furthermore there are now excellent maps, not only of the complex island system of the main lake, but also of Artillery, Clinton-Colden, Aylmer, and other lakes in the Lockhart basin. Seton’s descriptions and sketches of the country and its natural history are authentic and lively. The first edition of “The Arctic Prairies” contained, in an appendix, a list of plants collected by himself and Preble. This collection, now in the National Herbarium at Ottawa, forms a material base for checking the botanical field observations noted in the book. Descriptions of villages and people are not so applicable to the modern scene ; for vast changes have occurred due to the development of mining interests and air transport. Seton’s Fort Smith is scarcely recognizable anymore, situated as it is on main air- and water- routes to the oil fields of the Mackenzie and to the mineral deposits of Great Slave and Great Bear Lakes. Local families, on the other hand, such as the Loutits and Beaulieus, of which the author writes a great deal, are still very much in evidence. Seton’s guide, Billy Loutit, when last we saw him (1939), was mate on the Hudson’s Bay Company steamer Distributor, plying between Fort Smith and Aklavik. The author devotes a chapter (XXIII), and rightly so, to the dog situation, painting a pretty unsavory picture of the way the sled dogs were treated during the summer season. Although some of this ill treat- ment can still be seen, much of it has been relieved, especially in the villages. The dogs are now mostly kept tied up and fed, commonly by someone who is hired to do the job, so that they no longer have to forage for themselves. Seton’s description of the dogs at Fort Resolution, however, was still true as late as 56 TOF RORSE aA 1927 when we camped there. They were still hunting in packs, and would tear through our camp, yapping and ravenous, in pursuit of anything that looked like food. It was never safe to leave anything edible unprotected even for a moment. The title of the book should not go unnoticed, for in itself it has served a purpose and raised a problem. Seton did much to correct the mistaken con- cept of the “Barren Grounds” as they had been described by earlier travelers. He presented abundant evidence of their richness in animal life and vegetation. At the same time he called them “prairies” and thus linked them, tentatively at least, with the great interior grasslands of the continent. Whether he did so rightly or not is still an open question, for we do not yet know the historical and developmental relationships between the northern American prairies and the grass-sedge tundra of the Arctic. The solution to this problem is probably to be found in the Mackenzie basin, for there are natural grasslands scattered far northward through the boreal forests of that region. THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM Hucu M. Raup Jamaica PLAIN, MASSACHUSETTS INUBIEID) WMS (Ole als, CILWIE Aprit 7, 1945. AMERICAN Museum oF NATURAL History. Our season opened with a study of displays in the Hall of Reptiles and Amphibians. Living pilot black snake, milk snake, raccoon, skunk, muskrat, and white rats were seen and handled by those interested. The group was told of the life habits of these animals. Leader, Mr. Robert Snedigar of the Museum Staff. Attendance 20. Aprit 14. Boyce THompson INSTITUTE FOR PLANT RESEARCH. As guests of the Institute, the group was conducted through the laboratories, green- houses, library, and photography department. Dr. Albert Hartzell of the staff spoke at some length of his entomological work. The tour ended with the showing of a wodachrome lapse time movie of the growth and opening of a number of flowers, arranged through the courtesy of Dr. P. W. Zimmerman. Leader, Miss Myrtice A. Blatchley of the Institute Staff. Attendance 6. Aprit 15. Sprinc LaKke, N. J. Forty-six bird species were recorded. “Among the waterfowl were seen Gadwall duck, Baldpate and Red-breasted Merganser. Excellent comparative views of Herring, Ring-billed, Bonaparte’s and Laughing gulls, all in breeding plumage, were obtained at short range. An Osprey’s nest was located. The mild spring had sent the waterfowl north- ward far ahead of schedule. In the afternoon, an exploratory trip for spring flowers was taken inland, in a westward direction from Spring Lake. No rarities located, but among the violets identified were: lV’. sororia, V. sagittata, PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB 57 V. fimbriatula, V. lanceolata and V’. primutlifolia.” Leader, Mr. David Fables. Attendance 12. Aprit 22. New JERSEY COLLEGE ror Women. Although the early spring made this a grand day for outdoors, our experiment with the laboratory study of a group, the lichens, was an obvious success. Carefully selected material, very able presentation, interested people, and ample equipment for individual work led all participants to call it a profitable experience. A few Chitrids and other forms were shown by Miss D. Fay. Leader, Mr. G. G. Nearing. Hostess, Miss Hettie Chute. Attendance 16. ROCIEIDIUNGS, OW WISUS, CILIVIS MINUTES OF THE MEETING OF FEBRUARY 6, 1945 The meeting was called to order by President Seaver at 8:30 p.m. in Room 710 of Schermerhorn Extension, Columbia University. Thirty-eight members and friends were present. The minutes of the preceding meeting were approved as read. The scientific program was presented by Dr. H. E. Warmke. His most in- teresting paper was entitled, “Studies on Localization of the Male Determining Gene in Melandrium.” The speaker’s abstract follows: In 2AXXY plants of Melandrium dioicum, the Y-chromosome is found to undergo frequent spontaneous breakage, and thus producing deficiencies of varying lengths. This breakage is believed related to asynapsis of the Y-chromosome, which is high in these stocks. In 2AXXY plants gametes with large Y-deficiencies are functional because such defi- ciencies are “covered” by an accompanying X-chromosome. Since the Y-chromosome in this species is known to carry the major male genes, opportunity is thus afforded for studies of number, location, and effect of specific male-determining genes. Evidence is now at hand for the presence of at least three distinct genes in the Y-chromo- some of this species important in the development of maleness: one, which suppresses femaleness, is in or near the homologous segment; one, which initiates the male structures, is near the centromere; and one, which carries male development to completion, is near the end of the differential arm. After considerable animated discussion the meeting was adjourned at 10:05 p.m. : Respectfully submitted, FRANCES E. WYNNE RECORDING SECRETARY MINUTES OF THE MEETING OF FEBRUARY 21, 1945 The meeting was called to order by President Seaver at 3:30 p.m. in Room 710 of Schermerhorn Extension, Columbia University. Twenty members and 58 DORR IA friends were present. The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and approved. Eight annual members and two associate members were unanimously elected. The transfer of three annual members to associate membership was approved. The resignations of thirteen members were accepted with regret. Dr. Seaver reported that the Auditing Committee had completed examina- tion of the books, found them correct, and turned them over to the new Treas- urer, Dr. Fulling. The scientific program of the afternoon consisted of a paper by Dr. Lawrence P. Miller, entitled “Induced Formation of Glycosides in Plants.” The speaker’s abstract follows: The addition to the nutrient medium of plants of organic chemicals which can serve as aglycons leads to the formation of B-glycosides in such plants. The ability of plants to form these B-glycosides seems to be very widespread and not correlated with the known occurrence or non-occurrence of natural B-glycosides in the species studied. Many of the species investigated were able to withstand the addition of relatively large amounts of chemical with the result that the B-glycosides formed became major constituents quantita- tively of the tissues produced. The identity of the glycosides formed was established through isolation of the pure crystalline substances and comparison with the corresponding synthetic compounds which were especially synthesized in connection with these investiga- tions. The type of B-glycoside formed depended upon the species, the particular plant organ involved and the chemical. Frequently the sugar component was not D-glucose. With solanaceous species some $-gentiobioside was always formed although gentiobiose is not known to occur normally in this family. In some instances in which the added chemical did not contain an hydroxyl group, other organic reactions had to take place within the plant prior to glycoside formation. It is suggested that studies of this nature are valuable in yielding information as to the type of organic reactions plants can carry out and as to the distribution or possible distribution of various sugars other than D-glucose in different species of plants. After considerable discussion, the meeting was adjourned at 4:45 p.m. Respectfully submitted, Frances E. WYNNE RECORDING SECRETARY MINUTES OF THE MEETING OF Marcu 6, 1945 The meeting was called to order by President Seaver at 8:25 p.m. in Room 710 of Schermerhorn Extension, Columbia University. Twenty-seven mem- bers and friends were present. The minutes of the preceding meeting were ap- proved as read. Dr. Karling explained that Sigma Xi meeting would interfere with at- tendance of Columbia members on May 1 and suggested that the meeting be postponed until a later date. It was left to the program committee to arrange this. PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB 59 The scientific program of the evening consisted of a lecture “The Pineapple Industry” by Ralph Holt Cheney. The speaker’s abstract follows: A brief monographic survey was given to the subject of the Pineapple and Man as the story of an economic plant in relation to human welfare. This golden fruit of the Guarani Indians of Brazil and Paraguay was welcomed so ardently by Europeans that the keen competition in its improvement by English and French hot-house growers during the 17th and 18th centuries, resulted not only in the development of more desirable strains of the - pineapple, but also contributed a great deal to the technique of hot-house culture in general. There now exist several commercial varieties and thirty mutations are known. Mutations in the pineapple are occurring in asexually propagated varieties. These mutations are classified as regressive, progressive, dominant, and recessive. The mutation parade in pine- apple agriculture suggests that mutations in these asexually propagated forms may cause a continuous and gradual change in the genotype so that ultimately a variety may develop genes not originally present and may lose some genes which were present. There is evidence that during asexual reproduction, there is an accumulation of recessive mutations in the germ plasm which may become evident in later sexual reproduction. Several different botanical phases of the pineapple were summarized to illustrate the application of research in pure science to this economic plant. Experimental work was cited under the following categories: 1. Fruit morphology and its relation to the economic value. 2. Fruit phytochemistry (acids, vitamins, enzymes) in relation to its dietary signifi- cance. 3. Phycomycete and Fungi Imperfecti organisms in pineapple pathology. Pineapple physiology and iron absorption by crown adventious roots. 5. Agricultural procedures including hormone stimulation of fruit formation and the commercial production (including by-products) as practised on the Hawaiian Islands of Oahu and Lanai was shown by kodachrome slides. = Discussion followed Dr. Cheney’s paper. The meeting was adjourned at 9:20 and tea was served by Columbia ladies. Respectfully submitted, Frances E. WYNNE RECORDING SECRETARY MINUTES OF THE MEETING OF Marcu 21, 1945 The meeting was called to order by President Seaver at 3:40 p.m. in the Members Room at The New York Botanical Garden. There were twenty-four members and friends present. The minutes of the preceding meeting were ap- proved as read. Fifteen annual members and four associate members were unanimously elected. The transfer of four annual members to associate mem- bership was approved. The resignations of two members were accepted with regret. Dr. Small read the following resolution: Whereas, The Torrey Botanical Club has for over 75 years encouraged the study and 60 TORREYA elucidation of the native plants and their distribution, particularly within a radius of 100 miles of New York City—the so-called Torrey Range—and Whereas, the preservation of representative samples of native vegetation is essential to the continued study and teaching of floristics, and Whereas, the area incorporated as the Borough of Island Beach represents a unique example of seashore vegetation, the only undisturbed and well developed area of this type of vegetation of any considerable size in New Jersey and the adjacent states, Be it resolved: that the Torrey Botanical Club deplores the threat to transform this area into a public State Park of the type implied in recent specific proposals of the State Department of Economic Development. And be it further resolved: that the Torrey Botanical Club urges that the Federal Government take over this area and administer it as a National Seashore through the National Park Service. Dr. Small made the following motion: I move the adoption of the above resolution, that it be spread upon the Minutes of the Club, that it be printed in Torreya, and that copies of it be sent to the State of New Jersey Department of Economic Development, the Governor of New Jersey, Congressman Auchincloss, and the National Park Service.. It was seconded by Miss Hanson and carried unanimously. The scientific program of the afternoon consisted of a very interesting illustrated discussion by Prof. John M. Fogg, “Studies on the Pennsylvania Flora.” The speaker’s abstract follows: During the forty-two years which have elapsed since the appearance of Porter’s “Flora of Pennsylvania,’ a real need has developed for a more recent and more comprehensive account of the plant life of the State. With the objective of preparing such a treatment, a group of graduate students, under the direction of the speaker, has for the last ten years devoted serious effort to field work in many of the sixty-seven counties of Pennsylvania. Collections made as the result of a great many field trips have been supplemented by material in the Herbarium of the Uni- versity of Pennsylvania, as well as by specimens housed in the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, the State Museum in Harrisburg, the Carnegie Museum in Pittsburgh, and the Department of Botany at State College. All of these institutions have generously made their material available, so that it has been possible to examine well over 200,000 sheets and to incorporate the information which they contain into our records. For the purpose of recording data, a special card, approximately 10 x 14 inches, and composed of 100 percent rag paper, has been selected. There is at least one such card for each of the approximately 2,500 species and varieties of vascular plants known to occur in the State. Each card has printed on it, in geographical sequence, the names of the coun- ties, and on each card is recorded, by means of a flat-bed typewriter, the essential informa- tion contained on the collector’s label, such as exact locality, collector’s name and serial number, and a symbol indicating the herbarium in which the specimen is housed. Accompanying each record card is another card of the same size and material, on which is printed an outline map of the State showing county divisions, principal rivers and streams, and lines indicating the extent of placiation, the front of the Appalachian Plateau, the line of the Blue Mountains and the Fall Line. The localities contained on the record card are then transferred to the outline map in the form of black dots, so that for each recorded locality there is a corresponding dot on the map. The entering of these dots NOCH DIONE Ss) Ole Wels, (CILIUI5} 61 is done with the utmost care, and, although the scale of the dot itself is probably two miles in diameter, the center of the dot is located exactly at the spot where the plant was collected. A preliminary survey of the flora of the State indicates that of the approximately 2,500 species which constitute its flora, some seven or eight hundred are introductions. Of the remaining number (seventeen or eighteen hundred), the overwhelming majority are of wide-spread occurrence, which, if not already collected in each of the sixty-seven counties, may eventually be expected to be found there. Of greater interest to the student of plant geography are the several hundred species which are of more limited distribution. These fall into such groups as the following : 1) Northern or boreal species which may reach their southern limit of range within the State, or which, if they continue southward, occur only in the uplands of the Valley and Ridge Province or on the Appalachian Plateau. This group includes such species as Clintoma borealis, Cornus canadensis, Oxalis montana, Trillium undulatum, Coptis groenlandica, Actaca rubra, Calla palustris, and Rhododendron canadense. 2) Southern species which reach their northern limit of distribution within the State. Examples of this group are Pinus pungens, Menziesia pilosa, Boltonia asteroides, and Marshallia grandiflora. 3) Species of the Mississippi and Ohio Drainages, which occur only in the western counties, such as Trillium nivale, T. sessile, and Quercus wmbricaria. 4) Plants of the Coastal Plain which appear only east of the Fall Line in Bucks, Phila- delphia and Delaware Counties. To this category belong Quercus phellos, Liquidambar Styraciflua, and Ilex opaca. In addition to these groupings, which reflect broad geographic distributions, many species owe their restricted occurrence to some particular soil preference or ecological requirement. Thus, Asplenium cryptolepis (A. Ruta-muraria), Cheilanthes lanosa, Rhus canadensis, and Solidago squarrosa which are marked calciphiles, are primarily restricted to outcrops of Cambro-Ordovician limestone; while Talinum teretifolium, Cerastwum arvense, var. villosum, and Aster depauperatus occur only on the serpentine formations in the southeastern corner of the State. A number of maritime species, such as Cakile edentula and Lathyrus maritimus, are found only on the sandy shores of Lake Erie. A few shale barren species, such as Senecio antennariifolius, are restricted to barren slopes in Somer- set, Bedford and Fulton Counties. The primary objective of this work is the publication of a comprehensive account of the plant life of the State which shall be completely supplied with keys for identification and distributional maps. It is also planned to incorporate considerable information which will make the work useful to other than merely systematic botanists. For this reason an attempt will be made to interpret vagaries of distribution, where these are significant, and to include information drawn from such fields as ecology, cyto-taxonomy and genetics. The resulting volume should be of service to geologists, foresters, entomologists and teachers. After discussion the meeting was adjourned at 4:45 for tea. Respectfully submitted, Frances E. WYNNE RECORDING SECRETARY MINUTES OF THE MEETING OF ApRIL 3, 1945 The meeting was called to order by President Seaver at 8:20 p.m. in Room 710 Schermerhorn Extension of Columbia University. Forty-four members 62 WOR IR 18, WON and friends were present. The minutes of the preceding meeting were approved as read. The scientific program of the evening was presented by Dr. George S. Avery, Jr., “Hormonal Aspects of Plant Life.” The speaker’s abstract follows: The basic discoveries in plant science, such as photosynthesis, respiration, and mineral nutrition, all have to do directly or indirectly with growth. In addition, plants produce minute amounts of organic substances which are important in the regulation of growth. These internally produced growth-regulatory substances are generally referred to as hormones. Hormonal aspects of plant growth have been studied 1) in terms of naturally occurring hormones, and 2) from results obtained from applying synthetic hormones in various types of carriers to plant tissue. Tumors and disturbed growth patterns often result from the application of various synthetic hormones. A number of new horticultural practices have arisen from the theoretical work of the past ten years on plant hormones: abscission control, dormancy control, rooting of cuttings, seedless fruit production, selective weed killing, etc. After much discussion from the audience, the meeting was adjourned at 9:10 p.m. for tea. Respectfully submitted, Frances E. WYNNE RECORDING SECRETARY MINUTES OF THE MEETING OF ApRIL 18, 1945 The meeting was called to order by President Seaver at 3:30 p.m. in the Members Room of The New York Botanical Garden with twenty members and friends present The minutes of the preceding meeting were approved as read. The secretary read the following letters: I wish to acknowledge your letter of April 5 containing a resolution passed by the Torrey Botanical Club deploring the threat to transform the entire area of the Borough of Island Beach into a public state park and recommending that the Federal Government take this area over and administer it as a National Seashore through the National Park Service. There is evidently some grave misunderstanding on the part of the Torrey Botanical Club as to the recommendations and objectives of the Economic Council in proposing that the State of New Jersey acquire the area of Island Beach. Obviously, anyone who implies that the ten-mile area is all to become a public play- ground equivalent to five or six “Jones’ Beaches” is misrepresenting our recommenda- tion. Such an idea is too ridiculous on its face to require refutation. The resolution of the Economic Council was proposed by former Governor Edison and I am sure he has as great a desire as the Torrey Botanical Club to preserve the natural beauty of Island Beach. The recommendation sponsored by the Economic Council calls for the preservation of Island Beach in its natural state with its development as a State Park in PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB 63 which due consideration would be taken of the need for public recreation areas as well as for the preservation of the remaining area in its natural state. I resent the implication that the Federal Government through its National Park Service is better able to retain the beauties of a section of New Jersey than New Jersey herself. It was the feeling of Governor Edison and the other members of the Economic Council that New Jersey through its Department of Conservation should protect the natural resources of our State and not always turn with our hands out to the Federal Government. (Signed) Charles R. Erdman, Jr., Com. Dept. of Economic Development State of New Jersey I have your letter of April 5 enclosing a copy of resolutions recently passed by the Torrey Botanical Club in reference to the proposal to make a public park out of the Borough of Island Beach. I appreciate very much your sending me your views on this important matter. (Signed) James C. Auchincloss, M.C. House of Representatives Washington, D. C. An announcement was made concerning the next meeting, which will be a supper meeting on Wednesday, May 2, at the Brooklyn Botanic Garden. The scientific program of the evening was presented by Mr. Otto Degener, “Plant Life and Customs of the Hawaiian Islands.’”’ Mr. Degener’s interesting remarks were illustrated with slides and movies. The meeting was adjourned at 4:40 p.m. for tea. Respectfully submitted, Frances FE. WYNNE RECORDING SECRETARY MINUTES OF THE MEETING OF May 2, 1945 After a picnic supper and a tour of the grounds of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden led by Dr. Svenson, the formal meeting was called to order by Presi- dent Seaver at 8 o’clock. There were 31 members and friends present. Three persons were unanimously elected to annual membership. The transfer of one annual member to associate membership was approved. The resignations of three members were accepted with regret. The secretary read the following letter : Thank you for your letter of April 5, informing us of the resolution passed on March 21 by the Torrey Botanical Club favoring the establishment of a national seashore to include the Island Beach property in New Jersey. For a number of years the National Park Service has hoped that circumstances might permit the establishment of such an area. However, no funds are available to us for the purchase of the necessary land, and we are depending largely upon the local people and the State authorities to find ways and means of acquiring the property. 64 LOTR Mrs. Eleanor Marquand, Guernsey Hall, Princeton; Dr. George H. Schull, Prince- ton; and Mr. C. P. Wilber, State Forester and Director, Department of Conservation and Development, Trenton, are actively concerned with the problem at this time. If you have not already done so you may desire to obtain information from them as to their views in the matter. Any suggestions that your club, together with others con- cerned, might offer regarding means of advancing this important conservation proposal would be welcomed. (Signed) Hillory A. Tolson, Acting Director National Park Service U. S. Dept. of the Interior Dr. Small reported that a meeting of a committee of the persons mentioned above had already been called to consider the problem. The scientific program of the evening consisted of two papers. Dr. H. K. Svenson spoke on the “Ecology of the New York area.” His abstract follows: The trip through the Local Flora Section of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden will be followed by a very brief account of the ecology of the New York region, to explain the areas represented by the plantings. These areas depend principally on geologic and climatic conditions. As represented in the Local Flora section they are: the Pine Barrens of New Jersey and Long Island; the Serpentine Barrens of Staten Island and eastern Pennsylvania; the limestone area of western New Jersey and eastern New York, and the crystalline granitic rocks of the Hudson Highlands; and the Hempstead Plains section of Long Island. Represented are also such ecological units as a bog, a pond, a brook and a woodland— the plantations characterizing these units are also represented only by plants within the Torrey Club range. Dr. George M. Reed spoke on the “Origin and Development of Flowering Cherries” and his abstract is as follows: The oriental flowering cherries were largely developed in Japan and the history of their origin dates back approximately fifteen centuries. The starting point was the numer- ous wild cherry species growing in different parts of the Japanese Islands. The white northern mountain cherry and the red central and southern mountain cherry doubtless entered into the development of most of the varieties. As might be expected, there is great confusion in the nomenclature of the species. The cultivated forms were devel- oped largely by the wealthy daimios and by the Buddhist Priests in the famous temples. Double varieties were secured many centuries ago. Probably the greatest development, however, occurred in the early years of the nineteenth century. How the improvements were brought about is not known. The cherries are great favorites with the Japanese people and there are many famous places for viewing them. Some of the plantings date back for long periods of time, such as the ones along the Yoshino River near Kyoto, and at Koganei near Tokyo. After discussion the meeting was adjourned. Respectfully submitted, Frances E. WYNNE RECORDING SECRETARY THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB Council for 1945 Ex officio Members Fred J. Seaver _ Michael Levine William J. Robbins Albert E. Hitchcock Jennie L. S. Simpson Frances E. Wynne Harold W. Rickett Anne M. Hanson Bernard O. Dodge John A. Small Edmund H. Fulling Elected Members 1944-1946 Lela VY. Barton John S. Karling Rutherford Platt P. W. Zimmerman 1943-1945 George S. Avery Charles A. Berger Clyde Chandler Roger P. Wodehouse 1945-1947 John M. Arthur Ralph M. Cheney Edwin B. Matzke Sam F. Trelease Committees for 1945 Procram CoMMITTEE Jennie L. S. Simpson, Chairman (ex officio) Charles A. Berger Harold H. Clum Arthur H. Graves Honor M. Hollinghurst William J. Robbins George H. Shull A. B. Stout P. W. Zimmerman Fisetp CoMMITTEE John A. Small, Chairman - Robert Hagelstein Louis E. Hand Fred R. Lewis James Murphy G. G. Nearing Rutherford Platt Daniel Smiley, Jr. Henry K. Swenson Farida A. Wiley Edward J. Alexander Vernon L. Frazee Eleanor Friend Alfred Gundersen Locat Frora CoMMITTEE Phanerogams Robert L. Hulbary James Murphy William J. Robbins Hester M. Rusk Ora B. Smith P. W. Zimmerman Edward J. Alexander ‘BH. Allan Gleason Arthur H. Graves Cryptogams Ferns and Fern Allies: R. C. Benedict, W. Herbert Dole, N. E. Pfeiffer Mosses; EK. B. Bartram, Frances E. Wynne Liverworts: A. W. Evans, E. B. Matzke Freshwater Algae: H. C. Bold, J. J. Metzner Fungi: A. H. Graves, J. S. Karling, Fred R. Lewis i Lichens: G. G. Nearing i Myxomycetes: Robert Hagelstein. PUBLICATIONS EXCHANGE COMMITTEE Amy L. Hepburn Barbara Hoskins MEMBERSHIP COMMITTEE ENTERTAINMENT COMMITTEE John S. Karling, Chateman R. H., Cheney Mrs. B. O. Dodge Mrs. L. Hervey J. J. Metzner Mrs. W. J. Robbins Mrs. Fred J. Seaver Michael Levine, Chairman Lela V. Barton Harold H. Clum Page J. Karling Harold W. Rickett Roger P. Wodehouse Clarence Lewis, Chairman J. Ashton Allis pCaroline C. Haynes "Henry de la Montagne Sam F. Trelease ie : ae E a OTHER PUBLICATIONS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB (1) BULLETIN A eal devoted to general botany, established in 1870 and pub- ¥ lished bi-monthly at present. Vol. 71, published in 1944, contained 680 pages and 3 plates. Price $6.00 per annum. For Europe, $6.25. j In addition to papers giving the results of research, each issue con- tains the INDEX To AMERICAN BoranicaL LITERATURE—a very compre- hensive bibliography of current publications in American botany. Many workers find this an extremely valuable feature of the BULLETIN. Of former volumes, 24-71 can be supplied separately at $6.00 each; certain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire stock of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets. Single copies ™ ($1.00) will be furnished only when not breaking complete volumes. — (2) MEMOIRS Tue Mewmorrs, established 1889, are published at irregular intervals. Volumes 1-19 are now completed. Volume 17, containing Proceedings: of the Semi-Centennial Anniversary of the Club, 490 pages, was issued — in 1918, price $5.00. 4 Volume 19, no. 1, 92 pages, 1937, price $1.50. Volume 19, no. 2, 17 pages, 1938, price $2. 00. Volume 19, no. 3, 76 pages, 1940, price $1.25. Volume 19, no. 4, 57 pages, 1941, price $1.00. Volume 19 complete, price $5.00. & Volume 20, no. 1, 172 pages, 1943, price $2.00. (3) INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE | Reprinted monthly on cards, and furnished to subscribers at thread 4 cents a card. . Correspondence relating to the above publications should be ad- © dressed to q Miss ANNE M. Hanson Department of Botany Columbia University New York 27, N. Y Volume 45 September 1945 Number 3 TORREYA EDITED FOR THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB BY HAROLD H. CLUM John Torrey, 1796-1873 CONTENTS > an Flowering of Plants Fie CE a es eS Rosert T. CLAUSEN 65 " Monarda fistulosa L. and its Two White-Flowered FOr m...cscssnsss Eart Epwarp SHERFF 68 "The Taxonomy of the Genus Krukoviella > C. Smith (Ochnaceae).......JoHN D. Dwyer 69 ¢ A Botanist Leaves Hawaii nnondnns Hae EU ILIE ach As cN Ne Al oar 2 ra aed Otto DEGENER 72 : aN anibution to our Knowledse of the Wild and 4 ~ Cultivated Flora of Maryland Ui eeennnmennnnnimvinia Harotp N. MotpenxKE 79 _ Kennedy and Heller (1905-1913) vsceconssmnmsisnnsens Ap hese hi ark cea inties ee ALAN A, BEETLE 93 : Report on Bomb Damage to Botanical Material in ‘Bpgland cise et onan %6 ‘ y 2 PUBLISHED FOR THE Cius By tox Frere Press Printinc Company 187 Coutuzce Strzezt, BURLINGTON, VERMONT ‘Entered as second class matter at the post office at Burlington, Vermont, October 14, 1939, under the Act of March 3, 1879 - THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB OFFICERS FOR 1945 | President: Frev J. SEAVER Ist Vice-President: Joun A. SMALL Recording Secretary: FRANcES E. Wen 2nd Vice-President: A. E. HircaHcock Treasurer: E. H. Futiine Corresponding Secretary: JENNIE L. S. Editor: Haroip W. RICKETT SIMPSON ya Associate Editors: Irvine W. BAILey ADRIANCE S. FOSTER Epwarp W. BErry Henry A, GLEASON STANLEY A. CAIN ArTHUR H. GRAVES M. A. CHRYSLER JoHN W. SHIVE HAROLD H. Crum R. P. Wopenouse MicHarEL LEVINE : Bboy Business Manager: ‘Ato M. Hanson Bibliographer: Mrs. Tae SCHWARTEN © ‘Historian: Joun S. Kartine ae Delegate to the Council, N. Y. Academy of Sctences: BERNARD O. DopcE . Representatives on the Council of the American Association for the f Advancement of Science: ALBERT F. BLAKESLEE P. W. ZIMMERMAN Representative on the Board of Managers of The N. Y. lak to Garden: Henry A. GLEASON : MEMBERSHIP IN THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB _ All persons interested in botany are invited to join the Club. There are four classes of membership: Annual, at $5.00 a year; Associate, at $2.00 a year; Sustaining, at $15.00 a year; and Life, at $100. 00. The privileges. of all except ‘Associate members are to — attend all meetings of the Club, to take part in its business, and to receive all current publications, except the Memoirs which are sold to members at cost. Associate membe have the privilege of attending all meetings and field trips. They also receive the Schedule of Field Trips and the Bulletin of the New York Academy of Sciences. Applications for membership should be addressed to the Treasurer. os TORREYA TorREYA was established in 1907 as a monthly publication of the Torrey Botanical Club for shorter papers and interesting notes on the local flora range of the Club. It also contains the proceedings of the Club, reports of field trips, and some book Teviews and § news notes. The current volume will be issued in four numbers. The editor invites contributions for future numbers of TorReEYA. These should be typed 2 with double spacing on one side of standard paper. Illustrations should be mounted on © stiff cardboard, with the desired reductions plainly indicated, and so designed as to fill the - full width of the page (454 inches) and any portion of the height (7% inches). Legends an serra: should be typed and included with the manuscript (not affixed to the gures The subscription price of Torreya in the United States and Canada is $1. 00 a yea for subscribers elsewhere, 25c extra; single copies, 40c. Of the annual membership dues of the Torrey Botanical Club, $0.50 is for a year’s subscription to TORREYA. ee Claims for missing numbers should be made within sixty days from the date of mailing. Subscriptions and requests for back numbers should be addressed to the Business Manager, Miss Anne M. Hanson, Department of Botany, Columbia University, New York 27, N. Y. 4 Manuscripts for publication, books for review, reports of field ie and news items Bs should be addressed to: pe Harotp H. CLum Hunter Coiiece, 695 Park AVENUE New Yorx 21, N. Y. LORRY A Voit, 49 SEPTEMBER 1945 No. 3 Early Flowering of Plants in 1945 Ropert T. CLAUSEN March and April, 1945, were remarkable in the northeastern United States for the prolonged period of warm weather. The high temperatures which broke meteorological records provided conditions which caused many species of plants to flower far ahead of their usual time. In the last few seasons, the writer has been interested to keep records of the first dates of flowering for the vicinity of Ithaca, New York. Shedding of pollen has been the criterion used for considering a plant to be in flower. Aided by colleagues and students in his course in taxonomy, the writer has made an attempt to find all native or naturalized species which might be in flower up to May 1. Comparison of the results for 1945 with the two seasons preceding is interesting. A similar survey in 1943 revealed 45 species in bloom before May 1; in 1944, 50 species were recorded; but in 1945, the list stood at 209. This surpasses by 90 species the report by Professor Fernald (Rhodora 12: 127-129. 1910) of 119 species in flower in eastern Massachusetts in April, 1910. The list for the Ithaca region for 1945 is reproduced below with the earliest date when each species was found with ripe pollen. In a few cases, the first bloom was found on a cultivated specimen of a wild plant from a local source. These records are indicated by a “C” after the name. All records, unless otherwise noted, are from the vicinity of Ithaca, in Tompkins County, New York. A=April; M= March. EQUISETUM ARVENSE—A 1 RANUNCULUS ABORTIVUS—A 9 EQUISETUM HYEMALE var. AFFINE—A 1 RANUNCULUS HISPIDUS—A 8 EQUISETUM SYLVATICUM—A 29 RANUNCULUS SEPTENDRIONALIS—A 24 EQUISETUM VARIEGATUM—A 17 THALICTRUM pDIOIcCUM—A 9 LycoropDIUM oOBSCURUM—M 25 TROLLIUS LAXUS—A 8 OSMUNDA CLAYTONIANA—A 29 BErBERIS THUNBERGII—A 12 TAXUS BACCATA subsp. CANADENSIS—A 8 BERBERIS VULGARIS—A 24 ACTAEA RUBRA—A 17 CAULOPHYLLUM THALICTROIDES—A 3 ANEMONE QUINQUEFOLIA—A 8 JEFFERSONIA DIPHYLLA C—A 7 ANEMONELLA THALICTROIDES—M 30 LINDERA BENzOIN—A 1 CALTHA PALUSTRIS—A 1 SASSAFRAS ALBIDUM C—A 12 COPTIS TRIFOLIA subsp. GROENLANDICA—A 14 PopULUS BALSAMIFERA—M 29 HEPATICA ACUTILOBA—M 25 PCOPULUS GRANDIDENTATA—A | HEPATICA AMERICANA—A 1] POPULUS TREMULOIDES—M 18 HyprastiIs CANADENSIS C—A 15 SALIX, ALBA—A 17 TorreyA for September (Vol. 45, 65-96) was issued September 28, 1945. 65 66 SALIX SALIX SALIX SALIX SALIX TORRERSE Ya BEBBIANA—A 1] CORDATA—A 1 DISCOLOR—M _ 28 FRAGILIS—A 4 HUMILIS—A 1 MaLva NEGLECTA—A 12 ULMUS AMERICANA—M _ 23 Utmus FuLtva—A 12 (in fruit) GERANIUM MACULATUM—A 17 OXALIS STRICTA—M 29 ZANTHOXYLUM AMERICANUM C—A 12 POLYGALA PAUCIFOLIA—A 17 EupHorsia Cyparisstas C—A 12 VIOLA VIOLA VIOLA VIOLA VIOLA VIOLA VIOLA VIOLA VIOLA VIOLA VIOLA VIOLA VIOLA VIOLA VIOLA VIOLA VIOLA VIOLA VIOLA ARVENSIS—A 13 (Cortland County) BLANDA—A 15 CANADENSIS—A 15 CONSPERSA—A 1 CUCULLATA—A 15 FIMBRIATULA—A 29 INcoGNITA—A 15 ODORATA—M 28 PALLENS—A 1 PALMATA—A 24 PENSYLVANICA—A 8 PUBESCENS—A 15 RENIFOLIA—A 15 ROSTRATA—A 14 ROTUNDIFOLIA—A 15 SELKIRKII—A 15 SEPTENTRION ALIS—A 15 SORORIA—A 1 STRIATA—A 17 CHELIDONIUM MAJUS—A 13 SANGUINARIA CANADENSIS—M DICENTRA CANADENSIS—A 17 DICENTRA CUCULLARIA—A 3 BARBAREA VULGARIS—A 10 CAPSELLA BuURSA-PASTORIS—M 27 CARDAMINE BULBOSA—A 8 CARDAMINE PENSYLVANICA—A 15 CARDAMINE PRATENSIS—A 13 DENTARIA DIPHYLLA—A 14 DENTARIA LACINIATA—A 3 2 DRABA VERNA—M. 17 HESPERIS MATRONALIS—A 24 LEPIDIUM CAMPESTRE—A 24 THLASPI ARVENSE—A 25 ARENARIA SERPYLLIFOLIA—A 24 CERASTIUM VULGATUM—A 7 STELLARIA MEDIA—M 13 STELLARIA PUBERA—A 29 CLAYTONIA CAROLINIANA—A 3 CLAYTONIA VIRGINICA—A 3 RUMEX ACETOSELLA—A 13 EPIGAEA REPENS—A 1] RHODODENDRON NUDIFLORUM—A 22 VACCINIUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM—A 1 V ACCINIUM CORYMBOSUM—A 29 FRAXINUS PENNSYLVANICA—A 7 PHLOX DIVARICATA—A 24 PHLOX SUBULATA—A 8 LITHOSPERMUM ARVENSE—A 12 MERTENSIA VIRGINICA C—A 6 Myosotis SYLVATICA—A 16 PEDICULARIS CANADENSIS—A 17 LAMIUM AMPLEXICAULE—A 14 LAMIUM PURPUREUM—A 6 NEPETA HEDERACEA—A 9 VERONICA ARVENSIS—A 7 VERONICA DIDYMA—M 15 VERONICA FILIFORMIS C—A 12 VERONICA PEREGRINA—A 7 VERONICA SERPYLLIFOLIA—A 7 AMELANCHIER ARBOREA—A 8 AMELANCHIER INTERMEDIA—A 15 AMELANCHIER LAEVIS—A 3 AMELANCHIER SANGUINEA—A 29 CRATAEGUS FILIPES—A 21 CRATAEGUS MACROSPERMA—A 24 CRATAEGUS PRUINOSA—A 24 DUCHESNEA INDICA—A 24 FRAGARIA VESCA—A 15 FRAGARIA VIRGINIANA—A 1 PRUNUS AMERICANA—A 22 PruNuUS AvIUM—A 9 PRUNUS DOMESTICA—A 15 PRUNUS PENNSYLVANICA—A 15 PRUNUS VIRGINIANA—A 14 Pyrus commMunis—A 11 Pyrus MaLtus—A 12 RUBUS PUBESCENS—A 22 W ALDSTEINIA FRAGARIOIDES—A 15 CHRYSOSPLENIUM AMERICANUM—A 1 MITELLA DIPHYLLA—A 15 RIBES AMERICANUM C—A 12 Ripes Cynospatr—A 15 RIBES HIRTELLUM C—A 12 RIBES ODORATUM C—A 12 RIBEs SATIVUM—A 15 RIBES TRISTE—A 8 CLAUSEN: FLOWERING IN 1945 SAXIFRAGA VIRGINIENSIS—A 8 TIARELLA CORDIFOLIA—A 15 MeEpDICAGO LUPULINA—A 5 TRIFOLIUM REPENS—A 13 VICIA CAROLINIANA—A 17 ASARUM CANADENSE—A 3 STAPHYLEA TRIFOLIA C—A 12 DarpHNE MEzEREUM—M 27 Dirca PALUSTRIS—A 1 SHEPHERDIA CANADENSIS C—A 7 COMANDRA UMBELLATA—A 29 AceR NEGUNDO—M 29 ACER PENNSYLVANICUM—A 24 ACER RUBRUM—M 27 ACER SACCHARINUM—M 15 ACER SACCHARUM—A 1 RHUS AROMATICA—A 1 QUERCUS ALBA—A 24 ALNUS INCANA—M 18 ALNUS RUGOSA—M 18 BETULA PAPYRIFERA C—A 12 BETULA POPULIFOLIA—A 1 CARPINUS CAROLINIANA—A 15 CoryYLUS CORNUTA—M 18 OstRYA VIRGINIANA—A 9 MyrIca PEREGRINA C—A 12 Panax TRIFOLIUM—A 15 ZIZIA AUREA—A 16 GALIUM APARINE—A 24 HoustoNIA CAERULEA—A 15 LONICERA CANADENSIS—A 1 LONICERA TATARICA—A 13 SAMBUCUS RACEMOSA subsp. PUBENS—A 12 VIBURNUM ALNIFOLIUM—A 14 ANTENNARIA CANADENSIS—A 15 ANTENNARIA FALLAX—A 28 ANTENNARIA NEGLECTA—A 15 ANTENNARIA NEODIOICA—A 14 ANTENNARIA PLANTAGINIFOLIA—A 8 BELLIS PERENNIS—M 14 SENECIO AUREUS—A 29 SENECIO VULGARIS—M 30 TARAXACUM OFFICINALE—M 14 TussILaco FARFARA—M 18 ErRYTHRONIUM AMERICANUM—M 30 PoLYGONATUM PUBESCENS—A 17 TRILLIUM ERECTUM—A 3 TRILLIUM GRANDIFLORUM—A 3 TRILLIUM UNDULATUM—A 29 UvuLariA GRANDIFLORA—A 17 UVULARIA PERFOLIATA—A 24 UVULARIA SESSILIFOLIA—A 14 LUZULA ACUMINATA—A 1] LUZULA CAMPESTRIS—A 24 ARISAEMA TRIPHYLLUM—A 3 SYMPLOCARPUS FOETIDUS—M 14 CAREX ANCEPS—A 22 CAREX ARCTATA—A 15 CAREX ARTITECTA—A 17 CAREX BLANDA—A 17 CAREX BROMOIDES—A 29 CAREX COMMUNIS—A 1 Carex DEwEYANA—A 29 CAREX HIRTIFOLIA—A 17 CAREX LAXICULMIS—A 15 CAREX PEDUNCULATA—A Il CAREX PENNSYLVANICA—A 1 CAREX PLANTAGINEA—A 1] CAREX PLATYPHYLLA—A 3 CAREX PRASINA—A 29 CAREX SCABRATA—A 29 CAREX STIPATA—A 24 CAREX UMBELLATA—A 1] ALOPECURUS PRATENSIS—A 14 ORYZOPSIS ASPERIFOLIA—A 15 Poa ANNUA—M 20 POA PRATENSIS—A 13 Hypoxis Hirsuta C—A 15 CYPRIPEDIUM PARVIFLORUM C—A 27 67 The writer is grateful to all those who contributed specimens and reports for the above list. DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY CORNELL UNIVERSITY ItHaca, NEw YorRK Vor. 45 TORREYA SEpremper 1945 Monarda fistulosa L. and Its Two White-Flowered Forms Ear, Epwarp SHERFF Monarda fistulosa typica var. nov.; M. fistulosa L. Sp. Pl. 1:22. 1753, | sensu stricto. - | Monarda fistulosa var. mollis f. albiflora (Farw.) comb. nov.; M. mollis f. albiflora Farw. Papers Mich. Acad. Se. Arts & Letters 3: 103, 1923. “Gray’s New Manual of Botany” (7th ed. 704. 1908) retained M. fistulosa | L. and M. mollis L. as separate species, but both before and since the publica- | tion of that work, various careful workers have chosen to treat mollis as a | mere variety of VM. fistulosa.* Recently, Fernald, the surviving, junior editor | of “Gray’s Manual” (7th edition), has reviewed the taxonomy of M. fistulosa | and has accepted varietal rank for the mollis group. He seems to have omitted } all notice of the interesting white-flowered forms that both 1. fistulosa var. | typica and M. fistulosa var. mollis have been reported by Farwell to produce. | Besides the f. albiflora mentioned above, Farwell described (Amer. Midl. Nat. | 8: 276. 1923) a forma albescens for M. fistulosa. For greater precision, this | forma may be known as MW. fistulosa var. typica f. albescens Farw. | Farwell cited his own no. 6650 for f. albescens, collected at Metamora, | southeastern Michigan, July 18, 1923. The present writer found, and repeat- | edly observed over a period of several weeks, a small patch of typical f, | albescens in the summer and early autumn of 1944. It was growing just south | of Hastings, Michigan, on a shaded embankment along the South Broadway | Road. This locality is somewhat more than 100 miles west-southwest of the type locality. Flowering heads were numerous and all florets were a pure white, | with no transitions to the lavender or other shades of blue found customarily in var. typica. Moreover, a careful subsequent study of preserved material (now deposited in herb. Chicago Nat. Hist. Mus. etc.) showed beyond all doubt | that it was to be construed as belonging under WW. fistulosa (var. typica) and | not under the allied, normally white-flowered /. clinopodia L. Cuicaco TEACHERS COLLEGE Cuicaco, ILLINOIS * Indeed, McClintock and Epling (Univ. Calif. Publs. Bot. 20: 165. 1942), even equate ; the two, although this seems to me unwarranted. 68 a=. CU Vor. 45 TORREYA SEPTEMBER 1945 The Taxonomy of the Genus Krukoviella A. C. Smith (Ochnaceae) Joun D. Dwyer The history of the genus Krukoviella A. C. Smith, while recent, is rather complex. In 1904 van Tieghem (Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris VIII, 19: 39) published’ the genus Planchonella with one species P. disticha in his family Luxem- bourgiacées. Obviously he was unaware that his genus was a homonyn of the earlier Planchonella Pierre of the Sapotaceae (Notes Botaniques Sapotacées 1-36. 1890). Ule in 1915 ( Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 6: 340) made a new com- bination of van Tieghem’s species Godoya disticha (van Tieghem) Ule. A. C. Smith without reference to any of this earlier work published the genus Krukoviella (Jour. Arnold Arb. 20: 295. 1939) with one species K. scandens. Thus Arukoviella A. C. Smith takes precedence over the invalid homonym Planchonella van Tieghem, the type species of Krukoviella being Planchonella disticha van Tieghem. In this paper I have made the new combination: Kruko- viella disticha (van Tieghem) Dwyer." While the nomenclatural history of Krukoviella is complex, its phylogenetic position is relatively simple. Its relationship with several tropical American genera of the tribe Luxemburgieae: Godoya R. and P., Cespedezia Goudot, and Rhytidanthera van Tieghem, is evident, being manifest especially in its foliar bracts which bear basal glandular appendages on the inside. In contrast to this complex of genera Arukoviella lackS similar appendages on the inner face of the sepals, a condition furnishing an excellent generic character. Its close relationship with Godoya R. and P. is shown principally in the morphology, venation, and texture of the leaf-blades, in the texture and shape of the sepals, and in the dehiscence of the anthers by a single instead of by two terminal pores. While A. C. Smith gives an excellent discussion of the genus I must disagree with his statement that Krukoviella differs from the remaining genera of the tribe in the character of its stigmas. Although dissections of immature pistils of Cespedezia, Godoya, and Rhytidanthera show them to have little stigmatic differentiation, mature material reveals that these genera possess definite sessile radiating stigmas similar to those of Krukoviella. Likewise | cannot agree with Smith’s statement that Arukoviella differs from Godoya in that the stamens are disposed about the pistil in one row rather than two. Observations have revealed that both genera Lave their stamens arranged in a 1 This paper was submitted as part of a thesis on the American Genera of the Tribe Luxemburgieae (Ochnaceae), in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy, Biological Laboratories, Fordham University Graduate School, New York, N. Y. 69 70 TRO TREAD A: single whorl. In a recent paper (Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 71: 175-178. 1944) I have discussed the morphological characters linking up the majority of the genera of the Luxemburgieae, including the genus Krukoviella. Specimens examined for this paper are deposited in the herbaria of the fol- lowing institutions : ; Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago, Ill. .......... (GD) Gray Elerbantium, Canibnidgem i asss tare ete (G) Royal Botanical Garden, Kew Gardens, England ........ (Os I wish to thank Mr. Charles Gilly who made the excellent figure of Aruko- viella (Fig. 1). Ficure 1. Kruxovierta A. C. Smith. K. disticha (van Tieghem) Dwyer: a—bud (x 2) ; b—flower (x 1.5) ; c—stamen, dorsal view (x 4) ; d—stamen, lateral view (x 4) ; e—apical portion of stamen, showing the solitary terminal dehiscence pore (x 8) ; i—cap- sule (x 1); g—seed (x 5). (a—e, drawn from Krukcff 8908; £ and g, drawn from Williams 5988). KRruKOVIELLA A. C. Smith, Jour. Arnold Arb. 20: 295. 1939. Planchonella van Tieghem, Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris VIII. 19: 39. 1904, not Planchonella of Pierre, Not. Bot. Paris p. 34. 1890. Godoya Ule, Natizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 6: 340. 1915, not Godoya of R. and P. Pl: Rem Prodr lis s8e1794- Shrubs (or vines ?) ; lenticels evanescent ; stipule-scars distinct, the stipules appressed, coriaceous, bearing glandular appendages on the inner proximal margin ; petioles of leaves short, the leaf-blades simple, ascending, the margin revolute, the teeth minute, the costa prominent above and below, the secondary veins conspicuous and subplane; inflorescence paniculate, the rachis elongate, pluriramose ; flower pedicellate, the articulation-stalk short ; sepals 5, subequal, coriaceous, persistent ; petals 5, exceeding sepals in length, obtuse, often bilobed at apex; stamens 10, the filaments short, the anthers stout, linear-oblong, de- —_=-- DWYER: KRUKOVIELLA 71 hiscing by a single terminal pore; pistils solitary, 5-carpellate, crassate, the ovaries oblong, constricted above into a very short style, the stigmas 5, terminal, radial, and sessile, the ovules imbricate in several rows on 5 intrusive T-shaped parietal placentae ; fruit (apparently ) capsular, fusiform-falcate, the seeds short-winged. Type Species: Planchonella disticha van TYieghem. Krukoviella disticha (van Tieghem) Dwyer, comb. nov. Planchonella disticha van TVieghem, Ann. Sci. Nat. VIII. 9: 39. 1904. Not Plancionella of Pierre Not. Bot. Paris p. 34. 1890. Godoya disticha (van Tieghem) Ule, Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 6: 340. 1915. Krukoviella scandens A. C. Smith, Jour. Arnold Arb. 20: 296. 1939. Shrubs (or vines?) ; stipule scars distinctly transverse, about 2-10 mm. apart; stipules appressed or contorted, thin-coriaceous, minutely glandular- strigose, rectangular, about 8 mm. long, about 4 mm. wide, distinctly rotund at apex, the margin entire, the corpus bearing small glandular appendages on inner proximal margin; petioles of leaves glabrous, 4-6 mm. long; leaf-blades subascending, glabrous, lustrous, thin-coriaceous, obovate or oblong, 4-16 cm. long, 2-8 cm. wide, obtuse at apex, cuneate or tapering obtusely at base, the costa prominent above, strongly prominent beneath, 0.15-0.2 cm. wide at base, tapering toward apex of blade, the secondary veins 9-18, conspicuous, sub- plane, 0.4-1.2 cm. apart in middle of lamina, spreading from costa at about a 70°-75° angle, the tertiary veins conspicuous and forming a conspicuous reticulum, the margins often strongly revolute, the teeth appressed, lanceolate, 0.25-0.5 mm. long, 1-6 mm. apart ; inflorescence a dense terminal panicle, the flowers in bostryces, usually 3 per bostryx, the rachis 6-17 cm. long, exceeding uppermost leaves, the basal branches 6-12 cm. long, 1.8-3.5 cm. apart, becom- ing shorter and more dense at apex, the smaller branches compressed-panic- ulate, the articulation stalks 0.1-0.3 cm. long, the pedicels slender, 0.7-1 cm. long at anthesis; sepals subequal, coriaceous, glabrous, concave, ovate, ovate- rotund or ovate-oblong, less than half the length of petals, the outer 3-4 mm. long, 2.3-3 mm. wide, the inner 3.4-5.3 mm. long, 3-4 mm. wide,:rotund at apex, obtuse or vaguely auriculate at base, the margin entire, without glandular appendages on inner proximal margin; petals yellow, carnose, obovate or obdeltoid, 9-13 mm. long, 6-8 mm. wide, obtuse at apex, frequently bilobed, the sinus up to 5 mm. deep, or erose-marginate or entire at apex, distinctly obtuse or tapering narrowly (often 1 mm. wide) at base; filaments of stamens slender, about 14 length of anthers, the anthers stout, lustrous, smooth, linear- oblong, 4-5.5 mm. long, dehiscing by a solitary terminal pore, obtuse-cuspidate at apex, vaguely auriculate at base; ovaries crassate, verrucose or thickly striate, narrow-oblong, 7.5-9 mim. long, 2-2.5 mm. wide, constricted above into Oa TORREYA a short style, the latter less than 0.5 mm. long, the stigmas 5, usually distinct, white, radiating, sessile, oblique; fruit erect or vaguely falcate (dehiscent ma- terial not seen), linear-fusiform, up to 3 mm. long (here), acute at apex, the seeds short-transparent-winged, the wing (here) about 3 mm. long at one end (Fig. 1, a-g). Type Locarity: Mt. Guayrapurina, Tarapoto, San Martin, Peru. DIsTRIBUTION: Known from the States of San Martin and Loreto, Peru, and the State of Amazonas, Brazil. Peru: San Martin: Tarapoto, Spruce 4003 (F, photo., G,K, type collec- tions of Planchonella disticha) ; Loreto: Williams 5985 (F); Serro de Isco, Ule 6716 (F, photo. and frag.). BRAziLr: Amazonas: Sao Paulo de Olivenca, Krukoff 8908 (F, NY, type collection of Krukoviella scandens). Union UNIVERSITY ALBANY COLLEGE OF PHARMACY ALBANY, NEW YorK A Botanist Leaves Hawaii* Otto DEGENER The speaker, Collaborator in Hawaiian Botany at the New York Botanical Garden and resident of Hawai since 1922, was feeding his tame pigeons on the lawn of his country home on Oahu one memorable December 7th morn when a score of planes roared overhead. As the peaceful pigeons were interested in the grain he held, and he was interested in the cooing and pirouetting pigeons, both parties ignored the noisy mechanical fliers. It was only hours later, after he tuned in on his radio and heard the frantic appeals for Dr. So-and-so, Dr. This and Dr. That—down the entire medical registry from A to Z—to report at the nearest hospital for disaster work that he realized something out of the ordinary had transpired. His 13-year _ old Hawaiian protege, who had bicycled to the village three miles away, on his return excitedly related how the occupant of a plane had shot at him and that a jump into a sugar cane tangle had saved him from harm, and ~ how the shingle roof of his uncle’s and tutu’s house in the village had been riddled with bullet holes. The radio blared for doctors; then with a minister’s saintly voice, filled with anguish, it began to admonish and sooth the populace with Christ’s * Mr. Degener talked to the Torrey Botanical Club on April 18, 1945, on “Plant Life and Customs of the Hawaiian Islands.” (Torreya 45: 63. 1945.) When asked for an abstract of his talk he gave us this interesting account of how he happens to be in the Continental United States, which serves as an introduction to his abstract. DEGENER: LEAVING HAWAII 73 prayer ‘Father forgive them; for they know not what”... . but was cut off the air abruptly; next it blared for more doctors; it ordered every one, except employees at the electric power plant, to remain indoors at home; it reproduced the familiar voice, now uncannily serious and sometimes broken, of his friend and former lawyer, Governor Poindexter, delivering a procla- mation ; and it warned all to keep their radios tuned for further instructions. The beach and roads swarmed with soldiers rushing about like a hill of disturbed ants. Civilian cars were halted with threat of bayonet, and turned back to their garages. The black-out at night was complete, with soldiers shooting from outside through the window panes at any light bulb left burning by some distraught or absent-minded civilian. Cigaret smoking was kapu, or taboo. The speaker not only unscrewed the light fuses but also turned off the electric switch for his entire house lest his 20-year old Hawaiian servant, paroled to him from the home for feeble-minded, might thoughtlessly light a light. Yet with all this man-made darkness, a volcano on the Island of Hawaii treacherously tried to aid the enemy by bursting out into a stream of red hot lava visible for hundreds of miles at sea. The night of December 7, 1941, the speaker, the dull kanaka servant, the wide-awake protege, the all-hearing dog, watched the magnificent Fourth of July spectacle of powerful searchlights sweeping over the ocean with hazy beams in search of possible enemy- landing parties. As a wave heaved and heaved upward, it was darkly visible; when it broke into an ever- enlarging glare of combers with bubbles, fine foam and spray, it was a dumb- founding sight to watch, while its reflection lit up the sky. The three human beings, all the while with cold fear gnawing at their hearts, were fascinated by the pitch blackness rhythmically followed by searchlight-swept spume. The dog, devoid of appreciation for this beautiful dramatic sight, was all ears. He was restlessly belligerent and noisily barked whenever he heard the unfamiliar footsteps and commands of soldiers in the garden, fis garden - whose every shrub and tree he knew and had personally blazed as his own property. Though Life and Death might be hanging imminently in the balance, the three human beings were helpless. Either nothing unusual would happen or an invading party might appear over the crests of the waves during the night and easily enough send them, with a few excruciating bayonet jabs, botanizing asclepiads along the Milky Way. The three, tired after a hectic day, lay down in vain to sleep; the dog, beside his master’s couch, intermittently growling in stubborn defiance whenever footsteps crunched in the sandy garden. Though the tropic night was comfortably warm, the inner side of the speaker’s thighs started their paroxysms of trembling, trembling like the muscle of a horse that tries to dislodge a fly where neither weary head nor 74 TORREYA docked tail can reach it; a trembling that had been forgotten since those early childhood nightmares when the visionary, painted Indian, with toma- hawk raised aloft, was sneaking up nearer and nearer and ever yet nearer to one’s once curly golden locks. Philosophical thoughts gradually reduced the frequency and intensity of the fitful trembling until from fifteen miles away, from the direction of Schofield Barracks, came a dull booming fol- lowed almost immediately by a crackling crunching crash. This booming and crash was thrice repeated. Stillness, only broken by the familiar swishing of the searchlight-brightened surf, followed. Renewed paroxysms of trem- bling came even though the speaker had not learned that the explosions and the immediate falling of crumbling masonry had heralded the return of enemy bombers to Schofield and signified the cruel mangling of hundreds of weary soldiers in the burning, twisted wreckage. Finally came the deep sleep of a fatigued soul and of an exhausted body bathed in cold sweat. In the bright sunshine friendly but grim soldiers hailing from all regions of the Continental United States stood guard along the beach, dug trenches, erected barbed-wire entanglements, etc. One could tell their places of origin by their dialect: brawny hill-billies with Southern drawls; pale counting house clerks with broad ‘‘Hairvard” and “Airnold Airboretum” A’s; cloth- iers with Bronx cheers; taxi drivers with Irish brogue; bow-legged Texans, with lady-like feet, conspicuously laconic; sun-tanned Californian orchard- ists jealously loquacious about Hawaii’s “liquid sunshine’—Americans all. We kamaainas or old timers in Hawati of all possible racial backgrounds, felt closely knit together, with our homes and interests in immediate jeopardy. Special aloha was shown by many toward their misei friends, nisei acquaintances and the msei strangers within our islands. Conversely, these deeply dejected Americans of Japanese ancestry were particularly eager to show their unfailing loyalty to America and to show their unutterable shock at the dastardly acts of the war lords of their parent’s fatherland. It was no surprise to people long resident in Hawaii and familiar with the msez, when the military authorities recently proclaimed that not one act of sabotage had been committed by an Hawaiian nisei since Pearl Harbor. Moreover, many had fought valiantly and had died for their country on the battlefields of Europe and elsewhere. The colonel coming to the house frankly stated that if the Japanese fleet, now not far distant, should loom over the horizon, his tanks would run parallel with the beach to butt and run down each and every house in the com- munity. Occupants would be granted one hour to evacute their belongings. This destruction was necessary so that enemy gunners stationed on nip- ponese warships could not so easily sight over a certain house, as a con- spicuous landmark, to the flash of our defending guns concealed in the DEGENER: LEAVING HAWAII 75 neighboring forehills. A strip of barren beach would give the enemy less aid in sighting their targets. A few days were spent by the speaker and his companions digging a large hole in the,sand under a clump of towering casuarinas. With the aid of an old piano box and many sand-filled burlap bags it formed a tolerable air-raid shelter. The soldiers began digging their very elaborate burrows at about the same time, unearthing in the neighboring lot a human skeleton. It was in a remarkable state of preservation due, no doubt, to the sea sand, “in which the corpse had been interred, consisting of almost 100% bone— “bone” of coral, mollusk, echinoderm, fish and coralline algae. The man had died after the death of a loved one or of his chief as the absence of his two upper front teeth proved. In case of mourning, the Hawaiian formerly inserted a wedge between his two front teeth, gave it a sharp blow with a stone ; knocked the wedge in twice toward the gum on the other side of both teeth and then extracted the loosened incisors as a token of grief. In the beach house were almost twenty years’ accumulation of Hawatian herbarium specimens, the Philippine and Bornean collection of ferns pur- chased and received by bequest from the late D. LeRoy Topping, and much of the Anne Archbold—‘Chéng Ho” collection of Fiji specimens including a new family or two. These plants to the speaker were almost as precious as life itself; to many others, far more precious. They had to be rescued from possible destruction. The islands had been hard hit, harder than we liked to confess. Trans- portation to Honolulu and storage, for unappreciated dry plants when food and munitions needed transfer and housing, were not available. Days were spent removing excess newspaper from between duplicate herbarium speci- mens, packing the entire collection, and mailing it by insured parcel post to The New York Botanical Garden. Days were spent in interring in caves or other secret places family heirlooms, silverware, botanical source books like “Engler-Prantl” and the Index Kewensis, compound microscope, and other material too valuable to abandon to the enemy or to leave unprotected in a vacated house. As the gravid ceiling proved, the attic had been groaning for several years with unsold copies of Books 3 and 4 of the speaker’s “Flora Hawatensis” or “New Illustrated Flora of the Hawaiian Islands.” Con- sidering the emergency it was judged wisest to evacuate all but about 250 copies of each of these two Books. The speaker therefore wrote to the main library in Honolulu for the loan of a library directory. As none was forth- coming, he consulted an old gazetteer listing all communities in the United States. Then the wrapping of Floras began in earnest, one book per package. Quite safe in assuming that a community with a population of 5,000 or over boasted some kind of library, the speaker mailed one book to the public library of the first community of proper size listed in the gazetteer; he 76 TROSRARO Ba: mailed another to the next public library. He continued this procedure until all excess books were gone. He felt it better for his ego and for posterity to give away the greater part of his editions than to risk their complete oblivion by a well directed Japanese bomb. It was a tremendous task, particularly wrapping books by touch in a totally darkened house at night, with only the faint intermittent glare of the searchlights as they swept in long beams across the waves. With each book went an explanatory postal, more than hinting that four other profusely illustrated books written by the speaker were avail- able at the regular, very reasonable price. Auto loads of plants and books left the beach house for the neighboring village post office, and the sale of stamps was large enough to raise the post office to a higher category of classification. While this evacuation of botanical assets was proceeding, the speaker estimated that the first part of his task would be completed by February Ist. The next was to write the thousands of labels for the plants mailed to New York so that in the event of his eventual death, later workers could use the herbarium to full advantage. He therefore wrote the clipper company to reserve passage for two for the flight to California any day after February 1. The reply instructed him to be in Honolulu with his protege from that date on. As the clipper left for California at an undisclosed time and passen- gers received but one hour’s notice of its departure, they had to be near the air field in Honolulu. If they missed the call for passage, they were placed at the very end of the list of reservations. February Ist the speaker removed to his Honolulu house with his Hawaiian protege. It had been recently vacated by his tenant, an army officer, and the only furniture remaining was a Steinway concert grand piano, - a white elephant, that would deteriorate if kept in the salt air of the beach house. The speaker borrowed two light mattresses, a porch table and two chairs from neighbors until clipper time should arrive, preparing to “‘camp”’ in the house with his protege in the meantime. The amount of mail delivered to the Honolulu house twice daily increased like the bulk of a snowball rolling down hill. Besides letters of thanks from librarians, many with most interesting observations about the war; cash orders streamed in for the volumes not represented in the sample shipment. Such orders received immediate attention. Then out of a clear sky, like a bomb, the printer of his book on “Plants of Hawaii National Park,” brought the unsold copies of that nontechnical work to his door with the announcement that the warehouse was needed by the government. During all this time alerts and air-raid warnings were almost daily occur- rences—oiten twice daily—and, after a while, the speaker simply filled his bath-tub with water and placed the mop inside as a possible fire-fighting weapon. Work was little interrupted as the botanical show must go on. An DEGENER: LEAVING HAWAII Hd) entire block in the Moiliil District of Honolulu, a district mostly inhabited by Japanese, was a shambles due to enemy bombing. Eye-witness accounts by friends and by friends of friends hitherto always reliable, passed the rounds as well as idle rumors: how the enemy fliers flew low to slice off with their whirl- ing propellers the head of any one so unfortunate as to be caught stranded on our air-fields ; how exhausted one physician was from holding leg after leg during amputations, and the sudden great weight of the human leg as the knife has cut it clean from the body ; how nauseated a surgeon’s faithful wife became when she had to clean the clotted blood from his clothes and white tennis shoes after he returned dead tired in the early morning hours from the hospital ; of the many instances of heroism by individuals ; and, by the ignoring of unmis- takable warnings, of the sale of Hawaii down the river by poletcesas in their effort to rouse the Nation. The ceiling of the Honolulu house was threatening to give way under the weight of unsold copies of Books 1 and 2 of the “Flora Hawaiiensis” and of stored lares and penates. No commercial warehouse accepted anything for storage. To add copies of “Plants of Hawaii National Park” to the overbur- dened attic was impossible. Moreover, in those days Honolulu was safe neither from invasion nor from bombing. In fact, during the speaker’s stay in Hono- lulu, two or three bombs were dropped one night back of the house in the lantana on Round Top from a Japanese plane. This had jettisoned its deadly load in its frantic escape from our pursuers. So while hugging the phone for the anticipated call for the clipper flight, the speaker and his protege wrapped and addressed additional thousands of books, using the piano as table, for mailing as gifts to additional thousands of public libraries. It was practically impossible to leave the house for fear of missing the clipper call. Thus they lived like prisoners from February 1st till May 28th—four months !—when the welcome call at length came. Carrying their baggage allowance of fifteen pounds each, they were whisked away at break-neck speed by limousine to board the plane moored in Pearl Harbor. This had been stripped of unnecessary trap- pings to reduce its total weight for the carrying of additional air mail and pas- sengers during the emergency. The speaker, eager to see from the air the islands he had botanized for years, was sorely disappointed. So long as the plane was within sight of land, all windows were blacked-out lest passengers observe sights of strategic importance. Upon arrival in San Francisco, the hegira to The New York Botanical Garden continued by bus. The speaker finally learned he was a suspect. His return from Fiji to Hawaii five months previous to Pearl Harbor, his attempts to induce the plan- tations to import as laborers native Fijians instead of additional Orientals, and his mailing thousands of books from Hawaii to each community of 5,000 popu- lation or over throughout the entire United States was most suspicious. Were not these Hawaiian Floras actually code books in disguise planted in public 78 TORRE VO libraries for the convenience of dangerous enemy aliens? The archives of a foreign government possesses a stack of documents over an inch thick regard- ing the speaker, and the F.B.I., subjected him to scrutiny for his botanical activities before he was granted a clean bill of health. Regarding the 250 copies each of Books 3 and 4 of his “Flora Hawatiensis” left in his beach home in rural Hawaii, many were destroyed by strangers who broke into the house to pilfer and ravage. Consequently, the five volumes dealing with the plants of the Hawaiian Islands are now unavailable and very rare indeed. The huge collection of plants shipped from Hawaii to New York consisted mainly of undetermined species laid between sheets of newspaper. On their margins had been scribbled pertinent field data in the speaker’s private short- hand, unintelligible to any one except himself. With induction into one of the Services likely should the draft scrape the dregs loose from. the bottom of the barrel of available man-power, it was imperative to label the collection quickly at least so far as field data were concerned. This herculean task was accom- plished within the year. The best set of plants was reserved for The New York Botanical Garden ; the second, for the Arnold Arboretum ; and additional sets were donated or sold to other deserving institutions. Thus the chain of events begun with the bombing of Pearl Harbor not only induced the speaker to put his botanical house in order but enabled him to be available for the address delivered to the members of the Torrey Botanical Club in New York City, April 18, 1945, on “‘Plant Life and Customs of the Hawaiian Islands.” The lecture, first illustrated with lantern slides, very briefly reviewed the origin of the different Hawatian Islands and how the Hawaiian Archipelago became clothed with vegetation. This was followed by a discussion of ancient Hawaiian customs. These to a very large extent coincide with the present-day customs of the South Sea Islanders who, due to the exigencies of war, have been suddenly thrown amidst the clashing members of the highly technological civilizations(?) of the Japanese and of the White Race. The lecture ended with motion pictures. These showed the Hawaiian Islands to be a kaleidoscope of many races and combinations of races, a condition which the influx of the most virile members of the warring factions into the South Sea Islands is rapidly duplicating. Old Mr. & Mrs. Smith of Virginia, old Mr..& Mrs. Jones of Boston, old Mr. & Mrs. Goldstein of Fordham, and old Mr. & Mrs. O’ Bryan of lower Manhattan will get the surprise of their long lives when their nut- brown, clear-eyed, healthy and attractive Eurasian grandchildren come to live with them shortly after the armistice in the Pacific has been signed. They will meet as members of their own families a race of beings superior in many ways to the poor, pure, effete white man. The meeting concluded with refreshments. Locust Farm PouGHguaG, NEW YorK Worn 45) TORREYA Speaananee OAS A Contribution to our Knowledge of the Wild and Cultivated Flora of Maryland—I Harotp N. MoLtpENKE The present paper comprises an annotated list of 303 collections of Mary- land plants, representing 256 species and subspecific entities in 185 genera and 79 botanical families. It is one of a series by the same author on the flora of each of the states of the United States and several foreign countries.’ The sequence of families followed is that of the author’s preliminary classification of the Plant Kingdom,* which, in turn, is based, with modifications, on the latest available studies of the various groups—the systems of Engler & Diels and of Hutchinson being followed in major part. It is a pleasure to acknowledge the generous and valuable assistance ren- dered the author by the following renowned specialists, who have examined material of the groups noted after their names: Dr. Liberty H. Bailey ( Evica, Leucothoc), Dr. Nathaniel L. Britton (Cyperus, Rynchospora), Dr. Wendell H. Camp (Gaylussacia, Vaccinium), Mrs. Agnes Chase (Poaceae), Dr. Earl L. Core (Cyperus), Dr. Henry A. Gleason (Agrostis), Dr. Albert S. Hitch- cock (Poaceae), Dr. Francis W. Pennell (Gerardia); and Dr. Truman G. Yuncker (Cuscuta). Each collection cited on the following pages which was examined by one of these specialists has the name of the specialist following the number in the list. The first set of specimens herein cited is deposited in the Britton Herbarium at The New York Botanical Garden; other sets are in the herbaria of the University of Pennsylvania, University of Illinois, Missouri Botanical Garden, Duke University, Carthage College, Cornell University, Naturhistoriska Riks- museum in Stockholm, Royal Botanic Gardens in Kew, Botanisches Museum in Berlhn, Botaniska Tradgard in Goteborg, Conservatoire Botanique in — Geneva, Jardin Botanique de I’Etat in Brussels, British Museum (Natural History) in London, the herbaria at Krakow and Vyskov, and elsewhere. The collection numbers, for citation purposes, are all H. N. Moldenke collection and citation numbers, although much of the material was actually collected by other collectors and turned over to the author of this paper for identification and distribution. These collectors, with the numbers of their collections and ’ Moldenke, H. N., A contribution to our knowledge of the wild and cultivated flora of Ohio—I, Castanea 9: 1-80. 1944; A contribution to our knowledge of the wild and cul- tivated flora of Florida—I, American Midland Naturalist 32: 529-590. 1945: A contribu- tion to our knowledge of the wild and cultivated flora of Massachusetts—I, Torreya 45: 41-52. 1945. * Moldenke, H. N., A preliminary classification of the plant kingdom to families, pp. 1-37, New York Botanical Garden, February 11, 1944. 79 80 Cy OPRSRIR YEN the dates when they collected in Maryland, are as follows: Mrs. George Bishop, 1926 (2860) ; Dr. Earl L. Core, 1931 (6769-6774, 6865) ; Miss Alma Lance Ericson, 1942. (13777) ; Wr: LL. Pi McCann, 1938 (10599); Dro Charles Edward Moldenke,* 1925, 1926, 1928, 1929, 1931, 1933 (2743, 2518, 3094, 4190-4192, 4282, 4349-4353, 4391, 6591-6679, 7352-7353, 7879) ; Mrs. Sophia Meta Moldenke, 1929, 1935 (4393, 8425-8452, 9386-9387); Charles E. & Sophia M. Moldenke together, 1926, 1928 (3114-3116, 4172-4173, 4194) ; Mr. Sylvester Scott, 1925 (2784) ; Mirs. Genevieve Scott, 1925, 1928, 1931, 1932 (2474-2475, 2572, 4174, 6857, 6859) ; and Dr. George M. Vandegrift, 1925, 192651927, 1932)(2425, 29005 2041 2849) FOL Zo See Wherever the identification given here or the nomenclature here employed differs from that on the labels of the material when distributed, this fact is noted so that herbarium curators may make the necessary corrections, if they so desire. Where it differs from that of the author’s previously published classified list of collections,* this fact is also noted on the following pages. LECANORACEAE LECANORA PALLIDA (Schreb.) Schaer—IlWorcester Co.: on tree trunks, Snow Hill, 8452. PARMELIACEAE PARMELIA CONSPERSA (Ehrh.) Ach—IlWorcester Co.: on trunks of Malus pumila, Snow Hill, 9387. PARMELIA PERFORATA (Wulf.) Ach.—IlWorcester Co.: on trunks of Quercus alba, Snow Hill, 8448, inaccurately recorded on page 7 of the Annotated List as “P. perforata (Wulf.) Ack.” USNEACEAE RAMALINA CALICARIS (L.) E. Fries—Worcester Co.: on tree trunks, Snow Hill, 8449. UsNEA BARBATA (L.) Wigg—lWorcester Co.: on tree trunks and limbs, Snow Hill, 8451. USNEA FLORIDA (L.) Web.—lWorcester Co.: in tree trunks and limbs, Snow Hill, 843), inaccurately recorded on page 7 of the Classified List as “U. florida (L.) Wel.” BUELLIACEAE BUELLIA PARASEMA (Ach.) T. Fries—Worcester Co.: on trunks of Malus pumila, Snow Hill, 9380. OSMUNDACEAE OsMUNDA CINNAMOMEA L.—lVorcester Co.: in marshy ground, Snow Hill, 8426. 3 Dictionary of American Biography 13: 79. 1931; Science, new ser., 81: 191. 1935; National Cyclopaedia of American Biography 24: 54-55. 1935; Encyclopedia of American Biography 4: 292-294. 1935; White’s Conspectus of American Biography, ed. 2, 307. 1937; Who Was Who in America 1: 853. 1942. # Moldenke, H. N., An annotated and classified list of H. N. Moldenke collection num- bers from no. 1 to no. 11,277, inclusive, pp. 1-135. New York Botanical Garden, December 6, 1939. MOLDENKE: MARYLAND FLORA 81 PINACEAE Prnus TAEDA L.—Worcester Co.: in dry sandy pine woods, Snow Hill, 2578, 6655, 6903, 13829). TAXODIACEAE ScCIADOPITYS VERTICILLATA (Thunb.) Sieb. & Zucc—Baltimore Co.: in outdoor cultivation, Baltimore, 2860, inaccurately recorded on page 12 of the Classified List as “S. verticil- lata Sieb & Zucc.” and so distributed. TAxXopIUM pISTICHUM (L.) L. C. Rich.—Worcester Co.: in swamps and along streams, Snow Hill, 2728. RANUNCULACEAE CopTIS GROENLANDICA (Oeder) Fernald—Baltimore Co.: in Druid Hill Park, Baltimore, 5094, distributed as C. trifolia (L.) Salisb. DELPHINIUM ajyaAcis L.—Worcester Co.: in outdoor cultivation and escaped, Snow Hill, 2141. RANUNCULUS HIspipUS Michx—Worcester Co.: in moist pine woods, Snow Hill, 8445. VIORNA URNIGERA Spach—lV orcester Co.: along fencerow, Snow Hill, 4192. BERBERIDACEAE ODOSTEMON AQUIFOLIUM (Pursh) Rydb.—Baltimore Co.: in outdoor cultivation in Gwynne Park, Baltimore, 5106. FUMARIACEAE FUMARIA OFFICINALIS L.—Worcester Co.: in sandy fields, Snow Hill, 4282. BRASSICACEAE ARABIDOPSIS THALIANA (L.) N. L. Britton—Worcester Co.: in sandy waste soil, Snow Hill, 6971. Brassica Napus L.—Worcester Co.: in outdoor cultivation, Snow Hill, 4197. CAMPE BARBAREA (L.) W. F. Wight—lWorcester Co.: in waste and cultivated ground, Snow Hill, 8441. VIOLACEAE VIOLA ODORATA var. ALBA Bess.—Worcester Co.: in outdoor cultivation, Snow Hill, $446. VIOLA PRIMULIFOLIA L.—Worcester Co.: in bogs and boggy pine woods, Snow Hill, 6914, 8447. POLYGALACEAE Prtostaxis LuTEA (L.) Small—Worcester Co:: along sides of wet ditches, Snow Hill, 7253, distributed as Polygala lutea L. POLYGALA SANGUINEA L.—Worcester Co.: in dry sandy fields, Snow Hill, 2150, 6619. Both collections were cited on page 39 of the Classified List as P. viridescens L. and so distributed. SAXIFRAGACEAE MIcRANTHES MICRANTHIDIFOLIA (Haw.) Small—Garrett Co.: Kelso Gap, Backbone Mountain, alt. 3000 feet, 6773 [Core 2762]. CARYOPHYLLACEAE SILENE CAROLINIANA Walt.—lW orcester Co.: in pine woods, Snow Hill, 8427. 82 NO VRIRG ANG ALSINACEAE CERASTIUM viIscosuM L.—IVorcester Co.: in waste ground, Snow Hill, 8429. POLYGON ACEAE PERSICARIA PENSYLVANICA (L.) Small—Worcester Co.: in dry sandy soil along shore, Snow Hill, 6664, inaccurately cited on page 43 of the Classified List as “P. pennsyl- vanica’ and so distributed. PERSICARIA PENSYLVANICA var. LAEVIGATA (Fernald) Ferguson—JV orcester Co.: at edge of salt marsh near beach, Ocean City, 138306. PERSICARIA PUNCTATA (Ell.) Small—Worcester Co.: on sand-dunes of beach about ten miles south of Snow Hill, 6666. PHYTOLACCACEAE PHYTOLACCA AMERICANA L.—IlVorcester Co.: in sandy woods, Snow Hill, 6639. CHENOPODIACEAE AMBRINA AMBROSIOIDES (L.) Spach—IlWorcester Co.: in waste sand near beach, about ten miles south of Snow Hill, 6676, distributed as Chenopodium ambrosioides L.; in sandy soil near beach, Ocean City, 13890. CHENOPODIUM ALBUM L.—IVorcester Co.: near beach, about ten miles south of Snow Hill, 6667. CHENOPODIUM RUBRUM L.—IlVorcester Co.: in waste ground, Snow Hill, 4190. SALSOLA KALI L—IVorcester Co.: in sand on dunes about ten miles south of Snow Hill, 6078. SPINACIA OLERACEA Mill—JVorcester Co.: in outdoor cultivation, Snow Hill, 2144. AMARANTHACEAE CELOSIA ARGENTEA L.—Worcester Co.: in outdoor cultivation, Snow Hill, 2745. ~ CELOSIA ARGENTEA var. PYRAMIDALIS Voss—IVorcester Co.: in outdoor cultivation, Snow Hill, 6661. FROELICHIA FLORIDANA (Nutt.) Mog —Dorchester Co.: abundant in dry sandy fields, Sharptown, 13548. GERANIACEAE ERropium crcuTArRIuM (L.) L’Hér.—IlVilcomuco Co.: in dry sandy fields south of Delmar, 1257. Worcester Co.: in dry sandy fields, Snow Hill, 4172, 5438. OXALIDACEAE XANTHOXALIS REPENS (Thunb.) Moldenke—Worcester Co.: in dry sandy waste soil, Snow Hill, 8440, cited as X. corniculata (L.) Small on page 112 of the Classified List and so distributed. XANTHOXALIS stricta (L.) Small—lWVorcester Co.: in grassy lawns and waste ground, Snow Hill, 6928. BALSAMINACEAE IMPATIENS BALSAMINA L.—IVorcester Co.: in outdoor cultivation and escaped, Snow Hill, 21S LYTHRACEAE CUPHEA PETIOLATA (L.) Koehne—Kent Co.: in dry sandy ditches, Galena, 13870. LAGERSTROEMIA INDICA L.—IlVorcester Co.: in outdoor cultivation, Snow Hill, 2143. MOLDENKE: MARYLAND FLORA 83 OENOTHERACEAE KNEIFFIA PERENNIS (L.) Pennell—Garrett Co.: White Rock Run, 6774 [Core 2809], distributed as K. pumila (L.) Spach. RAIMANNIA HUMIFUSA (Nutt.) Rose—Worcester Co.: in dry sandy soil near beach, Ocean City, 13833. RAIMANNIA LACINIATA (Hill) Rose—Worcester Co.: in sandy fields, Snow Hill, 4350. CISTACEAE F CrocANTHEMUM MAjuUS (L.) N. L. Britton—Worcester Co.: in sandy fields, Snow Hill, 4353. LECHEA RACEMULOSA Lam.—lIV orcester Co.: in sandy fields, Newark, 2151. CUCURBITACEAE CrrRULLUS VULGARIS Schrad.—Worcester Co.: in outdoor cultivation and escaped along roadsides and in waste places, Snow Hill, 2512. Cucumis meELo L.—lWorcester Co.: in outdoor cultivation and escaped, Snow Hill, 3115. Cucurrita PEPO L.—Worcester Co.: in outdoor cultivation and widely escaped, Snow Hill, 6656. MELASTOM ACEAE RHEXIA MARIANA L.—lIlWorcester Co.: in wet roadside ditches, east of Willards, 13544. RHEXIA MARIANA f. ALBIFLORA Moldenke—Dorchester Co.: in wet ditches, Sharptown, 13849, type collection. RHEXIA NASH Small—Worcester Co.: in sandy pine woods, Snow Hill, 6620, distributed as R. mariana L. HYPERICACEAE TRIADENUM VIRGINICUM (L.) Raf—Dorchester Co.: in-wet sandy ditches along roadsides, four miles south of Federalsburg, 13853. MALVACEAE ALTHAEA ROSEA Cav.—lVorcester Co.: in outdoor cultivation and escaped, Snow Hill, 2149, inaccurately distributed as “A. rosea L.” Hreiscus syrracus L.—IlWorcester Co.: in outdoor cultivation and persistent, Snow Hill, 2142. ¥ KOSTELETZKYA VIRGINICA (L.) A. Gray—IlWVorcester Co.: in salt marsh near beach, Ocean City, 13537. EUPHORBIACEAE ACALYPHA VIRGINICA L.—Worcester Co.: in waste ground, Snow Hill, 6623. CHAMAESYCE MACULATA (L.) Small—Worcester Co.: in sandy soil along roadsides and ‘in waste and cultivated ground, Snow Hill, 6632, cited on page 53 of the Classified List as C. preslu (Guss.) Arthur and so distributed, 13896. CHAMAESYCE POLYGONIFOLIA (L.) Small—Worcester Co.: procumbent on sand near beach, Ocean City, 138354. ‘ GALARHOEUS ESULA (L.) Rydb.—Garrett Co.: Kelso Gap, Backbone Mountain, 6772 [Core 2763], distributed as Euphorbia esula L. GALARHOEUS HELIOSCOPIA (L.) Haw.—Somersct Co.: in dry sandy soil along roadside, north of Pocomoke, 1256, distributed as Tithymalus helioscopia (L.) Hill. Ricinus communis L.—Worcester Co.: in outdoor cultivation, Snow Hill, 2130. 84 TORRER AWAY A ROSACEAE FRAGARIA VIRGINIANA Duchesne—IlVorcester Co.: in dry soil along ditches and in fields, Snow Hill, 8437. POTENTILLA CANADENSIS L.—IlVorcester Co.: in dry sandy soil, Snow Hill, 8433. POTENTILLA PUMILA Poir.—lV orcester Co.: in dry sandy soil, Snow Hill, 8432. PoTENTILLA sp.—Baltimore Co.: in Gwynne Park, Baltimore, 5107. SPIRAEA TOMENTOSA L.—IlVorcester Co.: at edge of woodlands, Snow Hill, 6621. MALACEAE ARONIA ARBUTIFOLIA (L.) Ell—IlWorcester Co.: in sandy woodland and at edge of pine woods, Snow Hill, 6907, 8435. CRATAEGUS sp.—Baltimore Co.: in Gwynne Park, Baltimore, 5108. MALUS ANGUSTIFOLIA (Ait.) Michx.—lVorcester Co.: in woods, Snow Hill, 2878. AMYGDALACEAE PRUNUS ANGUSTIFOLIA Marsh.—Caroline Co.: at edge of woods, near Preston, 5991. CAESALPINIACEAE CHAMAECRISTA FASCICULATA (Michx.) Greene—lWorcester Co.: in sandy ditches and along margins of woodlands, Snow Hill, 2147, 6606. DITREMEXA MARILANDICA (L.) N. L. Britton & Rose—Queen Anne’s Co.: in dry sandy soil along fencerows, Sudlersville, 13868. MIMOSACEAE ALBIZZIA JULIBRISSIN Durazz.—lIV orcester Co.: naturalized in swamps and along ditches bordering wood roads, Snow Hill, 2138, 7879. FABACEAE DESMODIUM DILLENIZ Darl—lWorcester Co.: in sandy soil at edge of woods, Snow Hill, 6634, cited as Meibomuia dillenti (Darl.) Kuntze on page 64 of the Classified List and so distributed. DESMODIUM LAEVIGATUM (Nutt.) P. DC.—Caroline Co.: in dry sandy woodlands, Ameri- can Corner, 13862. DESMODIUM MARILANDICUM (L.) P. DC.—Caroline Co.: in dry sandy woodlands, Ameri- can Corner, 13861. Worcester Co.: in sandy ditches, Snow Hill, 6614, cited as Meibomuia marylandica (L.) Kuntze on page 65 of the Classified List and so distributed. DESMODIUM PANICULATUM (L.) P. DC.—Worcester Co.: in sandy soil along roadside at edge of woods, Snow Hill, 6613, cited as Meibomia paniculata (L.) Kuntze on page 65 of the Classified List and so distributed. DEsMopIUM RIGIDUM (EIl.) P. DC.—Worcester Co.: along roadsides, Snow Hill, 6612, cited as Weibomia rigida (Ell.) Kuntze on page 65 of the Classified List and so dis- tributed. LESPEDEZA CAPITATA Michx.—IlVorcester Co.: in dry sandy fields, Snow Hill, 6610. LESPEDEZA CUNEATA G. Don—Dorchester Co.: tremendous masses cultivated in dry sandy fields, Sharptown, 13851. LESPEDEZA REPENS (L.) Bart—Worcester Co.: in dry sandy soil, fields, and along road- sides, Snow Hill, 6604, 6633, 6660. LESPEDEZA STUVEI Nutt—lWorcester Co.: at edge of woods, Snow Hill, 6637, inaccurately cited on page 65 of the Classified List as “L. stuvei Nutt.” and so distributed. MOLDENKE: MARYLAND FLORA 85 Lupinus PERENNIS L.—Worcester Co.: in pine woods, Snow Hill, $428. Me.itorus aLBa Desr.—lWorcester Co.: in wet ditches, Snow Hill, 6650, inaccurately distributed as “J/. alba Desv.” Soya MAX (L.) Piper—Wuicomico Co.: extensively cultivated in fields and escaped, Willards, 13845. STROPHOSTYLES UMBELLATA (Muhl.) N. L. Britton—lWVorcester Co.: climbing over weeds along roadsides and in dry sandy woods, Snow Hill, 6636, 13895. ‘TRIFOLIUM INCARNATUM L.—IlVorcester Co.: in cultivation in fields and escaped along roadsides, 2874. ‘ Victa sativa L.—Worcester Co.: twining about herbs in fields, Snow Hill, 4357. MYRICACEAE CEROTHAMNUS PENSYLVANICUS (Loisel.) Moldenke—IWorcester Co.: in sandy soil along roadsides, Snow Hill, 6905, distributed as C. carolinensis (Muill.) Tidestr. FAGACEAE QUERCUS BICOLOR Willd—Baltimore Co.: in woods, Gwynne Park, Baltimore, 5111. QUERCUS BOREALIS var. MAXIMA ( Marsh.) Ashe—Baltimore Co.: in woods, Gwynne Park, Baltimore, 5/01, cited on page 69 of the Classified List as Q. maxima (Marsh.) Ashe and so distributed. Quercus NIGRA L.—IVorcester Co.: in dry sandy woods, east of Willards, 73841. QueERCcUS PHELLOS L.—Worcester Co.: in dry sandy woods, east of Willards, 13840, in woods and thickets, Snow Hill, 2474. Quercus RUBRA L.—Worcester Co.: in dry sandy woods, east of Willards, 13539, some material of this number distributed as Q. falcata Michx. MORACEAE BROUSSONETIA PAPYRIFERA (L.) Vent.—Baltimore Co.: in Druid Hill Park, Baltimore, 5099, distributed as Papyrius papyrifera (L.) Kuntze. Ficus cartcaA L—Washington Co.: in outdoor cultivation, Hagerstown, 2743. ILICACEAE ILeEx GLABRA (L.) A. Gray—IlWorcester Co.: in dry sandy pine woods, Snow Hill, 13524. Trex opaca Ait.—Worcester Co.: along ditches, at margins of woods, and in pinelands, Snow Hill, 2475, 6733. CELASTRACEAE EvonyMus JAPonica L.—If’orcester Co.: in outdoor cultivation, Snow Hill, 6658, 6559. Both collections were cited on page 72 of the Classified List as “E. japonicus” and so distributed. LORANTHACEAE PHORADENDRON FLAVESCENS Nutt—lVorcester Co.: parasitic on large Nyssa sylvatica trees, Snow Hill, 2784. VITACEAE AMPELOPSIS ACONITIFOLIA Bunge—Baltimore Co.: in outdoor cultivation in small park near station, Baltimore, 13777. J UGLA NDACEAE CaryA PECAN (Marsh.) Engl. & Graebn.—Worcester Co.: in outdoor cultivation, Snow Hill, 2428, cited on page 75 of the Classified List as Hicoria pecan (Marsh.) Britton and so distributed, 13825, 16857. 86 A OPRARSE, Y 2A: NYSSACEAE Nyssa BIFLORA Walt.—Caroline Co.: at edge of woods, near Preston, 5990. - ARALIACEAE HEDERA HELIX var. ARBORESCENS Loud.—IVorcester Co.: in outdoor cultivation, Snow Hill, 2132. AM MIACEAE ERYNGIUM AQUATICUM L.—Dorchester Co.: in wet sandy ditches along roadsides, four miles south of Federalsburg, 13854.- PASTINACA SATIVA L.—llWorcester Co.: in outdoor cultivation, Snow Hill, 2733. CLETHRACEAE CLETHRA ALNIFOLIA L.—Dorchester Co.: in moist sandy woods, Sharptown, 13859. ERICACEAE ERICA PARVIFLORA L.—Baltimore Co.: in outdoor cultivation, Baltimore, 65/4, det. Bailey. EusBOoTRYS RACEMOSA (L.) Nutt—IlWVorcester Co.: in moist sandy ground, Snow Hill, 4352, cited on page 78 of the Classined List as Leuwcothoé racemosa A. Gray and so distributed. LEUCOTHOE CATESBAEI (Walt.) A. Gray—Baltimore Co.: in outdoor cultivation in Gwynne Park, Baltimore, 5119, det. Bailey. Menziesta pitosa (Michx.) A. L. Juss.—Garrett Co.: Backbone Mountain, 6771 [Core 2745], cited on page 79 of the Classified List as “MW. pilosa (Michx.) Pers.” and so distributed. VACCINIACEAE CYANOCOCCUS VACILLANS (Kalm) Rydb.—Garrett Co.: Deer Park, 6769 [Core 2727]. Worcester Co.: in sandy woods and along roadsides, Snow Hill, 6906, 9798. The second of these collections was distributed as Vaccinium angustifolium Ait. and re-identified as V. vacillans Soland. by Camp; the first and third were distributed as V. vacillans Soland., the latter so determined by Camp; ail were cited on page 79 of the Classified List as C. vacillans (Soland.) Rydb. DECACHAENA BACCATA (Wang.) Small—lWorcester Co.: in sandy woods, Snow Hill, 9799, det. by Camp as Gaylussacia baccata (Wang.) K. Koch and so distributed. PoLycopIUM STAMINEUM (L.) Greene—IJVorcestcr Co.: in sandy woods, Snow Hill, 6904. OLEACEAE CHIONANTHUS VirGINICA L.—IlWorcester Co.: in woods, Snow Hill, 2845. LicusTRUM AMURENSE Carr.—Baltimore Co.: in outdoor cultivation in Gwynne Park, Baltimore, 5104. ASCLEPIADACEAE ASCLEPIAS EXALTATA (L.) Muhl.—Garrett Co.: along roadside, alt. 2600 feet, Wilson, 6880 [Core 2751], distributed as A. phytolaccoides Pursh. ASCLEPIAS TUBEROSA L.—JVorcester Co.: in sandy salt marsh near beach, Ocean City, 13891. RUBIACEAE HousTONIA CAERULEA L.—IJVorcester-Co.: in dry sandy fields, Snow Hill, 6912, 8436. MOLDENKE: MARYLAND FLORA 87 CAPRIFOLIACEAE ABELIA CHINENSIS R. Br—lWorcester Co.: in outdoor cultivation, Snow Hill, 4194. ABELIA GRANDIFLORA (André) Rehd.—Baltimore Co.: in outdoor cultivation, Baltimore, 6515. Worcester Co.: in outdoor cultivation, Snow Hill, 6657. Both collections were inaccurately listed on page 83 of the Classified List as “A. grandiflora Rehd.” and so distributed. Nintooa JAPONICA (Thunb.) Sweet—Worcester Co.: along fencerows, Snow Hill, 6645, distributed as Lonicera japonica Thunb. i PHENIANTHUS SEMPERVIRENS (L.) Raf.—Worcester Co.: in outdoor cultivation and along fencerows, Snow Hill, 3174, cited on page 83 of the Classified List as Lonicera semper- virens L. and so distributed. SYMPHORICARPOS ORBICULATUS Moench—Baltimore Co.: in outdoor cultivation, in Druid Hill Park, Baltimore, 5095; in outdoor cultivation, in Gwynne Park, Baltimore, 5105, distributed as S. vulgaris Michx. VIBURUM PRUNIFOLIUM L.—Baltimore Co.: in Druid Hill Park, Baltimore, 5097. WEIGELA FLORIBUNDA (Sieb. & Zucc.) C. A. Mey.—Worcester Co.: in outdoor cultivation Pocomoke City, 4393. XYLOSTEON CANADENSE (Marsh.) Duham.—IlVorcester Co.: in outdoor cultivation, Snow Hill, 2137, distributed as Lomcera canadensis Marsh. XYLOSTEON FRAGRANTISSIMUM (Lindl. & Paxt.)Small—Baltimore Co.: in outdoor cul- tivation, Druid Hill Park, Baltimore, 5096, distributed as Lonicera fragrantissima Lindl. & Paxt. CICHORIACEAE HIERACIUM GRONOVIT L.—lWorcester Co.: in sandy woods, Snow Hill, 6593. HIERACIUM MARIANUM Willd—Garrett Co.: Backbone Mountain, 6770 [Core 2735]. KRriciaA vircinica (L.) Willd—W orcester Co.: in dry sandy soil, Snow Hill, 8443. PRENANTHES ALBA L.—Worcester Co.: in sandy soil at edge of woods, Snow Hill, 6595, cited on page 86 of the Classified List as Nabalus albus (L.) Hook. and so distributed. AMBROSIACEAE AMBROSIA ELATIOR L.—lW/orcester Co.: in waste and cultivated ground, Snow Hill, 6608, 6649. Iva orARIA Bartlett—Worcester Co.: in salt marsh near beach, Ocean City, 13526. XANTHIUM ECHINATUM J. A. Murray—IlWVorcester Co.: in dry sandy soil near beach, Ocean City, 13838. CARDUACEAE ANTENNARIA PLANTAGINIFOLIA (L.) Richards.—Worcester Co.: in sandy soil along road- sides, Snow Hill, 6908. ASTER EXILIS Ell—Worcester Co.: in dry sandy fields, Snow Hill, 6652. ASTER GRACILIS Nutt.—Queen Anne’s Co.: in dry sandy woods, Sudlersville, 13567. ASTER NOVI-BELGIE L.—Worcester Co.: in dry sand near beach, about ten miles south of Snow Hill, 6668. ASTER PUNICEUS L.—Worcester Co.: in sandy fields, Snow Hill, 6651. ASTER RAMOSISSIMUS Mill.—lWorcester Co.: in dry sandy fields, Snow Hill, 6659, cited on page 88 of the Classified List as A. ericoides L. and so distributed. BaAcCHARIS HALIMIFOLIA L.—Worcester Co.: at margin of salt marsh, about 10 miles south of Snow Hill, 6677. 88 PORRE YA BIDENS BIPINNATA L.—TIVorcester Co.: in waste and cultivated ground, Snow Hill, 6647. BIDENS CONNATA Muhl—IWVorcester Co.: in ditches, Snow Hill, 7353. Bmens Fronposa L.—IVorcester Co.: in waste ground, Snow Hill, 7352. BIDENS TRICHOSPERMA (Michx.) N. L. Britton—Caroline Co.: in swampy ground, Golds- boro, 13865. CHRYSOPSIS MARIANA (L.) Ell—TWVorcester Co.: in sandy soil in fields and along road- sides, Snow Hill, 2739, 6596. . CONOCLINIUM COELESTINUM (L.) P. DC.—Cecil Co.: in moist ditches along roadsides, Conowingo, 13803. ELEPHANTOPUS NUDATUS A. Gray—IVorcester Co.: in sandy ditches along roadsides, Snow Hill, 6622. EuPatoRIUM AROMATICUM L.—JVorcesier Co.: in sandy soil, Snow Hill, 4173. EUPATORIUM HYSSOPIFOLIUM L.—I¥Vicomico Co.: in dry sandy fields, Willards, 13846. Worcester Co.: in sandy soil at edge of woods, Snow Hill, 6692. EUPATORIUM LEUCOLEPIS T. & G—IlVorcester Co.: in sandy woods, Snow Hill, 6617. EUPATORIUM PURPUREUM L—TIVorcester Co.: in sandy fields, Snow Hill, 6597. EUPATORIUM ROTUNDIFOLIUM [L.—JVorcester Co.: in sandy fields, Snow Hill, 6603. EUPATORIUM SEROTINUM Michx.—BSalitimore Co.: in woods, Druid Hill Park, Baltimore, 5100; Gwynne Park, Baltimore, 3103. EUTHAMIA CAROLINIANA (L.) Greene—lWorcester Co.: in dry sandy fields, Snow Hill, 6699, distributed as E. tenuijolia (Pursh) Greene. EUTHAMIA GRAMINIFOLIA (L.) Nutt—IVorcester Co.: in sandy soil along roadsides, Snow Hill, 6594. EUTHAMIA TENUIFOLIA (Pursh) Greene—IVorcester Co.: in dry sandy soil near beach, Ocean City, 13832. GNAPHALIUM OBTUSIFOLIUM L.—JVorcester Co.: in sandy salt marsh near beach, Ocean City, 13889. HELIANTHUS TUBEROSUS L.—Caroline Co.: in moist ditches, Goldsboro, 13864. LEUCANTHEMUM VULGARE Lam—IVorcesier Co.: im sand at edge of fields, Snow Hill, 6616, distributed as Chrysanthemum leucanthemum L. MIKANIA SCANDENS (L.) Willd—IJVorcester Co.: climbing over coarse vegetation at edge of salt marsh near beach, Ocean City, 13831. PHAETHUSA OCCIDENTALIS (L.) N. L. Britton—Caroline Co.: along roadsides near Preston, 3092. PLUCHEA CAMPHORATA (L.) P. DC——IJWorcester Co.: in sandy salt marsh near beach, Ocean City, 13830. SENECIO TOMENTOSUS Michx.—TI¥ orcester Co.: in sandy pine woods, Snow Hill, 6910, 8430. SERICOCARPUS LINIFOLIUS (L.) B.S.P.—Caroline Co.: in dry sandy woodland, American Corner, 13863. SoLmpaco aLtissima L.—JVorcester Co.: in sandy ditches and at margins of woods, Snow Hill, 6599, 6624. Both collections are cited on page 96 of the Classified List as S. rugosa Mill. and were so distributed. SoLtmaco BicoLor L.—IlWorcestcr Co.: in sandy soil along side of wood roads, Snow Hill, 6592. i SoLmpAGo HIRSUTISsIMA Mill—IVorcester Co.: in sandy soil along roadsides and at mar- gins of woods, Snow Hill, 6601, 6611. Both collections are cited on page 96 of the Classified List as S. altissima L. and were so distributed. SOLIDAGO NEMORALIS Ait—IMWorcester Co.: in sandy fields, Snow Hill, 6600. MOLDENKE: MARYLAND FLORA 89 GENTIANACEAE CENTAURIUM PULCHELLUM (Sw.) Druce—lWorcester Co.: in sandy fields, Snow Hill, 2735. DASYSTEPHANA SAPONARIA (L.) Small—Worcester Co.: in moist ditches, Snow Hill, 6662. PLUMBAGINACEAE LIMONIUM CAROLINIANUM (Walt.) N. L. Britton—JlVorcester Co.: in salt marsh near beach, about ten miles south of Snow Hili, 6672. . PLANTAGINACEAE PLANTAGO viRGINICA L.—lWorcester Co.: in dry sandy soil, Snow Hill, 8444. LOBELIACEAE LoBELIA GLANDULOSA Walt—Dorchester Co.: in wet sandy ditches along roadsides, four miles south of Federalsburg, 13852. LOBELIA PUBERULA Michx.—Queen Anne's Co.: in wet sandy ditches along roadsides, Ingleside, 13866. Worcester Co.: in moist sandy ditches, Snow Hill, 6618. POLEMONIACEAE PHLOX DRUMMONDII Hook.—IV orcester Co.: in outdoor cultivation, Snow Hill, 7379. BORAGINACEAE BoraAGO OFFICINALIS L.—lWorcester Co.: in outdoor cultivation, Snow Hill, 3094. LITHOSPERMUM ARVENSE L.—IlVorcester Co.: in dry sandy ditches, Snow Hill, 8434. SOLANACEAE DATURA STRAMONIUM var. TATULA (L.) Dunal—lWorcester Co.: in dry sandy fields, Snow Hill, 6641, distributed as D. tatula L., inadvertently omitted from the Classified List. NICANDRA PHYSALODES (L.) Pers.—Worcester Co.: in waste sandy ground, Snow Hill, 3116, cited on page 102 of the Classified List as Physalodes peruvianum Kuntze and so distributed. PHYSALIS SUBGLABRATA Mackenzie & Bush—Kent Co.: in dry sandy soil along roadsides, Galena, 13872. SOLANUM CAROLINENSE L.—lWW orcester Co.: in dry sandy fields, Snow Hill, 6642. SoLANUM NIGRUM L.—lWVorcester Co.: in sandy fields, waste and cultivated ground, Snow Hill, 2146, 6644. CONVOLVULACEAE CONVOLVULUS REPENS L.—I/Vorcester Co.: trailing in sandy fields, Snow Hill, 2560. CONVOLVULUS SPITHAMAEUS L.—Garrett Co.: in dry thickets, alt. 2500 feet, Deer Park, 6865. IpoMOEA BATATAS (L.) Lam.—lVorcester Co.: in outdoor cultivation and escaped, Snow Hill, 2140. Ipomoea LAcUNOSA L.—Caroline Co.: very abundant, climbing over fenceposts, Federals- burg, 13858. : PHARBITIS PURPUREA (L.) Voigt—Caroline Co.: climbing over fenceposts, Federalsburg, 13859. QUAMOCLIT coccINEA (L.) Moench—Caroline Co.: very abundant, climbing over fence- posts, Federalsburg, 13857. Worcester Co.: in outdoor cultivation and escaped along fences, Snow Hill, 6615, 6857. 90 POR REY A CUSCUTACEAE CuscuTA CAMPESTRIS Yuncker—IVicomico Co.: in dense colonies in fields of Lespedeza, Willards, 13847, det. Yuncker. SCROPHULARIACEAE GERARDIA PURPUREA L.—IVorcester Co.: in sandy soil along roadsides, Snow Hill, 6598, cited on page 104 of the Classified List as Agalinis purpurea (L.) Pennell and so dis- tributed. GERARDIA SETACEA Walt—Caroline Co.: in dry sandy woodlands, American Corner, 13860, det. Pennell, who says that this is the first record of the species from the east shore of the state. LINARIA CANADENSIS (L.) Dumort.—lVorcester Co.: in sandy fields and moist ditches, Snow Hill, 4349, 6909, 8439. “ VERONICA AGRESTIS L.—lV orcester Co.: in dry sandy soil of lawns, Snow Hill, 8442. OROBANCHACEAE | OROBANCHE RAMOSA L.—Baltimore Co.: in Druid Hill Park, Baltimore, 5098, erroneously distributed as.“O. racemosa L.” BIGNON{LACEAE CAMPSIS RADICANS (L.) Seem.—IVorcester Co.: along fencerows, Snow Hill, 2134, cited on page 107 of the Classified List as Bignonia radicans L. and so distributed. MARTY NIACEAE TBICELLA LUTEA (Lindl.) Van Eselt—Baltimore Co.: at edge of stream in Gwynne Park, Baltimore, 5109. VERBENACEAE VERBENA HASTATA L.—Cccil Co.: in moist meadows, Conowingo, 13802. VERBENA OFFICINALIS L—IJVorcester Co.: in sandy soil along roadsides, Snow Hill, 6648. VERBENA PERUVIANA (L.) N. L. Britton—Prince George’s Co.: in outdoor cultivation, College Park, 10399. VERBENA URTICIFOLIA L—Kent Co.: in dry sandy soil along fencerows, Galena, 13869. Worcester Co.: in wet ditches, Snow Hill, 6638. LAMIACEAE HEDEOMA PULEGIOWES (L.). Pers—IJVorcester Co.: in dry sandy fields, Snow Hill, 6663. MARRUBIUM VULGARE L—IlW/orcester Co.: in sandy ditches, Snow Hill, 6653. MENTHA PIPERITA L—IJVorcester Co.: in outdoor cultivation, Snow Hill, 6646. Monarpa punctaAta L.—IVorcester Co: in dry sandy pine woods and wet sandy ditches, Snow Hill, 6640, 13894. PycNANTHEMUM ARISTATUM Michx—Dorchester Co.: in wet sandy ditches along road- sides, four miles south of Federalsburg, 13855. PYCNANTHEMUM FLEXUOSUM (Walt.) B.S.P—IlVorcester Co.: in sandy fields, Snow Hill, 6605, cited on page 109 of the Classified List as Koellia flexuosa (Walt.) MacM.— erroneously as from New Jersey—and so distributed. SALVIA AZUREA Lam.—IVorcester Co.: in outdoor cultivation, Snow Hill, 2736. POTAMOGETON ACEAE POTAMOGETON AMERICANUS Cham. & Schlecht—Harford Co.: in still water of pool in sandy cove, Spesutie Island, 9396. MOLDENKE: MARYLAND FLORA 91 PoTAMOGETON PECTINATUS L.—Harford Co.: in still water of pool in sandy cove, Spesutie Island, 9399. PoTAMOGETON PERFOLIATUS L.—Harford Co.: in still water of pool in sandy cove, Spesutie Island, 9397. POTAMOGETON PUSILLUS L.—Harford Co.: in still water of pool in sandy cove, Spesutie Island, 9398. NAJADACEAE NajAs FLEXILIS (Willd.) Rost. & Schmidt—Harford Co.: in still water of pool in sandy cove, Spesutie Island, 9400. COMMELINACEAE COMMELINA COMMUNIS L.—lWorcester Co.: weed in dooryards and waste places, Snow Hill, 2641. This number was also listed erroneously on page 40 of the Classified List as Sedum triphyllum (Haw.) S. F. Gray. LILIACEAE Littum supErBUM L.—lorcester Co.: along ditches and in grassy fields, Berlin, 2752. MUSCARI BOTRYOIDES (L.) Mill—IlWorcester Co.: escaped along roadsides, Snow Hill, 8/31. IRIDACEAE SISYRINCHIUM ARENICOLA Bicknell—lWV orcester Co.: in sandy fields, Snow Hill, 4397. SISYRINCHIUM MUCRONATUM Michx.—-lVorcester Co.: in sandy fields, Snow Hill, 4527. ORCHIDACEAE BLEPHARIGLOTTIS ALBIFLORA Raif—IlVorcester Co.: in grassy ditches, Berlin, 2753. FISSIPES-ACAULIS (Ait.) Small—lVorcester Co.: in pine woods, Snow Hill, 6973. CYPERACEAE CyYPERUS ESCULENTUS L.—Kent Co.: in moist sandy ditches along roadsides, Galena, 13871, det. Core. Worcester Co.: on sandy beach, about ten miles south of Snow Hiil, 6665, det. Britton; in sandy salt marsh near beach, Ocean City, 13835, det. Core. CYPERUS RETRORSUS Chapm.—IlVorcester Co.: in wet ditches, Snow Hill, 6629, cited on page 22 of the Classified List as C. torreyi Britton, so det. by Britton, and so distributed. CyYPERUS STRIGOSUS L.—Worcester Co.: in wet ditches, Snow Hill, 6631, det. Britton; on sandy beach, about ten miles south of Snow Hill, 6669, det. Britton. RYNCHOSPORA GLOMERATA (L.) Vahl—lWVorcester Co.: in moist ditches along roadsides, Snow Hill, 6628, det. Britton. Scirpus sp.—Worcester Co.: in sandy marsh at beach, about ten miles south of Snow Hill, 6670. POACEAE - AGROSTIS HIEMALIS (Walt.) B.S.P.—IVorcester Co.: in swampy ground near highway, Snow Hill, 2748, det. Gleason, cited on page 18 of .the Classified List as Panicularia grandis (S. Wats.) Nash and so distributed. ANDROPOGON GLOMERATUS (Walt.) B.S.P.—IlWorcester Co.: in dry sandy fields, Snow Hill, 6635, det. Hitchcock. : ARUNDINARIA JAPONICA Sieb. & Zucce.—Baltimore Co.: in outdoor cultivation along stream in Gwynne Park, Baltimore, 5102, det. Hitchcock. ARruNDO DONAX L.—Iorcester Co.: in sandy soil at edge of woods, Snow Hill, 6654, det. Hitchcock. 92 2) A ORRSRAE AV OL: CALAMAGROSTIS CINNOIDES (Muhl.) Bart—Worcester Co.: in sandy fields and lawns, Snow Hill, 6626, det. Hitchcock. CENCHRUS TRIBULOIDES L.—WVorcester Co.: in sand on dunes, about ten miles south of Snow Hill, 6679, det. Hitchcock; in dry sandy soil near beach, Ocean City, 13828. DISTICHLIS SPICATA (L.) Greene—IlVorcester Co.: in sand along beach, about ten miles south of Snow Hill, 6674, det. Hitchcock. ECHINOCHLOA CRUSGALLI (L.) P. Beauv.—lV orcester Co.: in waste and cultivated ground, Snow Hill, 6607, det. Hitchcock; in dry rcadside ditches, east of Willards, 13543, det. Chase. ECHINOCHLOA WALTERI (Pursh) Heller—lVorcester Co.: in sandy salt marsh near beach, Ocean City, 13827, det. Chase. ERIANTHUS CONTORTUS Baldw.—lV orcester Co.: in sandy soil at edge of woods, Snow Hill, 6591, det. Hitchcock, said to be the first record for the state. ERIANTHUS SACCHAROIDES Michx.—Caroline Co.: at edge of marsh, near Preston, 5093, det. Hitchcock. PANICUM AMARULUM A. S. Hitche. & Chase—Worcester Co.: in dry sandy soil near beach, Ocean City, 13829, det. Chase. PANICUM DICHOTOMIFLORUM Michx.—lWorcester Co.: in waste and cultivated ground, Snow Hill, 6630, det. Hitchcock. PANICUM MERIDIONALE Ashe—IV orcester Co.: in dry sandy pine woods, Snow Hill, 13823a, det. Chase, who says “basal rosettes, autumnal phase with few spikelets hidden in sheaths.” PANICUM VERRUCOSUM Muhl.—TIlVorcester Co.: in dry sandy pine woods, Snow Hill, 13823, det. Chase, who says “delicate annual with open panicles of warty spikelets.” PANICUM VIRGATUM var. CUBENSE Griseb.—IVorcester Co.: in sandy soil along roadsides, Snow Hill, 6643, det. Hitchcock. , PASPALUM FLORIDANUM var. GLABRATUM Engelm—lIlVorcester Co.: in wet sand near beach, about ten miles south of Snow Hill, 6671, det. Hitchcock. PASPALUM LAEVE Michx.—lWWorcester Co.: in sandy lawns, Snow Hill, 6625, det. Hitch- cock, erroneously cited as number “6623” on page 19 of the Classified List. SACCHARUM OFFICINARUM L.—lW/orcester Co.: in outdoor cultivation, Snow Hill, 2129. SETARIA FABERIT Herrm—TIlWV/orcester Co.: in dry dusty roadside ditches, east of Willards, 13842, det. Chase, who says this is the first record of the species for the state. SoRGHUM HALEPENSE (L.) Pers.—Dorchester Co.: escaped along margins of corn fields, four miles south of Federalsburg, 13856. SorGHUM VULGARE var. DRUMMONDII (Nees) A. S. Hitche.—IlWorcester Co.: in outdoor cultivation, Snow Hill, 4174, cited on page 17 of the Classified List as Holcus sorghum var. drummondti A. S. Hitche. and so distributed. SPARTINA ALTERNIFLORA Loisel—Worcester Co.: on beach, about ten miles south of Snow Hill, 6673, det. Hitchcock. Triopra FLAVA (L.) Smyth—Worcester Co.: on sand-dunes near beach, about ten miles south of Snow Hill, 6675, det. Hitchcock. Untora LAxa (L.) B.S.P.—Worcester Co.: at edge of sandy lawns and fields, Snow Hill, 6627, det. Hitchcock; in dry sandy woods, Snow Hill, 13822, det. Chase. Box 240 NortH WarREN, PENNSYLVANIA Vow. 45 TORREYA SEPTEMBER 1945 Kennedy and Heller (1905-1913) ALAN A. BEETLE Two of the lesser though bright lights in the botanical galaxy of the United States are P. B. Kennedy and A. A. Heller, the paths of whose orbits briefly converged during the early part of this century. The former died im 1930, the latter in 1944. Both were college trained men whose interests tended strongly although not exclusively toward taxonomic botany. The years 1905-1913 seem to have been critical ones in the lives of both and are, as indicated by their correspondence, the only years during which their affairs were interrelated. The initiative was Heller’s who first wrote on January 5, 1905 from Los Gatos, California, where he was in the printing business, to Kennedy, a professor of botany at the University of Nevada, in Reno, Nevada. Heller was offering specimens for exchange, at least 400 num- bers from California collections of the past three seasons. He mentioned he was getting out original descriptions of North American plants, issuing them in series of 500 for $5.25 postpaid. The first series containing Ribes, Castilleja, Artemesia, and Trifolium he expected to be ready in March. Kennedy, who was then undertaking a monographic study of Trifolium, responded immediately asking for both specimens and descriptions, so that on the 25th of the same month Heller wrote again in some detail not only of his own clover collecting which claimed his interest in spite of lack of time (how familiar a complaint) but asking for thorough collections of Castilleja, Lupinus, and Ribes, all of which he intended to study taxonomically. Correspondence continued intermittently between the two until May, 1907 when Kennedy toured California and was able to spend several days visiting Heller at Los Gatos, collecting with him as far afield as Pacific Grove. The interest of both in Trifolium continued unabated even as did that of Laura. McDermott, one of Kennedy’s students who had gone to the University of California in Berkeley for graduate study. This.common enthusiasm for Trifolium seems to have brought the two men together and Kennedy decided to add Heller to the staff at Nevada. By October, 1907 Heller had already expressed his willingness to go to Reno but apparently there was red tape involved for in April of the next year Heller was still writing from Los Gatos and asking when. If it was going to be within two or three months he wanted to devote about all his time to the Catalogue but if later he wanted to do some collecting. Kennedy seems to have received sympathetically this hint that Heller’s living was in part dependent on his botanical collecting and subsequently set Heller to collecting clovers for him, at first in the vicinity of Los Gatos. But oR) 94 MRORREREE NEA by June the collecting fever had hit Heller hard and he was trying Chico and his other Sacramento Valley places; on June 23 he was just back from south- ern California and Catalina; and on June 25 he was writing from Yosemite Valley. In July he finally went to Nevada but spent the summer collecting and was not really settled in Reno until the fall of 1908. Kennedy during this period was tied to his duties at Nevada but found time to write short articles for the journal “Muhlenbergia” which Heller was publishing. This journal, as Heller told his prospective subscribers, Cusick, Blumer, Beattie, Suksdorf, and others, was strictly concerned with systematic botany of the higher plants, in contrast, of course, to such other journals as were then being published. Kennedy joined with Heller in the publishing of “Muhlenbergia” in January, 1909. . Once together at Reno, Heller and Kennedy undertook work on Trifolium in earnest and borrowed material from many herbaria, both in the United States and abroad. Although Heller handled a good deal of the detail, the work on Trifolium was always referred to as Kennedy’s while Heller kept up a running interest in a scattering of large and taxonomically difficult genera always with Lupinus a little in the lead. In November, 1911 he wrote W. W. Eggleston in his typically sincere but slightly cocky way “You mention that you are planning to work over Lupinus, and I gain from the way you put it that you are thinking of monographing the genus. If you have kept track of “Muhlenbergia”’ for the past two or three years you will find that I have been working at that genus quite a bit, and have announced my present writings as preliminary to an illustrated monograph. I have been living among lupines for the past nine years, and all that time have been studying the genus in the field, and for over a year have been growing some of them in the greenhouse. Last summer | put in much of my time while in Washington, New York and Cam- bridge, in looking up the types of Lupinus and getting photographs of them. I am putting an article into type right now that should do something toward clearing up the muddle about L. laxiflorus, and have settled the status of L. bicolor and L. micranthus by a special trip to the Columbia River* where I obtained L. bicolor from the type locality and typical material of L. micranthus. Unless you are able to get a better field knowledge of the genus than I have and a better array of supplementary information in general, you are liable to come out second best in the matter of a monograph. I am giving you this rather lengthy statement of the case in the hope that you will take up some other of the many genera needing an overhauling, and at which no one is working, such as Phacelia, Castilleja, Penstemon, and a host of others. But they should all be illustrated.” ; During this same period McDermott published her “Illustrated Key to * Made in May, 1910. [OO INE ISS TOININ TIDY UND) TSU ILJL Iai 95 the North American Species of Trifoliuim” which came as a surprise to nearly everyone. To Heller it was a particularly annoying volume because (as he wrote to E. L. Greene) “‘she recognized only 52 valid species out of 220 described species nearly all the others being worked into new combinations as varieties, and forms of varieties following the ‘German system, classifying the plants into species, varieties and forms.’ ’’ Heller condemned it as “apparently a deliberate attempt to forestall Kennedy’s work on the genus.” “Species crazy” was Kennedy’s designation of Heller’s taxonomic attitude, and perhaps characterized much of the work of the period. At any rate Kennedy seems to have influenced Heller’s conception of taxonomic botany to a considerable degree and both, already strong advocates of field observation before monographic treatment, went so far as to write widely (even abroad) for seed, Kennedy for Trifolium and Heller for Lupinus, which they grew experimentally in their greenhouse. The academic year of 1910-1911 was a sabbatical year for Kennedy and he used it for travel both in America and in Europe, especially England where he visited his mother. He was also taken so ill that he was forced to undergo an operation in London. He spent his time searching for types and gathering separates of both grass and legume literature. In June, 1911, Heller travelled east to Pennsylvania State College where he “went through the ordeal of having a degree conferred in very nice shape, not being required to say anything at all, merely look pleasant and take what was coming to me.” While in the East he visited both the New York Botanical Garden and the U. S. National Herbarium and returned to Reno in August to find that Kennedy’s return had been delayed by his sickness; he was in Kalamazoo, Michigan, awaiting recovery. This meant that Heller had to undertake a considerable teaching load and was suddenly engaged all at once, in general botany, economic botany, and dendrology. It may have been the lure of the land that persuaded Heller away from academic life at Reno. He found a piece of land near Oroville, California, and _ in April, 1913 wrote Kennedy “After looking over the property again am better pleased with it than ever. It is going to be a fine tract shortly.” Heller then returned to Reno until June and finishing his duties, resigned and soon was back at Oroville to plant sweet potatoes. In October, 1913, he was writing “Melons grow like weeds here” and in December “We have lots of wet weather which means good botanizing as well as good crops.” Kennedy, himself, was not to stay long after Heller at Reno for in July, 1913, Prof. J. W. Gilmore, of the Division of Agronomy, College of Agricul- ture, University of California at Berkeley, California, wrote to Kennedy in regard to a position, and by the end of the year arrangements were complete. On Christmas day in 1913 Heller wrote again to Kennedy, not to Reno but to Berkeley where Kennedy had moved, and this was the last letter for the 96 MOWERS paths of life led them away from Tvifolium, always their common meeting ground. Kennedy was never to move his headquarters again and Heller too remained for the most part in Butte County. It was incidentally also the death knell to the publication of ‘“‘Muhlenbergia,” and to ambitiously planned mono- graphs of Trifolium and Lupinus. Divis1on OF AGRONOMY UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA Davis, CALIFORNIA Revort on Bomb Damage to Botanical Material in England American botanists will probably be interested in the following excerpts from letters received by one of our members from Dr. Nicholas Polunin of Oxford University. Dec. 7, 1943. “With regard to the English Botanical gardens I believe I am right in saying that they have sustained comparatively little damage from bombs, though I think I read somewhere of damage to a valuable fern house somewhere in Scotland other than Edinburgh. Here in Oxford we have fortunately escaped so far but Kew lost a good deal of glass and some plants early on. You doubtless heard of the serious damage to the Botanical Depart- ment of the British Museum? Most of the material was fortunately saved but several groups of Monocots were, I fear, considerably reduced. Fortunately all type specimens had been removed. I understand that this had not been done in Berlin and that there everything has been lost, which is indeed a tragic blow for our subject.” . March 2, 1945. “. .. . we remain undamaged in Oxford where our most important ancient Herbaria have been below ground in safety since the sum- mer of 1939. Kew have had some near flying bombs and, latterly, rockets, but so far as I know, no further serious damage. The British Museum of Natural History had a very near-miss flying bomb last summer after which my pub- lisher, Leonard Hill, and I carted off the whole of their Arctic Botanical Col- lections to safety in his large car, since when there has been no further damage to the Museum. That bomb was indeed a near miss which the roof-spotter thought was coming right into the centre of the museum; but it veered off in the end and fell just in front of the main entrance which was, of course, badly blasted, as was practically every pane of glass in the place! Permanent damage to the botanical collections, however, seems to have been slight and, so far as | am aware, the same is true of such other botanical collections up and down the courtry as have been at all affected. Here we still have much of the Kew material and staff evacuated.” ‘THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB Council for 1945 Ex officio Members Fred J. Seaver 4s . Albert E. Hitchcock | Harold W. Rickett Michael Levine k Jennie L. S. Simpson Anne M. Hanson William J. Robbins Frances E. Wynne Bernard O. Dodge John A. Small Edmund H, Fulling Elected Members 1943-1945 1944-1946 _ 1943-1947 4 George S, Avery Lela V. Barton | ‘John M. Arthur . Charles A. Berger .John S. Karling Ralph M. Cheney _ Clyde Chandler ane Rutherford Platt Edwin B. Matzke . ‘ Roger P. Wodehouse ; - P, W. Zimmerman _ Sam F, Trelease Committees for 1945 : Pitt _ Procram ComMMITTzE ic Jennie L. S. Simpson, Chairman (ex officio) William J. Robbins Charles A. Berger ¥ George H. Shull Harold H. Clum ; say A. B. Stout Arthur H. Graves i P. W. Zimmerman Honor M. Hollinghurst -Frevp ComMittTrr i | ® John A. Small, Chairman Edward J. Alexander Robert Hagelstein ‘Rutherford Platt Vernon L. Frazee . ‘Louis E. Hand 9 Daniel Smiley, Jr. ' Eleanor Friend Fred R. Lewis Henry K. Swenson ' Alfred Gundersen : James Murphy Farida A. Wiley ; e G. G. Nearing Genes Locat Frora ComMitree: a Phanerogams 4 - Edward J. Alexander Robert L. Hulbary Hester M. Rusk _ H. Allan Gleason James Murphy Ora B. Smith Arthur H. Graves he as William J. Robbins PB. W. Zimmerman Grypiocuins - Ferns and Fern Allies: BR. C. Benedict, W. Herbert Dole, N. E. Pfeiffer | Mosses: E. B. Bartram, Frances E. Wynne Liverworts: gga abel fig th Oeets ieee iy ipeet abel oy pa i in Pelyyite Hay Y fe Mai ‘ Lan al titty wit ite a a “Fr Were ete, they Where ety po aly ‘ EOP oii cHadtan che Canis trhefhae ecat bei h! Wehbe . ae